Simocode pro руководство pdf

• 14, Siemens SIMOCODE pro Safety notes 2.2 Support 14 SIMOCODE pro — Fail-Safe Digital Modules Manual, 11/2017, NEB631679702000/RS-AA/002 2.2 Support Up-to-the-minute information You can obtain further assistance by calling the following numbers: Technical Assistance: Phone: +49 (0) 911-895-5900 (8 a.m. to 5 p.m. CET) Fax: +49 (0) 911-895-5907 Email: [email protected] Internet: Support…

• 103, Technical data 10.8 Technical data in Siemens Industry Online Support SIMOCODE pro — Fail-Safe Digital Modules Manual, 11/2017, NEB631679702000/RS-AA/002 103 10.8 Technical data in Siemens Industry Online Support Technical data sheet You can also find the technical data of the product at Siemens Industry Online Support (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/). 1.…

• 17, SIMOCODE pro Safety 3.3 Failsafe DM-F LOCAL digital module SIMOCODE pro — Fail-Safe Digital Modules Manual, 11/2017, NEB631679702000/RS-AA/002 17 3.3 Failsafe DM-F LOCAL digital module Safety-related function The safety-related function comprises: ● The safe state is the OFF state (enabling circuits opened) ● Tripping of a motor by controlling the actuators (the contactor…

• 74, Typical circuit diagrams 9.3 DM-F LOCAL, actuator circuits 74 SIMOCODE pro — Fail-Safe Digital Modules Manual, 11/2017, NEB631679702000/RS-AA/002 9.3.2 Actuator circuit with feedback circuit, control function = reversing starter Figure 9-13 Circuit diagram of an actuator circuit with feedback circuit, control function = reversing starter, with inc…

• 61, Typical circuit diagrams 9.1 Introduction SIMOCODE pro — Fail-Safe Digital Modules Manual, 11/2017, NEB631679702000/RS-AA/002 61 (1) Sensor circuit Actuator circuit Local operation Protective circuit required to suppress surge voltages! S10 Emergency stop Q1 = Incoming supply contactor S1 = CW rotation S11 Start Q2 = Motor contactor CW S2 =…

• 3, Siemens SIMOCODE pro ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ SIMOCODE pro SIMOCODE pro — Fail-Safe Digital Modules Manual 11/2017 NEB631679702000/RS -AA/002 Introduction …

• 83, Typical circuit diagrams 9.4 DM-F PROFIsafe, actuator circuits SIMOCODE pro — Fail-Safe Digital Modules Manual, 11/2017, NEB631679702000/RS-AA/002 83 Figure 9-22 Circuit diagram of an actuator circuit with feedback circuit, control function = direct starter, without incoming supply contactor, maximum safety integrity level SIL 1 / performance level PL c Q2: Motor cont…

• 84, Typical circuit diagrams 9.4 DM-F PROFIsafe, actuator circuits 84 SIMOCODE pro — Fail-Safe Digital Modules Manual, 11/2017, NEB631679702000/RS-AA/002 9.4.3 Actuator circuit with feedback circuit, control function = reversing starter Figure 9-23 Circuit diagram of an actuator circuit with feedback circuit, control function = reversing starter, with incoming supply contactor, m…

• 56, Siemens SIMOCODE pro Service and maintenance 7.1 Replacing a DM-F 56 SIMOCODE pro — Fail-Safe Digital Modules Manual, 11/2017, NEB631679702000/RS-AA/002
  …

• 117, Index SIMOCODE pro — Fail-Safe Digital Modules Manual, 11/2017, NEB631679702000/RS-AA/002 117 PFDavg with low demand rate according to IEC 61508, 99, 100, 102 PFHD, 106 PFHd with high demand rate according to EN 62061, 99, 100, 102 PL, 106 PLC, 106 Power consumption, 94 Power loss ride-through time, 94 ProdIS, 106 PROFIsafe address, 48 PROFIsafe monitoring …

• 20, SIMOCODE pro Safety 3.4 Failsafe DM-F PROFIsafe digital module 20 SIMOCODE pro — Fail-Safe Digital Modules Manual, 11/2017, NEB631679702000/RS-AA/002 3.4 Failsafe DM-F PROFIsafe digital module Safety-related function The safety-related function comprises: ● The safe state is the OFF state (enabling circuits opened) ● Tripping of a motor by controlling the actuators (the conta…

1. Manuals
2. Brands
3. Siemens Manuals
4. Control Unit
5. SIMOCODE pro V MR

Manuals and User Guides for Siemens SIMOCODE pro V MR. We have 1 Siemens SIMOCODE pro V MR manual available for free PDF download: System Manual

Edition 04/2017

System Manual

Industrial Controls

Motor Management and Control Devices

SIMOCODE pro

siemens.com

Industrial Controls

Motor management and control devices

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual

04/2017

A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Legal information

Warning notice system

This manual contains notices you have to observe in order to ensure your personal safety, as well as to prevent damage to property. The notices referring to your personal safety are highlighted in the manual by a safety alert symbol, notices referring only to property damage have no safety alert symbol. These notices shown below are graded according to the degree of danger.

DANGER indicates that death or severe personal injury will result if proper precautions are not taken.

WARNING indicates that death or severe personal injury may result if proper precautions are not taken.

CAUTION indicates that minor personal injury can result if proper precautions are not taken.

NOTICE indicates that property damage can result if proper precautions are not taken.

If more than one degree of danger is present, the warning notice representing the highest degree of danger will be used. A notice warning of injury to persons with a safety alert symbol may also include a warning relating to property damage.

Qualified Personnel

The product/system described in this documentation may be operated only by personnel qualified for the specific task in accordance with the relevant documentation, in particular its warning notices and safety instructions.

Qualified personnel are those who, based on their training and experience, are capable of identifying risks and avoiding potential hazards when working with these products/systems.

Proper use of Siemens products

Note the following:

WARNING

Siemens products may only be used for the applications described in the catalog and in the relevant technical documentation. If products and components from other manufacturers are used, these must be recommended or approved by Siemens. Proper transport, storage, installation, assembly, commissioning, operation and maintenance are required to ensure that the products operate safely and without any problems. The permissible ambient conditions must be complied with. The information in the relevant documentation must be observed.

Trademarks

All names identified by ® are registered trademarks of Siemens AG. The remaining trademarks in this publication may be trademarks whose use by third parties for their own purposes could violate the rights of the owner.

Disclaimer of Liability

We have reviewed the contents of this publication to ensure consistency with the hardware and software described. Since variance cannot be precluded entirely, we cannot guarantee full consistency. However, the information in this publication is reviewed regularly and any necessary corrections are included in subsequent editions.

Siemens AG

Division Digital Factory

Postfach 48 48

90026 NÜRNBERG

GERMANY

A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Ⓟ 04/2017 Subject to change

Copyright © Siemens AG 2017.

All rights reserved

4

Table of contents

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1.4

1.5

1.6

1.7

Introduction …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 9

1.1

Important information ………………………………………………………………………………………………… 9

1.2

1.3

Security information ………………………………………………………………………………………………… 13

Current information about operational safety ………………………………………………………………. 14

Information about third-party software ……………………………………………………………………….. 15

What is SIMOCODE pro? ………………………………………………………………………………………… 19

Device series ………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 20

Modules, interfaces, configuration options …………………………………………………………………. 21

Advantages/benefits/configuration with SIMOCODE pro ……………………………………………………………… 23

2.1

Advantages/benefits ……………………………………………………………………………………………….. 23

2.2

2.3

Independent operation …………………………………………………………………………………………….. 26

Simplifying configuration with SIMOCODE pro ……………………………………………………………. 26

2.4

Typical configuration ……………………………………………………………………………………………….. 28

Areas of application ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 30

Features …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 31

Overview of functions ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 35

5.5

5.6

5.7

5.8

5.1

5.2

5.3

5.4

Protection functions ………………………………………………………………………………………………… 35

Monitoring functions ………………………………………………………………………………………………… 36

Safety-oriented tripping ……………………………………………………………………………………………. 39

Control functions …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 40

Communication ………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 41

Standard functions ………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 44

Freely-programmable logic modules………………………………………………………………………….. 45

Operating, service and diagnostics data …………………………………………………………………….. 46

Check list for selecting a device series …………………………………………………………………………………….. 49

An overview of system components ………………………………………………………………………………………… 52

Description of system components ………………………………………………………………………………………….. 64

8.1

Basic units (BU) ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 64

8.2

8.3

8.3.1

8.3.2

Operator panel (OP) ……………………………………………………………………………………………….. 68

Operator panel with display ……………………………………………………………………………………… 71

Description of the operator panel with display …………………………………………………………….. 71

Operator controls and display elements of the operator panel with display …………………….. 75

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Table of contents

9

8.3.3.7

8.3.3.8

8.3.3.9

8.3.3.10

8.3.3.11

8.3.3.12

8.3.3.13

8.3.3.14

8.3.3.15

8.3.3.16

8.3.3.17

8.4

8.7

8.8

8.9

8.10

8.11

8.12

8.13

8.14

8.15

8.3.3

8.3.3.1

8.3.3.2

8.3.3.3

8.3.3.4

8.3.3.5

8.3.3.6

8.5

8.6

8.16

Menu of the operator panel with display ……………………………………………………………………… 77

Timing charts ………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 77

Displays of the operator panel with display …………………………………………………………………. 92

Read and adapt main display ……………………………………………………………………………………. 94

Display of measured values in the measured values display …………………………………………. 97

Motor protection and motor control status …………………………………………………………………… 99

Display of statistical and maintenance-relevant information on the

statistics/maintenance display …………………………………………………………………………………. 101

Status display for fieldbus communication…………………………………………………………………. 102

Displays the current status of all device I/Os ……………………………………………………………… 104

Parameters …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 106

Adapt display settings …………………………………………………………………………………………….. 108

Resetting, testing and parameterizing via commands …………………………………………………. 111

Displaying all pending messages …………………………………………………………………………….. 112

Displaying all pending warnings ………………………………………………………………………………. 112

Displaying all pending faults ……………………………………………………………………………………. 112

Reading the device’s internal error buffer ………………………………………………………………….. 112

Reading the device’s internal event memory ……………………………………………………………… 113

Identification of the motor feeder and the SIMOCODE pro components ……………………….. 114

Current measuring modules (IM) for the SIMOCODE pro C, SIMOCODE pro S, and

SIMOCODE pro V device series ………………………………………………………………………………. 115

Current / voltage measuring modules (UM, UM+) for the SIMOCODE pro V device

series……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 116

Decoupling module (DCM) for 1st generation current / voltage measuring modules

(e.g. 3UF711.1AA000) ……………………………………………………………………………………………. 124

Spectrum of the expansion modules ………………………………………………………………………… 127

Digital module (DM) ……………………………………………………………………………………………….. 128

Fail-safe digital module (DM-F) ……………………………………………………………………………….. 129

Analog module (AM) ………………………………………………………………………………………………. 131

Ground-fault module (EM) ………………………………………………………………………………………. 132

Temperature module (TM) ………………………………………………………………………………………. 133

Multifunction module ………………………………………………………………………………………………. 134

Configuration instructions for the use of fail-safe expansion modules …………………………… 135

Configuration information for SIMOCODE pro V when using an operator panel with

display and/or a decoupling module: ………………………………………………………………………… 135

Configuration notes for use of a SIMOCODE pro V MB RTU and SIMOCODE pro V

EIP basic unit ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 137

Compartment identification …………………………………………………………………………………………………… 138

9.1

Applications and advantages of compartment identification ………………………………………… 138

9.2

9.3

Hardware and software requirements for compartment identification ……………………………. 140

Operating compartment identification ……………………………………………………………………….. 141

9.4

9.5

Mounting, wiring, interfaces, compartment identification ……………………………………………… 145

Commissioning and service compartment identification ………………………………………………. 148

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

5

Table of contents

6

9.6

9.7

Alarm, fault, and system events for compartment identification …………………………………… 149

Compartment identification dimension drawings ……………………………………………………….. 150

9.8

Technical data compartment identification ……………………………………………………………….. 151

10

Accessories ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 152

11

3UF50 compatibility mode …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 155

11.1

Application, Win-SIMOCODE-DP converter ……………………………………………………………… 155

11.2

11.3

Diagram of send and receive data …………………………………………………………………………… 156

Diagram of diagnostics data …………………………………………………………………………………… 157

12

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines …………………………………….. 160

12.1

12.1.1

12.1.2

12.1.3

12.1.4

12.1.5

12.1.6

Mounting ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 160

Mounting basic units, expansion modules, and the decoupling module………………………… 160

Mounting the bus terminal ………………………………………………………………………………………. 163

Mounting of digital modules DM-F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe ………………………………….. 164

Mounting of current measuring modules ………………………………………………………………….. 165

Mounting the current / voltage measuring modules ……………………………………………………. 167

Mounting of the operator panel and operator panel with display ………………………………….. 169

12.2

12.2.1

12.2.2

12.2.3

12.2.4

12.2.5

12.3

12.3.1

12.3.2

12.3.3

12.3.4

12.3.5

12.3.6

12.3.7

12.3.8

12.4

12.4.1

12.4.2

Wiring, connecting ………………………………………………………………………………………………… 171

Wiring basic units, expansion modules and the decoupling module …………………………….. 171

Wiring digital modules DM-F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe ………………………………………….. 195

Wiring of current measuring modules ………………………………………………………………………. 200

Wiring of current / voltage measuring modules …………………………………………………………. 202

Measuring current with an external current transformer (interposing transformer) …………. 206

System interfaces………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 209

Information about the system interfaces …………………………………………………………………… 209

System interfaces on basic units, expansion modules, decoupling module, current

measuring modules and current / voltage measuring modules ……………………………………. 211

System interfaces on the digital modules DM-F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe………………… 216

System interfaces on the operator panel and the operator panel with display ……………….. 217

Closing the system interfaces with the system interface cover ……………………………………. 221

PROFIBUS DP to a 9-pole SUB-D socket ………………………………………………………………… 222

Ethernet cable to RJ45 socket (PROFINET and EtherNet/IP) …………………………………….. 223

Modbus RTU connection to the SIMOCODE pro device …………………………………………….. 224

Configuration guidelines ………………………………………………………………………………………… 226

Configuration guidelines on PROFIBUS DP ……………………………………………………………… 226

Configuration guidelines on PROFINET …………………………………………………………………… 228

13

Commissioning, service, troubleshooting…………………………………………………………………………………. 230

13.1

General information about commissioning and service ………………………………………………. 230

13.2

13.2.1

13.2.1.1

13.2.1.2

13.2.1.3

13.2.1.4

13.2.2

13.2.2.1

Commissioning……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 232

Commissioning with PROFIBUS ……………………………………………………………………………… 232

PROFIBUS commissioning steps ……………………………………………………………………………. 232

Setting the PROFIBUS DP address…………………………………………………………………………. 233

Diagnostics via LED display on the basic unit and on the operator panel (PROFIBUS) ….. 234

Diagnostics via LED display on the modules DM-F Local or DM-F PROFIsafe ……………… 234

Commissioning with PROFINET ……………………………………………………………………………… 235

PROFINET commissioning steps ……………………………………………………………………………. 235

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Table of contents

13.2.2.2

13.2.2.3

13.2.2.4

13.2.3

13.2.3.1

13.3

13.3.1

13.3.2

13.3.3

13.3.4

13.3.5

13.3.6

13.4

13.4.1

13.4.2

13.4.3

Setting IP parameters and PROFINET device name ………………………………………………….. 236

Set the time manually after switch-on or recovery of the supply voltage ……………………….. 237

Diagnostics via LED display on the basic unit and on the operator panel (PROFINET) …… 238

Commissioning with Modbus …………………………………………………………………………………… 239

Commissioning with Modbus RTU ……………………………………………………………………………. 239

Service …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 245

Preventive maintenance …………………………………………………………………………………………. 245

Backing up and saving parameters ………………………………………………………………………….. 247

Replacing SIMOCODE pro components …………………………………………………………………… 249

Exchanging a 3UF52 operator panel for a 3UF720 operator panel ………………………………. 253

Restoring factory settings ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 255

Firmware update of device components ……………………………………………………………………. 256

Troubleshooting …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 257

Error buffer ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 257

Event memory ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 259

Alarms, faults, and system events — error handling …………………………………………………….. 260

14

Safety and commissioning information for EEx areas ……………………………………………………………….. 270

14.1

Information and standards ………………………………………………………………………………………. 270

14.2

14.2.1

14.2.2

14.2.3

14.2.4

14.2.5

14.2.6

14.2.7

14.2.8

14.2.9

14.2.10

Installation and commissioning ………………………………………………………………………………… 272

Operating Instructions …………………………………………………………………………………………….. 272

Setting the rated motor current ………………………………………………………………………………… 272

SIMOCODE pro with thermistor input ……………………………………………………………………….. 274

Sensor circuit wiring ……………………………………………………………………………………………….. 275

Short-circuit protection for type of coordination 2 according to IEC 60947-4-1 ……………….. 275

Cable protection …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 276

Test ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 276

Further safety guidelines ………………………………………………………………………………………… 278

Ambient conditions …………………………………………………………………………………………………. 279

Safety values ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 279

14.3

14.4

Maintenance and repairs ………………………………………………………………………………………… 280

Warranty ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 280

14.5

Further information …………………………………………………………………………………………………. 280

15

Technical data …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 281

15.1

15.2

15.3

15.4

15.5

15.6

15.6.1

15.6.2

15.6.3

15.6.4

Common technical data ………………………………………………………………………………………….. 281

Technical specifications of the SIMOCODE pro C / pro S / pro V PB / pro V MB RTU

basic units …………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 283

Technical specifications of the SIMOCODE pro V PN / pro V EIP basic units ………………… 287

Technical data of the current measuring modules and the current / voltage measuring

modules ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 290

Technical data of the decoupling module ………………………………………………………………….. 294

Technical data of the expansion modules …………………………………………………………………. 294

Technical data of the digital modules ……………………………………………………………………….. 294

Technical data, digital modules DM-F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe ………………………………. 296

Technical data of the DM-F Local digital module ……………………………………………………….. 298

Technical data of the DM-F-PROFIsafe digital module ……………………………………………….. 300

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

7

Table of contents

15.6.5

15.6.6

15.6.7

15.6.8

15.6.9

15.7

15.8

15.8.1

15.8.2

15.9

15.10

Safety-related technical data of the digital modules DM-F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe …. 301

Technical data of the analog module ……………………………………………………………………….. 301

Technical data of the ground-fault module 3UF7500-1AA00-0 ……………………………………. 303

Technical data of the ground-fault module 3UF7510-1AA00-0 ……………………………………. 304

Technical data of the temperature module ……………………………………………………………….. 305

Technical data of the multifunction module ………………………………………………………………. 306

Technical data of the operator panels ……………………………………………………………………… 308

Technical data of the operator panel ……………………………………………………………………….. 308

Technical data of the operator panel with display ………………………………………………………. 309

Technical data of the compartment identification ………………………………………………………. 310

Short-circuit protection with fuses for motor feeders for short-circuit currents up to 100

kA and 690 V for 1st generation current / voltage measuring module …………………………… 310

15.11

15.11.1

15.11.2

15.11.3

Typical reaction times ……………………………………………………………………………………………. 315

Typical reaction times of the SIMOCODE pro C/V device series …………………………………. 315

Typical response times of SIMOCODE pro S device series ………………………………………… 317

Typical reaction times of the Modbus RTU device series ……………………………………………. 318

15.12

Technical data in Siemens Industry Online Support …………………………………………………… 319

16

CAx data, dimension drawings ………………………………………………………………………………………………. 320

A

16.1

CAx data ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 320

List of abbreviations …………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 321

A.1

List of abbreviations ………………………………………………………………………………………………. 321

Glossary ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 324

Index ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 347

8

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Introduction

1

1.1 Important information

Purpose of this manual

The SIMOCODE pro System Manual describes in detail the motor management system and its functions. It contains information about configuring, commissioning, service and maintenance.

In addition to help on how to identify and rectify faults in the event of a malfunction, the manual also contains specific information for servicing and maintenance.

Required basic knowledge

To understand this manual you will require basic knowledge of low-voltage controls and distribution, digital circuit engineering and automation technology.

Scope of the manual

This manual is applicable to the listed SIMOCODE pro system components. It contains a description of the components applicable at the time of printing the manual. SIEMENS reserves the right to include updated information about launched new components or new versions of components in a Product Information.

Manual Collection

A Manual Collection ( https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/109743951 ), a collection of the following five SIMOCODE pro manuals, is available in Industry Online

Support:

● SIMOCODE pro — 1 Getting Started

● SIMOCODE pro — 2 System Manual

● SIMOCODE pro — 3 Parameterization

● SIMOCODE pro — 4 Applications

● SIMOCODE pro — 5 Communication.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

9

Introduction

1.1 Important information

Device series

When reference is made to «SIMOCODE pro», the reference also includes the following device series:

SIMOCODE pro C (see Device series (Page 20))

SIMOCODE pro S (see Device series (Page 20))

SIMOCODE pro V PB (PROFIBUS) (see Device series (Page 20))

SIMOCODE pro V PN (PROFINET) (see Device series (Page 20))

SIMOCODE pro V MBR (Modbus RTU) (see Device series (Page 20)

SIMOCODE pro V EIP (EtherNet/IP) (see Device series (Page 20)

When reference is made to «SIMOCODE pro V», the reference also includes all pro V devices, independently of communication.

SIMOCODE pro response tables

Specific responses (deactivated, signaling, warning, tripping) can be parameterized for various SIMOCODE pro functions, such as overload. These are always displayed in tabular form:

● «X» = Applicable

● «—» = not applicable

● Default values are marked «d» for «default» in parentheses.

Response

Tripping

Warning

Signaling

Deactivated

Delay

Function 1

—

X (d)

X

X

0 to 25.5 s (default: 0)

Function 2

X (d)

X

X

X

—

Function 3

X

—

—

X (d)

—

Short description of the responses:

● Tripping: The contactor controls QE* are tripped. A fault message is generated which is available as a diagnosis via PROFIBUS DP. The fault message and the device-internal signal remain on until the appropriate length of time has elapsed or the cause of the fault has been eliminated and acknowledged.

● Warning: In addition to the device-internal signal, a warning signal is generated that is available as diagnostics via the communication bus.

● Signaling: Only a device-internal signal is generated, which can be further processed as required.

● Deactivated: The appropriate function is switched off, no signals are generated.

A delay time can also be set for specific responses.

10

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Introduction

1.1 Important information

Operating instructions and other manuals

● Please read the operating instructions of the respective components (SIMOCODE pro operating instructions ( http://www.siemens.com/sirius/manuals ))

● In addition to the «SIMOCODE pro» Manual Collection, the following manuals are available to you:

– The manual «SIMOCODE pro Safety fail-safe digital modules»

( http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/50564852 )

– The appropriate manual for the DP master

– The system manual «SIMATIC PROFINET System Description»

( http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/19292127 )

– The manual «Fault-tolerant S7-400H systems»

( http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/1186523 )

– Programming manual «PROFINET IO — from PROFIBUS DP to PROFINET IO»

( http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/19289930 )

– The application description «Saving Energy with SIMATIC S7 and ET200 S»

( http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/41986454 )

More information

You will find further information on the Internet:

● Internet ( http://www.siemens.com/simocode )

● Information and Download Center ( http://www.siemens.com/sirius/infomaterial )

● Industry Online Support ( https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/22352509 )

● Certificates ( http://www.siemens.com/sirius/approvals ).

Further support (Service and Support)

Technical Assistance:

Telephone: +49 (0) 911-895-5900 (8°° to 17°° CET)

Fax: +49 (0) 911-895-5907

Email: [email protected]

Internet: Technical Assistance ( http://www.siemens.com/sirius/technical-assistance )

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

11

Introduction

1.1 Important information

Disclaimer of liability

The products described here have been developed to perform safety-related functions as part of a complete plant or machine. In general, a complete safety system consists of sensors, evaluation units, signaling devices and methods for safe tripping. The manufacturer is responsible for ensuring safe functioning of the complete plant or machine. Siemens AG, its subsidiaries, and associated companies (hereinafter referred to as «Siemens») are not in a position to guarantee every characteristic of a complete plant or machine not designed by

Siemens.

Siemens also denies all responsibility for any recommendations that are made or implied in the following description. No new guarantee, warranty, or liability claims above those standard to Siemens can be derived from the following description.

See also

Product Information System (ProdIS) ( http://www.siemens.com/sirius/support )

12

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

1.2

Introduction

1.2 Security information

Security information

Siemens provides products and solutions with industrial security functions that support the secure operation of plants, systems, machines and networks.

In order to protect plants, systems, machines and networks against cyber threats, it is necessary to implement – and continuously maintain – a holistic, state-of-the-art industrial security concept. Siemens’ products and solutions only form one element of such a concept.

Customer is responsible to prevent unauthorized access to its plants, systems, machines and networks. Systems, machines and components should only be connected to the enterprise network or the internet if and to the extent necessary and with appropriate security measures (e.g. use of firewalls and network segmentation) in place.

Additionally, Siemens’ guidance on appropriate security measures should be taken into account. For more information about industrial security, please visit:

(

http://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity

)

Siemens’ products and solutions undergo continuous development to make them more secure. Siemens strongly recommends to apply product updates as soon as available and to always use the latest product versions. Use of product versions that are no longer supported, and failure to apply latest updates may increase customer’s exposure to cyber threats.

To stay informed about product updates, subscribe to the Siemens Industrial Security RSS

Feed under:

(

http://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity

)

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

13

Introduction

1.3 Current information about operational safety

1.3 Current information about operational safety

Important note for maintaining operational safety of your system

DANGER

Hazardous Voltage

Can Cause Death, Serious Injury or Risk of Property Damage

Please take note of our latest information!

Systems with safety-related characteristics are subject to special operational safety requirements on the part of the operator. The supplier is also obliged to comply with special product monitoring measures. For this reason, we publish a special newsletter containing information on product developments and features that are (or could be) relevant to operation of safety-related systems. By subscribing to the appropriate newsletter in the

Industry newsletter system ( https://www.industry.siemens.com/newsletter ), you will ensure that you are always up-to-date and able to make changes to your system, when necessary.

Sign on to the following newsletter under «Products & Solutions»:

•

Control Components and System Engineering News

•

Safety Integrated Newsletter.

14

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Introduction

1.4 Information about third-party software

1.4 Information about third-party software

Third-party software components

This product, this solution or this service («product») contains the third-party software components listed below. These consist either of open source software that is licensed under a license recognized by Open Source Initiative ( www.opensource.org

) or a license defined by Siemens as being comparable («OSS») and/or commercial software or freeware.

With regard to the OSS components, the relevant OSS terms and conditions take priority over all other terms and conditions applicable to this product.

SIEMENS is providing you with the OSS portions of this product at no additional cost. Insofar as SIEMENS has combined or linked, according to the definition of the applicable license, specific components of the product with OSS components that are licensed under

GNU LGPL Version 2 or a later version, and insofar as the applicable object file may not be used without restrictions («LGPL-licensed module, the LGPL-licensed module and the components with which the LGPL-licensed module is combined hereinafter referred to as

«combined product») and the applicable LGPL license criteria are fulfilled, you may additionally (i) edit the combined product for your own purposes and may in particular acquire the right to edit the combined product to link it with a modified version of the LGPLlicensed module and (ii) reverse engineer the combined product, but solely for the purpose of error correction of your edits. The right to edit shall not include the right to distribute. You must treat as confidential all information you acquire from reverse engineering of the combined product.

Certain OSS licenses require SIEMENS to publish the source code, e.g. the

GNU General Public License, the GNU Lesser General Public License and the

Mozilla Public License. Insofar as these licenses apply and the product has not already been delivered with the necessary source code, anyone may request a copy of the source code from the following address during the period of time specified in the applicable OSS license:

Siemens AG

Digital Factory Division

Control Products

Technical Assistance

Breslauer Strasse 5

90766 Fürth

Germany

Email: [email protected] ( http://www.siemens.com/sirius/technicalassistance )

Subject: open source inquiry (specify the product name and version, where applicable)

SIEMENS can charge a processing fee of up to 5 euros to respond to the inquiry.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

15

Introduction

1.4 Information about third-party software

Warranty regarding use of open source software

The warranty obligations of SIEMENS are laid down in the applicable contract with

SIEMENS. Insofar as you modify the product or the OSS components or use them in a manner other than specified by SIEMENS, warranty shall be ruled out and no technical support shall be provided. The following license terms and conditions may contain liability limitations that apply between you and the relevant licensor. To clarify matters, your attention is drawn to the fact that SIEMENS shall not cede any warranty obligations on behalf of or as an obligation for a third-party licensor.

NOTICE

Open source software and/or third-party software included in this product

Please note the following license terms and conditions and copyright notices applicable to the open source software and/or other components (or parts thereof):

Component Open Source

Software

[Yes/No] tiva ware — 2.1.0 NO

Acknowledgements/

Comments

License conditions and copyright notices

LICENSE AND COPYRIGHT

INFORMATION FOR COMPONENT

TIVA WARE — 2.1.0

(see below)

16

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Introduction

1.4 Information about third-party software

LICENSE CONDITIONS AND COPYRIGHT NOTICES

Commercial Software: tiva ware — 2.1.0

Enclosed you’ll find license conditions and copyright notices applicable for Commercial

Software tiva ware — 2.1.0.

License conditions:

//

// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without

// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions

// are met:

//

// Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright

// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.

//

// Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright

// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the

// documentation and/or other materials provided with the

// distribution.

//

// Neither the name of Texas Instruments Incorporated nor the names of

// its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived

// from this software without specific prior written permission.

//

// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND

CONTRIBUTORS

// «AS IS» AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT

// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR

// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT

// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,

// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT

// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF

USE,

// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON

ANY

// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT

// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE

USE

// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

17

Introduction

1.4 Information about third-party software

Copyrights:

Copyright © 2013-2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Copyright © 2012-2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Copyright © 2011-2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Copyright © 2010-2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Copyright © 2008-2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Copyright © 2007-2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Copyright © 2006-2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Copyright © 2005-2014 Texas Instruments Incorporated

18

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

1.5

Introduction

1.5 What is SIMOCODE pro?

What is SIMOCODE pro?

SIMOCODE pro (SIRIUS Motor Management and Control Device) is a flexible and modular motor management system for motors with constant speeds in low-voltage applications. It optimizes the link between the control system and the motor feeder, increases plant availability and allows significant savings to be made during installation, commissioning, operation and maintenance. SIMOCODE pro is installed in the low-voltage switchgear system and links the higher-level automation system and the motor feeder intelligently. It comprises the following functions:

● Multifunctional and electronic full motor protection, independently of the automation system

● Integrated control functions for motor control (instead of hardware)

● Detailed operating, service and diagnostics data

● Fail-safe shutdown up to SIL3 using fail-safe expansion modules (SIMOCODE pro V only)

● open communication through PROFIBUS DP, PROFINET, Modbus RTU and EtherNet/IP

● Parameterization with the SIMOCODE ES software package.

Only the switching and short-circuit protection mechanisms of the main circuit (contactors, circuit breakers, fuses) are additionally needed.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

19

Introduction

1.6 Device series

1.6 Device series

The following functionally graduated device series are available for SIMOCODE pro:

● SIMOCODE pro C — the compact system for PROFIBUS DP communication with a directon-line and reversing starter function and/or for controlling a circuit breaker (MCCB).

● SIMOCODE pro S — the smart system for PROFIBUS DP communication with direct-online, reversing, and star-delta starter function and/or for controlling a circuit breaker or soft starter. Its expandability with a multifunction module ensures there are always plenty of inputs and outputs. It enables precise ground-fault monitoring via the 3UL23 residual current transformer and temperature measurement.

● SIMOCODE pro V — the variable system that offers numerous functions, such as voltage measurement and fail-safe shutdown, in addition to all the SIMOCODE pro C/pro S functions. Devices are available for the following communication protocols:

– PROFIBUS DP

– Modbus RTU

– PROFINET

– EtherNet/IP.

See Check list for selecting a device series (Page 49).

20

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

1.7

Introduction

1.7 Modules, interfaces, configuration options

Modules, interfaces, configuration options

For each feeder, every system comprises a basic unit and a separate current measuring module. Both modules are connected to each other electronically via the system interface, by means of a connecting cable, and can be installed together as a unit (behind one another) or separately (side-by-side). An operator panel can also be connected optionally via the second system interface on the basic unit, and installed in the switchgear cabinet door. The current measuring module and the operator panel are connected to the basic unit via connecting cables, which also supply the power. More inputs, outputs and functions can be added to the SIMOCODE pro S, pro V, pro V MB RTU, pro V EtherNet/IP and pro V PN basic units by means of optional expansion modules, thus supplementing the inputs and outputs already existing on the basic unit. All modules are connected by connecting cables.

The connecting cables are available with different lengths (ribbon cable 0.025 m, 0.1 m,

0.3 m, 0.5 m; round cable 0.5 m, 1.0 m, 2.5 m).

NOTICE

Maximum length of the connecting cable

The total length of all cables must not exceed 3 m on either of the system interfaces of the basic unit!

NOTICE

The maximum distance between modules

The maximum distance between the modules (e. g. between the basic unit and the current measuring module) must not exceed 2.5m.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

21

Introduction

1.7 Modules, interfaces, configuration options

Additional control programs (star-delta starters, Dahlanders, pole-changing starters, soft starters, each program also possible in combination with reversing starter, solenoid valve and positioner) are integrated in SIMOCODE pro V. The SIMOCODE pro V device type is also particularly versatile. Its functionality can be expanded, if required, for example:

● The number and type of binary inputs and outputs can be increased in stages and adapted.

● A current / voltage measuring module can be used for additional voltage measurement and for monitoring power-related measured values (power management).

● A temperature module enables the evaluation of several analog temperature sensors.

● A ground-fault detection system can be integrated together with a summation current transformer.

● An analog module extends the system by additional analog inputs and outputs, for example, for fill-level or flow-rate monitoring.

● An operator panel with display (OPD) is available as an alternative to the standard operator panel (OP) (restriction in the case of the SIMOCODE pro V PROFIBUS basic unit: from version *E03*).

SIMOCODE pro C and SIMOCODE pro S are upwardly-compatible with SIMOCODE pro V.

This means you can combine different series in your plant according to functional requirements.

Depending on functional requirements, the systems can be used simultaneously in a lowvoltage switchboard without any problems and without any additional effort.

Parameterization of SIMOCODE pro C or SIMOCODE pro S can be transferred without a problem.

22

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Advantages/benefits/configuration with

SIMOCODE pro

2.1

2

Advantages/benefits

● The quantity of cabling required between the motor feeder and the PLC is reduced significantly by connecting the entire motor feeder to the process control system via the fieldbus (see Figures «SIMOCODE pro, integrated in the main circuit, control circuit and at automation level (PLC)»)

● Automated processes are decentralized by means of configurable control and monitoring functions in the feeder. This saves automation system resources and ensures that the feeder is fully functional and protected even if the control system or bus system fails.

● By recording and monitoring operating, service and diagnostics data in the feeder and process control system, plant availability is increased, and the feeder is easier to service and maintain.

● The user can implement plant-specific requirements for every motor feeder thanks to the high degree of modularity.

● SIMOCODE pro provides compact solutions and different levels of functions for every customer application.

● By replacing the control circuit hardware with an integrated control function, the quantity of required hardware components with wiring is reduced. This drives down storage costs and limits potential wiring errors.

● Using electronic full motor protection allows the motors to be used more efficiently and ensures that the tripping characteristic remains stable and the tripping response stays the same, even after many years.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

23

Advantages/benefits/configuration with SIMOCODE pro

2.1 Advantages/benefits

Figure 2-1 SIMOCODE pro C, pro V, integrated in the main circuit, control circuit and at automation level (PLC)

24

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Advantages/benefits/configuration with SIMOCODE pro

2.1 Advantages/benefits

Figure 2-2 SIMOCODE pro S, integrated in the main circuit, control circuit and at automation level (PLC)

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

25

Advantages/benefits/configuration with SIMOCODE pro

2.2 Independent operation

2.2 Independent operation

SIMOCODE pro protects and controls the motor feeder, independently of the automation system. Even if the automation system (PLC) fails, or if communication is disrupted, the motor feeder remains fully protected and controllable. SIMOCODE pro can be used without being connected to the fieldbus. This can easily be connected later, if required.

2.3 Simplifying configuration with SIMOCODE pro

Conventional configuration without SIMOCODE pro

Individual components are used for control, monitoring and signal pre-processing. The component and wiring requirements for this type of configuration are as follows:

● Use and wiring of overload relays, thermistor evaluation devices, current transformers and analog/digital converters

● Wiring of the control circuit

● Connection of start / stop control devices

● The contactor must be brought into locking mode via the auxiliary switches

● Wiring of the interlocks

The following figure illustrates the conventional configuration of a direct starter:

Figure 2-3 Conventional configuration of a motor feeder (direct starter)

26

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Advantages/benefits/configuration with SIMOCODE pro

2.3 Simplifying configuration with SIMOCODE pro

Configuration with SIMOCODE pro

SIMOCODE pro only is used to perform all control, monitoring and signal pre-processing functions.

The advantages of this configuration are as follows:

● Additional overload relays, thermistor evaluation devices, current transformers and analog/digital converters are not necessary.

● The wiring of the control circuit (interlocking) is simplified.

● The start and stop switches are wired directly to the inputs of the basic unit.

● The contactor coil is energized via the output of the basic unit. An auxiliary contact for locking is not required.

The following figure illustrates a configuration with SIMOCODE pro connected to

PROFIBUS:

Figure 2-4 Configuration of a load feeder (direct-on-line starter) with SIMOCODE pro

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

27

Advantages/benefits/configuration with SIMOCODE pro

2.4 Typical configuration

2.4 Typical configuration

The following figures show typical hardware configurations:

Figure 2-5 Typical SIMOCODE pro C hardware configuration

Figure 2-6 Typical SIMOCODE pro S hardware configuration

28

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Advantages/benefits/configuration with SIMOCODE pro

2.4 Typical configuration

Figure 2-7 Typical SIMOCODE pro V PROFIBUS/Modbus RTU hardware configuration

Figure 2-8 Typical SIMOCODE pro V PN/EtherNet/IP hardware configuration

For information about system components, see Chapter Description of system components

(Page 64).

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

29

Areas of application

3

SIMOCODE pro is often used for automated processes where plant downtimes are very expensive (e.g. steel or cement industry) and where it is important to prevent plant downtimes through detailed operating, service and diagnostics data or to localize the fault very quickly in the event of a fault.

SIMOCODE pro is modular and space-saving and suited especially for operation in motor control centers (MCC) in the process industry and in power plants.

Protection and control of motors:

● in hazardous areas for different types of protection according to the ATEX

Directive 2014/34/EU (see also Section Safety and commissioning information for EEx areas (Page 270))

● Heavy-starting motors (paper, cement and metal industries; water management)

● In high-availability plants (chemical, oil, and raw material processing industry, power plants)

SIMOCODE pro is especially designed for the chemical industry (including oil and gas), the steel industry, water management, and the paper, pharmaceutical, cement and glass industries. Further applications include power plant engineering and diamond, gold and platinum mines. Based on the experience gained with the predecessor system

SIMOCODE DP, SIMOCODE pro has been tailored even more specifically to the requirements of these industries. The availability of motors and thus the entire process plays an important role in these industries. Downtimes caused by faults often lead to high costs.

This is why it is even more important to detect potential faults early on and to initiate targeted, preventative measures. SIMOCODE pro provides the user with a motor management system based on years of experience and the latest technology.

30

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Features

Multifunction, electronic full motor protection for rated motor currents up to 820 A

SIMOCODE pro provides comprehensive protection of the motor feeder by means of a combination of delayable, multi-level protection and monitoring functions:

● Current-dependent electronic overload protection (CLASS 5 to 40)

● Thermistor motor protection

● Phase failure/unbalance protection

● Stalled rotor protection

● Monitoring of adjustable limit values for the motor current

● Voltage monitoring

● Power monitoring

● Monitoring of cos phi (no-load operation/load shedding)

● Ground-fault monitoring

● Temperature monitoring, e.g. using Pt100/Pt1000

● Frequency monitoring

● Monitoring of operating hours

● Monitoring of downtimes

● Monitoring the number of starts within a specific period of time

● Safety-related tripping of motor feeders, e.g. fail-safe tripping in the process industry, locally or via fieldbus (see manual «SIMOCODE pro Safety fail-safe digital modules»

( http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/50564852 ))

Recording of measured curves

SIMOCODE pro is able to record measured curves and can, for example, illustrate the characteristic curve of the motor current during motor startup.

4

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

31

Features

Flexible motor control with integrated control functions (instead of extensive hardware interlocks):

SIMOCODE pro has many pre-defined, integrated motor control functions, including all necessary connections and interlocks:

● Overload relay

● Direct starter (direct-on-line starter)

● Reversing starter

● Star-delta starter, also with direction reversal

● Two speeds, motors with separate windings (pole-changing starter), also with direction of rotation reversal

● Two speeds, motors with separate Dahlander windings, also with direction of rotation reversal

● Positioner control

● Solenoid valve control

● Actuation of a circuit breaker

● Soft starter control, possibly combined with reversing starter

These control functions are pre-defined in SIMOCODE pro and can be assigned freely to device inputs and outputs.

These pre-defined control functions can also be adjusted flexibly to meet customer requirements of the motor feeder, without requiring additional auxiliary relays in the control circuit. This is achieved by means of freely parameterizable logic modules (truth tables, counters, timers, pulse width modulators, etc.) and standard functions (power failure monitoring, emergency start, external fault monitoring, etc.).

Detailed operating, service and diagnostics data:

SIMOCODE pro provides a range of operating, service and diagnostics data and helps to detect impending faults in good time and stop these occurring with preventative measures. If a fault occurs, it can be diagnosed, traced and resolved within a short period of time. Plant

downtime is thus reduced to a minimum or does not occur at all. See Chapter Overview of functions (Page 35).

Communication:

The SIMOCODE pro basic units have integrated communication bus interfaces and are thus able to replaces all individual wiring and distribution boxes normally required to exchange data with a higher-level automation system with a single bus cable.

32

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Features

Communication through PROFIBUS:

PROFIBUS stands for Process Field Bus. PROFIBUS is a multi-vendor standard for the networking of field devices (e.g. PLCs, drives, actuators, or sensors) in compliance with the

European process and fieldbus standard (PROFIBUS standard EN 50170, Volume 2, —

PROFIBUS). It specifies the functional, electrical and mechanical characteristics of a bitserial fieldbus system.

PROFIBUS is a bus system that networks PROFIBUS-compatible automation systems and field devices at the cell and field level. PROFIBUS is available with the DP (= Distributed

Peripherals), FMS (= Fieldbus Message Specification), PA (= Process Automation), or TF (=

Technological Functions) protocol.

PROFIBUS DP is a bus system with the DP (distributed I/Os — decentralized peripherals) protocol. The main task of PROFIBUS DP is to manage the fast, cyclic data exchange between the central DP devices and the I/O devices.

PROFIBUS DPV1 is the extension of the DP protocol. It enables acyclic data exchange of parameter, diagnostic, receive and test data.

SIMOCODE pro C, pro S and pro V support, among others:

● Baud rates up to 1.5 Mbit / s or 12 Mbit / s

● Automatic baud rate detection

● Communication with up to 3 masters

● Time synchronization via PROFIBUS (SIMATIC S7)

● High-precision timestamping (SIMATIC S7)

● Cyclic services (DPV0) and acyclic services (DPV1)

● DPV1 communication downstream from the Y-link.

See Chapter «PROFIBUS communication» in the manual «SIMOCODE pro —

Communication».

Communication via PROFINET:

PROFINET (Process Field Network) is the open Industrial Ethernet Standard from Profibus &

Profinet International (PI) for automation.

Within the context of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA), PROFINET is the systematic continuation of PROFIBUS DP, the established fieldbus, and Industrial Ethernet, the communication bus for the cell level. Experiences from both systems have been and are being integrated in PROFINET.

SIMOCODE pro V PN has two integrated PROFINET interfaces and provides communication functions via PROFINET IO with the following properties:

● Integrated switch with two ports

● Device replacement without removable medium/programming device

● Shared device

● Media redundancy

● System redundancy

● RT communication

● Support for PROFIenergy

See Chapter «ETHERNET communication» in the manual «SIMOCODE pro —

Communication».

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

33

Features

Communication via Modbus:

Modbus RTU (Remote Terminal Unit) is a standard protocol for network communication and uses the electrical RS485 connection for serial data transmission between Modbus devices in the network.

Modbus RTU uses a master/slave network in which the entire communication is triggered by only one master device while the slaves can only respond to the request of the master. The master sends a request to a slave address and only this slave address responds to the command (exception: broadcast frames to slave address 0 that are not acknowledged by the slaves).

SIMOCODE pro V Modbus devices have been developed in accordance with the «MODBUS over serial line specification and implementation guide» (available at

( http://www.modbus.org

)). You can find the relevant information on establishing Modbus

RTU communication in this specification. The key points for a Modbus RTU communication network («Multipoint System requirements») listed in the specification apply equally for a communication network with SIMOCODE devices.

See Chapter «Modbus communication» in the manual «SIMOCODE pro — Communication».

Communication via EtherNet/IP:

EtherNet/IP (EtherNet Industrial Protocol, often simply called EIP) is a real-time Ethernet that is used mainly in automation engineering. EtherNet/IP was developed by Allen-Bradley and was later handed over to the Open DeviceNet Vendor Association (ODVA) as an open standard. See Open DeviceNet Vendor Association ( http://www.odva.org

).

Besides PROFINET and Modbus/TCP, EtherNet/IP is an Ethernet-based fieldbus that is currently widely spread.

SIMOCODE pro V EtherNet/IP devices were developed in compliance with the EtherNet/IP standard.

See Chapter «EtherNet/IP communication» in the manual «SIMOCODE pro —

Communication».

34

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Overview of functions

5.1 Protection functions

Detailed description: See «Motor protection» in the «Parameterizing SIMOCODE» manual

Overload protection

Current-dependent electronic protection of three-phase and AC motors with adjustable tripping characteristics (class times) according to IEC 60947-4-1 requirements.

Unbalance protection

Protects motors from excessive temperatures caused by excessive phase unbalance.

Phase failure protection

Protects motors from excessive temperatures caused by phase failure.

Stalled rotor protection

Immediate trip after the motor current overshoots an adjustable threshold.

Thermistor protection

SIMOCODE pro provides the option of connecting thermistor sensors (binary PTC) for monitoring the motor temperature.

5

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

35

Overview of functions

5.2 Monitoring functions

5.2 Monitoring functions

Detailed description: See «Monitoring functions» and «Logic blocks» in the «Parameterizing

SIMOCODE» manual.

Current limit monitoring

Current limit monitoring is used for process monitoring. This enables incipient anomalies in the system to be detected in good time. If a current limit is exceeded but still below the overload limit, it can, for example, indicate a dirty filter on a pump, or an increasingly sluggish motor bearing. If the current limit is undershot, it can be the first sign of a worn-out drive motor belt.

Ground-fault monitoring

Residual current monitoring relays are used in industry to

● Protect systems from damage caused by residual currents

● Prevent production losses caused by unplanned downtime

● Perform maintenance to meet all demands.

Basic units have:

● An internal ground-fault monitoring system: for motors with a 3-wire connection, the basic unit calculates a possible fault current/ground-fault current from the total current via a current measuring module or a current / voltage measuring module. Internal ground-fault monitoring is only possible for motors with a 3-phase connection in networks that are either grounded directly or grounded with low impedance.

● External ground-fault monitoring in SIMOCODE pro S and SIMOCODE pro V external ground-fault monitoring using residual current transformer 3UL23 and groundfault module is normally used in the following cases:

4)

: The

– in cases in which power systems are grounded with high impedance

– in cases, in which precise detection of the ground-fault current is necessary, for example, for condition monitoring.

A ground-fault module can be used to create an additional input on the SIMOCODE pro V basic unit to connect a 3UL23 residual current transformer.

A multifunction module can be used to create an additional input on the

SIMOCODE pro S basic unit to connect a 3UL23 residual current transformer.

With ground-fault detection using the 3UL23 residual current transformer, it is possible to determine the precise residual current as a measured value, and to define freely selectable warning and trip limits in a wide range from 30 mA — 40 A.

See also Chapter «External ground-fault monitoring with 3UL23 residual current transformer» in the «Parameterizing SIMOCODE» manual.

36

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Overview of functions

5.2 Monitoring functions

Voltage monitoring

1)

SIMOCODE pro V allows voltage monitoring of a three-phase current network or a singlephase network for undervoltage or further availability:

● Monitoring for undervoltage: Two-level monitoring for freely selectable limits. The response of SIMOCODE pro on reaching a prewarning level or trip level can be freely parameterized.

● Monitoring for further availability: Even when the motor is switched off, SIMOCODE pro can indicate the further availability of the feeder by measuring the voltage directly at the circuit breaker or fuses.

Temperature monitoring

2)

The SIMOCODE pro S and SIMOCODE pro V devices offer the option of implementing analog temperature monitoring, e.g. of the motor windings or the bearings —

SIMOCODE pro S with the multifunction module, SIMOCODE pro V with the temperature module.

SIMOCODE pro S and SIMOCODE pro V support two-level monitoring for overtemperature for freely selectable limit values. The response of SIMOCODE pro on reaching a prewarning level or trip level can be freely parameterized and delayed. Temperature monitoring takes into account the highest temperature of all the sensor measuring circuits in use.

Active power monitoring

1)

The active power curve of a motor reflects its actual load. Excess load results in increased wear of the motor and, thus, may lead to premature motor failure. Excessively low active power can indicate no-load operation of the motor, for example.

SIMOCODE pro V offers the option of two-level active power monitoring for freely selectable upper and lower limits respectively. The response on reaching a prewarning level or trip level can be freely parameterized and delayed.

Cos phi monitoring

1)

The power factor fluctuates more than the motor current, particularly in the low-end performance range of a motor. For this reason, the monitoring of the power factor comes into consideration for the detection of faults. Examples: Breakage of a drive belt or drive shaft

SIMOCODE pro V enables two-phase monitoring of the power factor cos phi for freely selectable minimum limits. The devices’ response on reaching a prewarning level or trip level can be freely parameterized and delayed.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

37

Overview of functions

5.2 Monitoring functions

Monitoring operating hours, stop time, and number of starts

SIMOCODE pro can monitor the operating hours and stop times of a motor to avoid plant downtimes due to failed motors caused by either running too long (wearing out) or being stopped for too long. For example, if an adjustable limit value is exceeded, a signal indicating that the relevant motor requires maintenance or replacement can be generated. After the motor has been replaced, the operating hours and stop times can be reset.

To avoid excessive thermal loads and premature aging of a motor, the number of motor starts in a selected time frame can be limited. The limited number of possible starts can be indicated by pre-warnings.

Monitoring additional process variables via the analog module

3)

SIMOCODE pro V allows measuring and monitoring of any other process variables via the analog module.

For example, the fill level can be monitored to protect a pump against dry operation, or a differential pressure transducer can be used to monitor the degree of pollution in a filter. If the fill level undershoots a specified level, the pump can be switched off and, if a specific differential pressure value is exceeded, the filter should be cleaned.

The devices support two-phase monitoring of the applicable process variable for freely selectable upper and lower current limits. The response of SIMOCODE pro on reaching a prewarning level or trip level can be freely parameterized and delayed.

Phase sequence identification

1)

SIMOCODE pro allows the direction of rotation of a motor to be determined by identification of the phase sequence. If the direction of rotation is wrong, a signal can be generated or the

motor switched off. See Chapter Menu of the operator panel with display (Page 77).

Monitoring any measured values using unrestricted limit monitors

SIMOCODE pro can monitor every measured value in the system for undershooting or overshooting a set threshold value by means of unrestricted limit monitors. See Chapter

«Limit monitor» in the «Parameterizing SIMOCODE» manual.

1) For use with current / voltage measuring module

2) Temperature module or multifunction module additionally required

3) Analog module additionally required

4) SIMOCODE pro V and pro S device types: Ground-fault module or multifunction module and residual current transformer additionally required

38

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

5.3

Overview of functions

5.3 Safety-oriented tripping

Safety-oriented tripping

The SIMOCODE pro motor management system has two modules for the safety-related tripping of motors:

● Fail-safe digital module DM-F local: For applications requiring safety-related tripping of a motor feeder via a hardware signal that is acquired and evaluated by the module.

● DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe digital module: For applications that require the safety-related tripping of a motor feeder by a fail-safe controller (F-CPU) via the communication bus with the fail-safe PROFIsafe profile.

These modules conform to the general requirements for EMERGENCY STOP devices or safety circuits described in EN 418 and EN 60204-1 (06.2006).

Depending on the external circuit, the following Performance Level / Safety Integrity Level can be achieved:

● PL e with Category 4 according to ISO 13849-1 or

● SIL 3 according to IEC 61508/62061

Safety technology and safety-related functions

● Are exclusively restricted to the fail-safe digital modules.

● Do not directly affect existing SIMOCODE pro components and concepts.

A more detailed description is provided in the documentation listed below

● Handbuch «Fehlersichere Digitalmodule SIMOCODE pro Safety» (German)

( http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/de/50564852 )

● Manual «Fail-Safe Digital Modules SIMOCODE pro Safety» (English)

( http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/de/50564852/0/en )

● Manuel «Modules TOR de sécurité SIMOCODE pro Safety» (French)

( http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/de/50564852/0/fr )

● Manual «Módulos digitales de seguridad SIMOCODE pro Safety » (Spanish)

( http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/de/50564852/0/es )

● Operating Instructions «Fail-safe Digital Module DM-F Local»

( http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/49222263 )

● Operating Instructions «Fail-safe Digital Module DM-F PROFIsafe»

( http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/49222281 ).

You will find the System Manuals and Operating Instructions at Manuals/operating instructions ( http://www.siemens.com/sirius/manuals )

CAUTION

Loss of safety function is possible

For the 24 V DC power supply, always use an SELV or PELV power supply unit!

For capacitive and inductive loads, an adequate protective circuit is required!

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

39

Overview of functions

5.4 Control functions

5.4 Control functions

Depending on the device series, the following parameterizable control functions are available:

Table 5- 1 Control functions

Control function

Overload relay

Direct starter (direct-on-line starter)

Reversing starter

Molded case circuit breaker

(MCCB)

Star-delta starter

Star-delta reversing starter

Dahlander starter, combinable with reversing starter

Pole-changing starter, combinable with reversing starter

Solenoid valve

Positioner

Soft starter

Soft reversing starter

C

✓

✓

✓

✓

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

S

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

—

—

—

—

—

✓

—

SIMOCODE pro

V PB

✓

✓

V MB

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

V PN

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

V EIP

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

All the necessary protection functions and interlocks are already available and can be flexibly adapted and expanded.

For a detailed description of the individual control functions: See Chapter «Motor control» in the «Parameterizing SIMOCODE» manual

40

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Overview of functions

5.5 Communication

5.5 Communication

PROFIBUS DP

SIMOCODE pro has an integrated PROFIBUS DP interface (SUB D socket or terminal connection on the basic units). SIMOCODE pro supports the following services, for example:

Table 5- 2 PROFIBUS DP services

Service

Baud rates of up to 12 Mbit / s via Sub-D socket

Baud rates of up to 1.5 Mbit / s via terminal connection

Automatic baud rate detection

Cyclic services (DPV0) and acyclic services (DPV1)

Operation as DPV1 slave downstream from the Y link

Alarms according to DPV1

Time synchronization via PROFIBUS DP

3UF50 compatibility mode

Safety-related tripping «PROFIsafe»

C

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

—

—

—

SIMOCODE pro

S

—

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

—

—

—

V PB

✓

✓

Detailed description: See Chapter «PROFIBUS DP communication» in the manual

«SIMOCODE pro — Communication».

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Modbus RTU

SIMOCODE pro V Modbus RTU possesses integrated Modbus RTU communication functions.

Detailed description: see Chapter «Modbus communication» in the manual «SIMOCODE pro —

Communication».

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

41

Overview of functions

5.5 Communication

ETHERNET

PROFINET IO

SIMOCODE pro V PN has integrated PROFINET IO device communication functions, such as:

● Integrated switch with two RJ45 ports

● Ethernet services: ping, arp, network diagnostics (SNMP) / BIB-2, LLDP, NTP

● Port diagnostics

● Deactivation of ports

● Media redundancy

● Shared device

● Device replacement without PG/PC

● I/O data

● Diagnostics and maintenance alarms

● Data records

● PROFIenergy

● PROFIsafe

OPC UA

In addition to the PROFINET IO device communication functions, SIMOCODE pro V PN also has OPC UA server functions. Using these functions, an OPC UA client can access

SIMOCODE pro V PN data.

Web server

In addition to the PROFINET IO device communication functions, SIMOCODE pro V PN has an integrated web server function that permits access to the service and diagnostic data from a PC on which a web browser is installed.

Detailed descriptions: See Chapter «PROFINET communication» in the manual

«SIMOCODE pro — Communication».

42

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

EtherNet/IP

Overview of functions

5.5 Communication

SIMOCODE pro V EtherNet/IP has integrated EtherNet/IP communication functions:

● Integrated switch with two RJ45 ports

● Assembly objects for integration in cyclic communication with the controller

● CIP objects

● Application objects for access to SIMOCODE data such as measured values, statistics data, diagnostics and selected parameters

● Device Level Ring support

● Ethernet services: ping, arp, network diagnostics (SNMP)/BIB-2, LLDP, NTP

● Port diagnostics

● Deactivation of ports

Detailed description: See Chapter «EtherNet/IP communication» in the manual

«SIMOCODE pro — Communication».

Web server

In addition to the EtherNet/IP communication functions, SIMOCODE pro V EIP has an integrated web server function that permits access to the service and diagnostic data from a

PC on which a web browser is installed.

Detailed descriptions: See Chapter «EtherNet/IP communication» in the manual

«SIMOCODE pro — Communication».

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

43

Overview of functions

5.6 Standard functions

5.6 Standard functions

Standard functions are pre-defined functions that can be easily activated, e.g. timestaggered restart of the drives after a power failure. SIMOCODE pro has the following standard functions:

Table 5- 3 Standard functions

Standard function

Test

Reset

Test Position Feedback (TPF)

External fault

Operational Protection Off

(OPO)

Power failure monitoring (UVO)

Emergency start

Watchdog (PLC / PCS monitoring)

Time stamping

Safety-related tripping «Local»

C

Number

2

3

1

4

—

—

1

1

—

—

S

Number

2

3

1

4

—

—

1

1

—

—

SIMOCODE pro

V PB

Number

2

6

1

3

1

V MB

Number

2

6

1

3

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

V PN

Number

2

6

1

3

1

1

1

1

1

1

V EIP

Number

2

6

1

3

1

1

1

1

1

1

Detailed description: See «Standard functions» in the «Parameterizing SIMOCODE» manual

44

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Overview of functions

5.7 Freely-programmable logic modules

5.7 Freely-programmable logic modules

If you need any other additional functions for your application, you can use the freely programmable logic modules. These can be used, for example, to implement logical operations, time relay functions and counter functions. Furthermore, limit monitors can monitor any value in SIMOCODE pro for undershooting or overshooting of a freely selected limit. Depending on the device series, the system provides several freely parameterizable logic modules:

Table 5- 4 Freely-programmable logic modules

Logic module

Truth table 3 inputs/1 output

Truth table 2 inputs/1 output

Truth tables 5 inputs/2 outputs

Timers

Counters

Signal conditioning

Non-volatile elements

Flashing

Flicker

Limit monitor

Calculation modules

(calculators)

Analog multiplexer

Pulse width modulator

1) from version *E03*

C

Number

3

—

—

2

2

3

2

2

3

—

—

—

—

S

Number

4

2

—

4

2

3

2

2

3

—

—

—

—

4

4

3

4

4

3

4

2 1)

SIMOCODE pro

PB

Number

6

2

1

V MB

Number

6

2

1

—

—

4

4

3

4

4

3

4

2

—

—

6

4

3

6

6

3

6

4

V PN

Number

8

2

1

1

1

V EIP

Number

8

2

1

6

4

3

6

6

3

6

4

1

1

Detailed description: See «Logic blocks» in the «Parameterizing SIMOCODE» manual.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

45

Overview of functions

5.8 Operating, service and diagnostics data

5.8 Operating, service and diagnostics data

SIMOCODE pro supplies a large amount of detailed operating, service and diagnostics data.

Operating data

● Motor switching state (ON, OFF, LEFT, RIGHT, SLOW, FAST), derived from the current flow in the main circuit: thus, feedback via auxiliary contacts of circuit breakers and contactors is not necessary.

● Current in phases 1, 2 and 3 and maximum current in % of current setting

● Voltage in phases 1, 2 and 3 in V

1)

● Frequency

7)

● Active power in W

1)

● Apparent power in VA

1)

● Power factor in %

1)

● Phase unbalance in %

● Phase sequence

1)

● Ground-fault current

6)

● Temperature in the respective sensor measuring circuits, and maximum temperature in

K

3)

● Current analog signal values

4)

● Time to trip in s

● Temperature rise for motor model in %

● Remaining cooling down period of the motor in s, etc.

It is possible to adapt the units via the device-internal conversion of individual measured values with the help of the logic modules (calculators) provided by SIMOCODE pro. For example, the temperature recorded by SIMOCODE pro can be calculated in either °F or °C and transmitted to the automation system via PROFIBUS DP.

46

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Service data

Overview of functions

5.8 Operating, service and diagnostics data

Among other things, SIMOCODE pro provides the following relevant data for maintenance:

● Number of motor operating hours, also resettable

● Motor stop times, also resettable

● Number of motor starts, also resettable

● Number of permissible starts remaining

● Number of overload trips, also resettable

● Feeder power consumption in kWh, also resettable

2)

● Internal feeder-related comments stored in the device, e.g. information regarding maintenance events, etc.

● Safety-related tripping monitoring in h, also resettable

5)

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

47

Overview of functions

5.8 Operating, service and diagnostics data

Diagnostics data

● Numerous detailed early warning and fault messages, also for further processing in the device or in the control system

● Device-internal error logging with time stamp

● Value of the last trip current

● Feedback faults (e.g. no current flow in the main circuit after switch-on command), etc.

● «Local» and «PROFIsafe» diagnostic messages

1) When using SIMOCODE pro V basic units with current / voltage measuring module

2) When using SIMOCODE pro V PB basic units from version *E03* current / voltage measuring module

3) When using the SIMOCODE pro V basic units with the 3UF77 temperature module or the

SIMOCODE pro S basic unit with multifunction module

4) When using SIMOCODE pro V basic units with current / voltage measuring module

5) SIMOCODE pro V together with fail-safe digital module DM-F

6) When using the SIMOCODE pro V basic units with the 3UF7510 ground-fault module or the SIMOCODE pro S basic unit with a multifunction module and 3UL23 residual current transformer

7) 2nd generation current / voltage measuring module necessary

48

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Check list for selecting a device series

Function/component

The following check list should help you decide upon the optimum device series for your requirements:

Control functions

Protection functions

Measurement functions

Intelligent overload relay

Direct starter, reversing starter

Star-delta starter

Dahlander

Pole-changing starter

Soft starter

Solenoid valve

Positioner

Can be combined with reversing function

Overload protection

Thermistor motor protection with PTC (binary)

Stalled rotor

Unbalance

Phase failure

Current measurement

Current / voltage / power measurement

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

C

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

—

✓

—

—

—

✓

—

—

S

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

—

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

SIMOCODE pro

V PB

✓

✓

V MB

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

V PN

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

V EIP

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

6

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

49

Check list for selecting a device series

Function/component

Monitoring functions

Current limits

Ground-fault monitoring

(internal)

Ground-fault monitoring

(residual current transformer)

Voltage monitoring

Temperature monitoring

Active power monitoring

Power factor (cos phi) monitoring

Monitoring operating hours, stop time, and number of starts

Monitoring additional process variables via the analog module

Phase sequence detection

Monitoring any measured values using unrestricted limit monitors

Frequency measurement (with the

2nd generation current / voltage measuring modules)

Safety-related tripping Safety functions

Number of inputs/outputs

Number of digital inputs of basic unit

Max. number of digital inputs with expansion modules

Number of outputs of basic unit

Max. number of digital outputs with expansion modules

—

4

4

3

3

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

✓

C

✓

✓

—

—

—

—

—

—

✓

—

—

✓

S

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

SIMOCODE pro

V PB

✓

✓

V MB

✓

✓

✓ ✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

V EIP

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

V PN

✓

✓

✓

—

4

8

2

4

✓

4

12

3

7

✓

4

12

3

7

✓

4

12

3

7

✓

4

12

3

7

50

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Function/component

Expansion modules

Multifunction module; monostable relay; 24 V DC inputs, temperature measurement, ground-fault monitoring

Multifunction module; monostable relay; 110 —

240 V AC/DC inputs, temperature measurement, ground-fault monitoring

Digital module; monostable relay; 24 V DC inputs

Digital module; bistable relay; 24 V DC inputs

Digital module; monostable relay; 110 to 240 V AC/DC inputs

Digital module; bistable relay; 110 to 240 V AC/DC inputs

DM-F LOCAL fail-safe digital module

DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe digital module

Analog module:

Measuring, processing and outputting analog values

Ground-fault module:

Residual current monitoring using a residual current transformer

Temperature module:

Analog temperature monitoring of three measuring circuits with

NTC, PT100, PT1000, and

KTY

C

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

✓

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Check list for selecting a device series

S

✓

SIMOCODE pro

V PB

—

V MB

—

V PN

—

V EIP

—

— — — —

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

51

An overview of system components

Modules

Selection and ordering data: See also Catalog IC10 ( http://www.siemens.com/ic10 ).

For simple product selection, we recommend the TIA Selection Tool

( http://www.siemens.com/TIA-Selection-Tool ).

7

Table 7- 1 Modules

Module Control supply voltage

MLFB

Basic units (BU)

SIMOCODE pro C

The compact system for PROFIBUS and direct-on-line and reversing starters and/or for controlling a circuit breaker.

4 inputs/3 outputs freely parameterizable, input for thermistor, monostable relay outputs

24 V DC 3UF7 000-1AB000

110-

240 V AC/

DC

3UF7 000-1AU000

SIMOCODE pro S

The smart system for PROFIBUS and for direct-on-line, reversing and star-delta starters or for controlling a circuit breaker or soft starter.

4 inputs/2 outputs freely parameterizable, input for thermistor, expandable with expansion modules

24 V DC 3UF7 020-1AB000

110-

240 V AC/

DC

3UF7 020-1AU000

Diagram pro

C

Number that can be connected to pro

S pro V

PB pro V

MB

RTU pro V

PN pro V

EIP

— — — — — —

— — — — — —

52

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

An overview of system components

Module Control supply voltage

MLFB

SIMOCODE pro V PB

The variable system for PROFIBUS, which offers numerous functions in addition to all of the

SIMOCODE pro C/S functions.

4 inputs/3 outputs freely parameterizable, input for thermistor, monostable relay outputs, expandable with expansion modules

24 V DC 3UF7 010-1AB000

110-

240 V AC/

DC

SIMOCODE pro V MB RTU

3UF7 010-1AU000

The variable system for Modbus RTU that offers numerous functions in addition to all of the SIMOCODE pro C/S functions.

4 inputs/3 outputs freely parameterizable, input for thermistor, monostable relay outputs, expandable with expansion modules

24 V DC 3UF7 012-1AB000

110-

240 V AC/

DC

3UF7 012-1AU000

SIMOCODE pro V PN basic unit

The variable system for PROFINET with extensive functions. 4 inputs/3 outputs freely parameterizable, input for thermistor, monostable relay outputs, expandable with expansion modules

24 V DC

110-

240 V AC/

DC

3UF7 011-1AB000

3UF7 011-1AU000

SIMOCODE pro V EtherNet/IP

The variable system for EtherNet/IP that offers numerous functions in addition to all of the SIMOCODE pro C/S functions.

4 inputs/3 outputs freely parameterizable, input for thermistor, monostable relay outputs, expandable with expansion modules

24 V DC 3UF7 013-1AB000

110-

240 V AC/

DC

3UF7 013-1AU000

Diagram pro

C

—

Number that can be connected to pro

S

— pro V

—

PB pro V

MB

RTU

— pro V

—

PN pro V

EIP

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

53

An overview of system components

Module Control supply voltage

MLFB

Operator panel (OP)

Installation in control cabinet door or front plate, for connection to basic unit, system interface for connecting a PC, 10 LEDs for status indication and user-assignable buttons for controlling the motor.

— 3UF7 200-1AA00-0

— 3UF7 200-1AA01-0

Operator panel with display (OPD)

Installation in control cabinet door or front panel, for connection to a pro V basic unit, system interface for connecting a PC, 7 LEDs for status indication and userassignable buttons for controlling the motor, multiplelanguage display, e.g. for indication of measured values, status information or fault messages.

— 3UF7 210-1AA00-0

— 3UF7 210-1BA00-0

—

—

Current measuring module (IM)

Current measuring with through-hole or bus connection system.

—

3UF7 210-1AA01-

0 (titanium gray)

3UF7 210-1BA01-

0 (titanium gray)

0.3 A to 3 A

(straight-through transformer)

2.4 A to 25 A

(straight-through transformer)

3UF7 100-1AA00-0

3UF7 101-1AA00-0

3UF7 102-1AA00-0

3UF7 103-1AA00-0

3UF7 103-1BA00-0

3UF7 104-1BA00-0

10 A to 100 A

(straight-through transformer)

20 A to 200 A

(straight-through transformer)

20 A to 200 A

(bar connection)

63 A to 630 A

(bar connection)

Diagram

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

—

—

—

— pro

C

Number that can be connected to pro

S pro V

PB pro V

MB

RTU pro V

PN pro V

EIP

1

1

—

—

—

—

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1 (from *

E03*)

1 (from *

E03*)

1 (from *

E03*)

1 (from *

E03*)

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

54

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

An overview of system components

Module Control supply voltage

MLFB

Current / voltage measuring module (UM)

Can only be mounted next to the basic unit, otherwise like current measuring modules.

Additionally:

•

Voltage measurement

• Power measurement

•

Power factor (cos phi) measurement

• Phase sequence

0.3 A to 3 A (throughhole transformer)

2.4 A to 25 A

(through-hole transformer)

10 A to 100 A

(through-hole transformer)

20 A to 200 A

(through-hole transformer)

20 A to 200 A (bus connection)

63 A to 630 A (bus connection)

— 3UF7 110-1AA00-0

3UF7 111-1AA00-0

3UF7 112-1AA00-0

3UF7 113-1AA00-0

3UF7 113-1BA00-0

3UF7 114-1BA00-0

Diagram

—

—

—

—

—

— pro

C

Number that can be connected to pro

S pro V

PB pro V

MB

RTU pro V

PN pro V

EIP

—

—

—

—

—

—

1 (from

*E02*)

1 (from

*E02*)

1 (from

*E02*)

1 (from

*E02*)

1 (from

*E02*)

1 (from

*E02*)

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

55

An overview of system components

Module Control supply voltage

MLFB

2nd generation current / voltage measuring modules (UM+)

Can only be mounted below / next to the basic unit, otherwise like current measuring modules.

In addition to current measurement:

• Voltage measurement

•

Frequency measurement

• Power measurement

•

Power factor (cos phi) measurement

• Phase sequence detection

0.3 A to 4 A

(straight-through transformer)

1)

3 A to 40 A

(straight-through transformer)

1)

10 A to 115 A

(straight-through transformer)

20 A to 200 A

(straight-through transformer)

20 A to 200 A

(bar connection)

63 A to 630 A

(bar connection)

— 3UF7 110-1AA01-0

3UF7 111-1AA01-0

3UF7 112-1AA01-0

3UF7 113-1AA01-0

3UF7 113-1BA01-0

3UF7 114-1BA01-0

Decoupling module (DCM)

1)

For connecting on the line side of a current / voltage measuring module of the 1st generation UM at the system interface for use of voltage measurement in isolated-neutral systems, systems with high-impedance resistive or asymmetrical grounding, and in singlephase systems.

— 3UF7 150-1AA00-0

Diagram pro

C

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

— —

Number that can be connected to pro

S pro V

PB pro V

MB

RTU pro V

PN pro V

EIP

1 (from

*E15*)

1 (from

*E15*)

1 (from

*E15*)

1 (from

*E15*)

1 (from

*E15*)

1 (from

*E15*)

—

1

(from *

E02*)

1

(from *

E02*)

1

(from *

E02*)

1

(from *

E02*)

1

(from *

E02*)

1

(from *

E02*)

—

1

(from

*E10*)

1

(from

*E10*)

1

(from

*E10*)

1

(from

*E10*)

1

(from

*E10*)

1

(from

*E10*)

1

1

1

1

1

1

— —

56

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

An overview of system components

Module Control supply voltage

MLFB

Digital modules (DM)

Up to two digital modules can be used to add additional binary inputs and relay outputs to the basic unit. The input circuits of the digital modules are supplied from an external power supply.

4 binary inputs and 2 relay outputs.

Input voltage 24 V

DC; monostable relay outputs

Input voltage 110 V-

240 V AC/DC; monos table relay outputs

— 3UF7 300-1AB00-0

3UF7 300-1AU00-0

Input voltage 24 V DC; bistable relay outputs

Input voltage 110 V-

240 V AC/DC; bistable relay outputs

—

Fail-safe digital module (DM-F)

3UF7 310-1AB00-0

3UF7 310-1AU00-0

DM-F Local fail-safe digital module

For fail-safe tripping via hardware signal.

2 relay enabling circuits, wired in parallel;

2 relay outputs, common ground, fail-safe tripping.

Inputs for sensor circuit, start signal, cascading and feedback circuit

Safety function via DIP switch

Rated control supply voltage Us:

24 V DC

110 to

240 V

AC/DC

3UF7 320-1AB00-0

3UF7 320-1AU00-0

DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe digital module

For fail-safe tripping via PROFIBUS/PROFIsafe:

2 relay enabling circuits, wired in parallel

2 relay outputs, common ground, fail-safe tripping

1 input for feedback circuit; 3 binary standard inputs.

24 V DC 3UF7 330-1AB00-0

110 to

240 V

AC/DC

3UF7 330-1AU00-0

Diagram pro

C

Number that can be connected to pro

S pro V

PB pro V

MB

RTU pro V

PN pro V

EIP

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

2

2

2

2

1 (from

*E07*)

1 (from

*E07*)

1 (from

*E07*)

1 (from

*E07*)

2

2

2

2

1

1

1

1

2

2

2

2

1

1

1

1

2

2

2

2

1

1

1

1

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

57

An overview of system components

Module Control supply voltage

MLFB

Analog module (AM)

By means of the analog module, the basic unit can be optionally expanded by analog inputs and outputs (0 to

20 mA).

2 inputs (passive) for inputting and 1 output for outputting 0/4 to 20 mA signals.

—

Ground-fault module (EM)

3UF7 400-1AA00-0

The external ground-fault monitoring using residual current transformer and ground-fault module is normally used in the following cases:

• in cases in which power systems are grounded with high impedance

• in cases, in which precise detection of the groundfault current is necessary, for example, for condition monitoring.

—

—

3UF7 500-1AA00-0 for connecting a

3UL22 residual current transformer

3UF7 510-1AA00-0 for connecting a residual current transformer 3UL23

Temperature module (TM)

Irrespective of the thermistor protection of the basic units, an additional max. 3 analog temperature sensors can be evaluated using a temperature module.

Sensor types: PT100/PT1000, KTY83/KTY84 or NTC

3 inputs for connecting up to 3 analog temperature sensors.

— 3UF7 700-1AA00-0

Diagram pro

C

Number that can be connected to pro

S pro V

PB pro V

MB

RTU pro V

PN pro V

EIP

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

1

1 (from

*E02*)

1 (from

*E10*)

1 (from

E*E02*)

1

1

1

1

2

1

1 (fro m

*E04*)

2

2

1

1

2

58

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

An overview of system components

Module Control supply voltage

MLFB Diagram pro

C

Number that can be connected to pro

S pro V

PB pro V

MB

RTU pro V

PN pro V

EIP

Multifunction module

To expand

• the number of inputs and outputs

• the functional scope the SIMOCODE pro S basic units.

The following inputs and outputs are available:

• 4 digital inputs

•

2 relay outputs

• 1 input for connecting an analog temperature sensor (sensor types: PT100/PT1000,

KTY83/KTY84 or NTC)

•

1 input for connecting a 3UL23 residual current transformer

Input voltage 24 V DC 3UF7 600-1AB01-0

Input voltage 110-240 V AC/DC 3UF7 600-1AU00-0

—

—

1

1

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

1) not needed when using the 2nd generation current /voltage measuring modules (UM+)

Detailed description: See Description of system components (Page 64)

Dimension drawings: See CAx data, dimension drawings (Page 320)

Mounting instructions See Mounting (Page 160)

Configuration information for SIMOCODE pro V PB when using an operator panel with

display and/or a decoupling module: See Chapter Configuration information for SIMOCODE pro V when using an operator panel with display and/or a decoupling module: (Page 135)

and Configuration notes for use of a SIMOCODE pro V MB RTU and SIMOCODE pro V EIP basic unit (Page 137).

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

59

An overview of system components

Accessories

Selection and ordering data: See also Catalog IC10 ( http://www.siemens.com/ic10 ).

Table 7- 2 System components, accessories that can be connected

System component, accessory

MLFB Diagram for pro C

✓ for pro S

✓ for pro V

PB

✓ Connecting cable for connecting the basic unit, current measuring module, current / voltage measuring module, operator panel, and decoupling module

0.025 m ribbon

0.1 m ribbon

0.3 m ribbon

0.5 m ribbon

0.5 m round

1.0 m round

2.5 m round

Interface covers

For covering unused system interfaces

3UF7 930-0AA00-0

3UF7 931-0AA00-0

3UF7 935-0AA00-0

3UF7 932-0AA00-0

3UF7 932-0BA00-0

3UF7 937-0BA00-0

3UF7 933-0BA00-0

3UF7 950-0AA00-

0 (light gray)

3RA69 36-

0B (titanium gray)

Memory module

Backup of the full set of parameters of a

SIMOCODE pro system when the device is replaced. If a device is replaced, parameter transfer without PC.

Initialization module

Storage and initialization of device parameters and device addressing in motor control centers.

3UF7900-0AA00-

0 (light gray)

3UF7901-0AA00-

0 (light gray)

3UF7901-0AA01-

0 (titanium gray)

3UF7 902-0AA00-0

Y connecting cable

Connection of the basic unit and current or current / voltage measuring module with the initialization module when using the initialization module

Length of system interface

Length of open cable end

3UF7 931-0CA00-0

3UF7 932-0CA00-0

0.1 m

0.5 m

1.0 m

1.0 m

3UF7 937-0CA00-0

1.0 m 1.0 m

✓

✓

—

—

—

—

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

1)

1)

1)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓ for pro V

MB RTU

✓ for pro V

PN

✓ for pro V

EIP

✓

✓

—

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

—

✓

✓

✓

✓

60

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

An overview of system components

System component, accessory

MLFB

Addressing plug

Assigning the

PROFIBUS/Modbus RTU address without using a

PC/PG to SIMOCODE pro through the system interface

USB PC cable for connecting

SIMOCODE pro to the USB interface of a PC/PG

USB-to-serial adapter

For connecting an RS 232 PC cable to the interface of a PC.

Door adapter for bringing out the system interface, for example, out of a cabinet

Adapter for operator panel

Enables use of the smaller operator panel (OP) after system replacement in a front panel cutout in which a larger

3UF5 2 operator panel of

SIMOCODE DP had previously been used.

Degree of protection: IP54.

Labeling strips for pushbuttons of the operator panel 3UF7 20 for pushbuttons of the operator panel with display

3UF7 21 for LEDs of the operator panel 3UF7 20

Push-in lugs for screw mounting e. g. on mounting plate; 2 units required per device

Can be used for the current measuring modules and current / voltage measuring modules

3UF7 1.0, 3UF7 1.1 and

3UF7 1.2

Can be used for 3UF700, 3UF701,

3UF7 3, 3UF7 4, 3UF7 5 and

3UF7 7

3UF7 910-0AA00-0

3UF7 941-0AA00-A

3UF7 946-0AA0-0

3UF7 920-0AA00-0

3UF7 922-0AA00-0

3UF7 925-0AA00-0

3UF7 925-0AA01-0

3UF7 925-0AA02-0

3RV2928-0B

3RP19 03

Diagram for pro C

✓ for pro S

✓ for pro V

PB

✓ for pro V

MB RTU

✓ for pro V

PN

— for pro V

EIP

—

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

—

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

—

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

61

An overview of system components

System component, accessory

MLFB

Can be used for

3UF7020-1A.01-0 and

3UF7600-1A.01-0

Terminal covers

Covers for cable lug and busbar connections:

Length 100 mm, can be used for 3UF7 1.3-1BA00-0

Length 120 mm, can be used for 3UF7 1.4-1BA00-0

Covers for box terminals:

Length 25 mm, can be used for 3UF7 1.3-1BA00-0

Length 30 mm, can be used for 3UF7 1.4-1BA00-0

Covers for screwed connection: between contactor and current measuring module or between current / voltage measuring module with direct mounting can be used for

3UF7 1.3-1BA00-0 can be used for

3UF7 1.4-1BA00-0

Box terminal blocks for round and ribbon cable conductors up to 70 mm2, can be used for 3UF7 1.3-1BA00-0 up to 120 mm2, can be used for 3UF7 1.3-1BA00-0 up to 240 mm2, can be used for 3UF7 1.4-1BA00-0

3ZY1311-0AA00

3RT19 56-4EA1

3RT19 66-4EA1

3RT19 56-4EA2

3RT19 66-4EA2

3RT19 56-4EA3

3RT19 66-4EA3

3RT19 55-4G

3RT19 56-4G

3RT19 66-4G

Diagram for pro C

— for pro S

✓ for pro V

PB

— for pro V

MB RTU

— for pro V

PN

— for pro V

EIP

—

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

62

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

An overview of system components

System component, accessory

MLFB Diagram for pro C for pro S

Bus termination module with dedicated power supply; for bus connection after the last device on the bus

Supply voltage:

115/230 V AC

24 V DC

Note

The use of bus connection modules is recommended, in particular, when using

SIMOCODE pro S.

Bus connecting terminal

For securing the PROFIBUS cable on the

SIMOCODE pro S basic unit.

3UF1 900-1KA00

3UF1 900-1KB00

3UF7 960-0AA00-0

✓

—

✓

✓

1) For basic unit SIMOCODE pro V PB from version *E09* for pro V

PB

✓

— for pro V

MB RTU

✓ for pro V

PN

✓

— — for pro V

EIP

✓

—

Software

For parameterization, control, diagnostics and testing: See «Parameterizing SIMOCODE pro» manual.

Selection and ordering data: See also Catalog IC10 ( http://www.siemens.com/ic10 ).

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

63

Description of system components

8

8.1 Basic units (BU)

Types of basic units

The basic units are the fundamental components of the SIMOCODE pro system. Basic units are always necessary when using SIMOCODE pro. They contain the processor in which all protection, control and monitoring functions of the SIMOCODE system are executed.

Figure 8-1 Basic units

The basic units are suitable for DIN rail mounting or with additional push-in lugs for mounting on a mounting plate. They are always equipped with removable terminals.

The basic units are available in different types for the following supply voltages:

● 24 V DC

● 110 to 240 V AC / DC

64

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Description of system components

8.1 Basic units (BU)

SIMOCODE pro C basic unit

Basic unit pro C is the fundamental component of the SIMOCODE pro C device series and is used in conjunction with a current measuring module and optional operator panels.

The following motor control functions are supported:

● Overload relay

● Direct starter (direct-on-line starter) and reversing starter

● Circuit breaker control (MCCB).

SIMOCODE pro S basic unit

Basic unit pro S is the fundamental component of the SIMOCODE pro S device series and is used in conjunction with a current measuring module and an optional operator panel. As compared with the basic unit SIMOCODE pro C provides the following expansion options by means of connecting a multifunction module:

● Increased device functionality with additional inputs and outputs

● Connection of a residual current transformer

● Connection of a temperature sensor.

The following motor control functions are supported:

● Overload relay

● Direct starter (direct-on-line starter) and reversing starter

● Star-delta starter

● Circuit breaker control (MCCB)

● Control of a soft starter.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

65

Description of system components

8.1 Basic units (BU)

SIMOCODE Pro V basic unit

The SIMOCODE pro V basic units are the fundamental components of the

SIMOCODE pro V device series and are used in combination with a current measuring module or current / voltage measuring module and optional operator panel.

The following motor control functions are supported:

● Overload relay

● Direct starter (direct-on-line starter) and reversing starter

● Star-delta starter, possibly combined with reversing starter

● 2 speeds, motors with separate windings (pole-changing starters), possibly combined with reversing starter

● 2 speeds, motors with separate Dahlander windings, possibly combined with reversing starter

● Positioner control

● Solenoid valve control

● Circuit breaker control (MCCB)

● Soft starter control, possibly combined with reversing starter

The SIMOCODE pro V basic unit provides the following expansion options not offered by the

SIMOCODE pro C and SIMOCODE pro S basic units:

● Increased device functionality via various expansion modules according to need

● Use of a current / voltage measuring module in place of a current measuring module

● Additional inputs and outputs, as required

● Larger number of inputs and outputs

● Use of an operator panel with display in place of a standard operator panel.

66

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Description of system components

8.1 Basic units (BU)

Operator controls and display elements, system interfaces basic units

LEDs for device diagnostics (DEVICE, BUS, GEN. FAULT)

These LEDs on the front of the device are used for device and fault diagnostics, and indicate the basic status:

● Of the device itself via the «DEVICE» LED

● For bus communication via the «BUS» LED

● By displaying the activity at the two ports via the LEDs «PORT 1» and «PORT 2»

● Of any motor feeder faults via the «GEN. FAULT» FAULT» LED

For further information, refer to Chapters Diagnostics via LED display on the basic unit and

on the operator panel (PROFIBUS) (Page 234) and Diagnostics via LED display on the basic unit and on the operator panel (PROFINET) (Page 238).

«TEST/RESET» button

Enables the device to be reset after tripping or after a fault has occurred and makes it possible to test the device/motor feeder with or without tripping the contactor control. If a memory module or addressing plug is plugged in, parameterization can be initiated via the

TEST/RESET button or, for example, by accepting the PROFIBUS address.

You will find further information in «Test/Reset» in the «Parameterizing SIMOCODE» manual,

in Chapters Setting the PROFIBUS DP address (Page 233) and Setting IP parameters and

PROFINET device name (Page 236) and in Backing up and saving parameters (Page 247).

System interfaces

2 system interfaces for connecting

● a current measuring module or a current / voltage measuring module and

● an operator panel or expansion modules

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

67

Description of system components

8.2 Operator panel (OP)

8.2 Operator panel (OP)

Function of the operator panel

The operator panel controls the motor feeder from the switchgear cabinet. It has an external system interface on the front to allow easier parameterization or diagnostics via a

PC / programming device. A PC with the «SIMOCODE ES» software, or the memory module or addressing plug can be connected via this system interface (with a cover for IP54) using a

PC cable.

On the rear system interface, it is connected to the basic unit or to an expansion module via a connecting cable. It is supplied with power via the basic unit.

The operator panel is frequently installed in the front panels of motor control centers. It is used in all device series. It also contains all the status LEDs available on the basic unit and the «TEST/RESET» button, and facilitates access to the system interface from outside the control cabinet.

The following are available:

● 5 buttons, of which 4 are freely parameterizable

● 10 LEDs, of which 7 are freely parameterizable

The following figure shows an operator panel:

Figure 8-2 Operator panel

68

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Description of system components

8.2 Operator panel (OP)

Labeling strips:

Labeling strips are enclosed for designating buttons 1 to 4 and the yellow LEDs 1 to 3:

● Buttons 1 to 4: 6 pre-assigned labeling strips and 1 individually inscribable labeling strip

● LEDs 1 to 3: 1 individually inscribable labeling strip

Figure 8-3 Labeling strips for operator panel buttons and LEDs

Unused labeling strips can be stored on the back of the operator panel:

Figure 8-4 Storage clips for labeling strips for pushbuttons and LEDs of the operator panel

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

69

Description of system components

8.2 Operator panel (OP)

«Park position» for memory module:

The memory module can be protected from unauthorized use by «parking» it on the rear of the operator panel inside the switchgear cabinet. In this case, the storage clips for the labeling strips cannot be used.

Figure 8-5 «Park position» for memory module

70

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

8.3 Operator panel with display

Description of system components

8.3 Operator panel with display

8.3.1 Description of the operator panel with display

Apart from the standard operator panel (OP), an optional operator panel with display (OPD) is also available for SIMOCODE pro V. This operator panel can additionally display current measured values, operating data, diagnostics data or status information of the motor feeder on the cabinet. It also contains all the status LEDs that are present on the basic unit and facilitates access to the system interface from outside the cabinet. The motor can be controlled via the buttons on the operator panel. Current measured values, status information, fault messages or the device-internal error log are simultaneously shown on the display.

Note

Restrictions on use

•

SIMOCODE pro V PB basic unit: The operator panel with display can only be used with

SIMOCODE pro V PB basic unit from version *E03*.

• SIMOCODE pro V PN basic unit: For use with the SIMOCODE pro V PN basic unit, an operator panel with display version *E07* or higher is required.

The following are available:

● 4 freely parameterizable buttons for controlling the motor feeder

● 4 keys for navigating the display menu, 2 of these are softkeys with different functions (e g. test / reset)

● 2 system interfaces (front and back)

● 7 LEDs, 4 of which are freely parameterizable (4 green LEDs integrated in the motor control buttons, primarily for feedback regarding the switching state, e.g. ON, OFF, CCW,

CW, etc.)

Note

Modification of selected device parameters via the operator panel with display

Modification of selected device parameters is possible via the operator panel with display

(see Parameters (Page 106))

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

71

Description of system components

8.3 Operator panel with display

The following figure shows an operator panel with display:

Figure 8-6 Operator panel with display

The operator panel with display can be connected directly to basic unit SIMOCODE pro V or an expansion module via the rear system interface. Voltage is supplied by the basic unit.

This front-face system interface (with cover for IP54) can be used to connect (by means of the PC cable) a PC with the SIMOCODE ES software installed or the memory module or the addressing plug.

NOTICE

Active operation

The operator panel with display may not be removed or plugged in during operation!

Note

When using an operator panel with display, please note that the type and number of expansion modules that can be connected to a basic unit are limited!

See Chapter Configuration information for SIMOCODE pro V when using an operator panel with display and/or a decoupling module: (Page 135).

72

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Description of system components

8.3 Operator panel with display

Labeling strips:

Labeling strips for labeling buttons 1 to 4 (6 pre-assigned and 1 that can be labeled individually) are included:

Figure 8-7 Labeling strips for the buttons of the operator panel with display

Unused labeling strips can be stored on the back of the operator panel with display:

Figure 8-8 Storage clips for labeling strips

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

73

Description of system components

8.3 Operator panel with display

«Park position» for memory module:

The memory module can be «parked» on the front of the operator panel with display beneath the system interface:

Figure 8-9 «Park position» for memory module

74

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Description of system components

8.3 Operator panel with display

8.3.2 Operator controls and display elements of the operator panel with display

Displays of the operator panel with display

The display shows current measured values, operating data and diagnostics data as well as the status information of the motor feeder in plain text or with the aid of symbols.

Figure 8-10 Display elements of the operator panel with display

1

Shows the current setting Is / rated motor current in A. For motors with two speeds, the relevant current setting Is1 or Is2 is always displayed depending on whether the current speed is slow or fast, e.g. 8 A. For motors with two speeds, the left-hand softkey can be used when the motor is stopped to alternate between the display of the two current settings.

When running, the current setting for the active motor speed is always displayed.

2

Shows the set class time of the overload protection system, e.g.:10 = class 10 (class = trip class)

3

Indicates that temperature monitoring is active, e.g. the motor temperature is being monitored by thermistors or analog temperature sensors (Pt100, Pt1000, KTY, NTC). (T= temperature monitoring active.)

4

The main display enables customized depiction of different measured values when running.

This is the standard display at the topmost menu level. Predefined profiles in the display settings can be selected for this purpose. By pressing the «Menu» softkey on the right, you

can navigate through the submenus of the main display (see Chapter Read and adapt main display (Page 94)).

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

75

Description of system components

8.3 Operator panel with display

Operator controls of the operator panel with display

76

Figure 8-11 Operator controls of the operator panel with display

1

Four freely parameterizable operator keys with status LED. These operator keys are used to control the motor with integrated status LEDs for any status feedback. The functions can be user-defined. Labeling can be either freely chosen or achieved using the labeling strips

supplied with the device (see also Chapter Operator panel with display (Page 71) and

Chapter «Operator panel LED» and «Operator panel buttons» in the «Parameterizing

SIMOCODE» manual»).

2

Two softkeys. They can have different functions depending on the menu displayed (e.g. open menu, exit menu, TEST/RESET). The currently assigned functions are shown on the lower left or right edge of the display.

3

Two arrow keys (one upwards arrow and one downwards arrow). They serve to navigate the menu or change the display settings, e.g. to adjust the contrast or to select a profile for the main display.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

8.3.3

8.3.3.1

Description of system components

8.3 Operator panel with display

Menu of the operator panel with display

Timing charts

Navigating the menu of the operator panel with display

Main menu, operator panel with display

Details: See «Displays of the operator panel with display (Page 92).»

Figure 8-12 Main menu, operator panel with display

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

77

Description of system components

8.3 Operator panel with display

Main display, operator panel with display

Details: See «Read and adapt main display (Page 94).»

1 Measured values, operator panel with display

Details: See «Display of measured values in the measured values display (Page 97).»

78

Figure 8-13 Measured values, operator panel with display

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Description of system components

8.3 Operator panel with display

Note

Numbering of the displays

The numbering is valid with the maximum expansion.

2 Status motor protection/motor control, operator panel with display

Details: See «Motor protection and motor control status (Page 99).»

Figure 8-14 Status motor protection/motor control, operator panel with display —

PROFIBUS / Modbus RTU

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

79

Description of system components

8.3 Operator panel with display

80

Figure 8-15 Status motor protection/motor control, operator panel with display —

PROFINET / EtherNet/IP

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Description of system components

8.3 Operator panel with display

3 Statistics/maintenance, operator panel with display

Details: See «Display of statistical and maintenance-relevant information on the statistics/maintenance display (Page 101).»

Figure 8-16 Statistics/maintenance, operator panel with display — PROFIBUS / Modbus

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

81

Description of system components

8.3 Operator panel with display

82

Figure 8-17 Statistics/maintenance, operator panel with display — PROFINET / EtherNet/IP

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Description of system components

8.3 Operator panel with display

4 Communication on the fieldbus, operator panel with display

Details: See Status display for fieldbus communication (Page 102).

Figure 8-18 Communication on PROFIBUS / Modbus, operator panel with display

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

83

Description of system components

8.3 Operator panel with display

84

Figure 8-19 Communication on PROFINET/EtherNet/IP, operator panel with display

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Description of system components

8.3 Operator panel with display

5 Device I/Os, operator panel with display

Details: See «Displays the current status of all device I/Os (Page 104).»

Figure 8-20 Device I/Os, operator panel with display

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

85

Description of system components

8.3 Operator panel with display

6 Parameters, operator panel with display

SIMOCODE pro V PN allows selected parameters to be set using the operator panel with display.

Details: See Parameters (Page 106)

86

Figure 8-21 Parameter settings, operator panel with display

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

7 Display settings, operator panel with display

Details: See «Adapt display settings (Page 108).»

Description of system components

8.3 Operator panel with display

Figure 8-22 Display settings, operator panel with display

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

87

Description of system components

8.3 Operator panel with display

8 commands, operator panel with display (for Basic Units pro V PB / pro V MBR)

Details: See «Resetting, testing and parameterizing via commands (Page 111).»

88

Figure 8-23 Commands, operator panel with display

9 Messages, operator panel with display

Details: See «Display of all pending status information (Page 112).»

Figure 8-24 Messages, operator panel with display

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

10 Warnings, operator panel with display

Details: See «Display of all pending warnings (Page 112).»

Description of system components

8.3 Operator panel with display

Figure 8-25 Warnings, operator panel with display

11 Faults, operator panel with display

Details: See «Display of all pending faults (Page 112).»

Figure 8-26 Faults, operator panel with display

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

89

Description of system components

8.3 Operator panel with display

12 Fault memory, operator panel with display

Details: See Reading the device’s internal error buffer (Page 112)

Figure 8-27 Fault memory, operator panel with display

13 Event memory, operator panel with display (only for OPD as from *E06* and BU2 as from

*E07*)

Details: See «Reading out the device-internal event memory (Page 113).»

Figure 8-28 Event memory, operator panel with display

90

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Description of system components

8.3 Operator panel with display

14 Identification, operator panel with display

Details: See «Identification of the motor feeder and the SIMOCODE pro components

(Page 114).»

Figure 8-29 Identification, operator panel with display

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

91

Description of system components

8.3 Operator panel with display

8.3.3.2 Displays of the operator panel with display

You can navigate through the menu using the arrow keys and softkeys. Each menu item may have one or more submenus. The menu structure and display are, in part, directly dependent on the device parameterization (e. g. selected control function) and hardware configuration (e.g. type and number of expansion modules used).

● Main display

The «main display» is the standard display of the SIMOCODE pro. It displays current measured values, which can be selected via profiles predefined to meet user-specific

requirements. For detailed information: See «Read and adapt main display (Page 94)»

● Measured values display

The «Measured values display» provides an overview of all values measured by

SIMOCODE pro. For example, all phase currents, phase voltages, power-related

measured values or temperatures. For detailed information: See «Display of measured values in the measured values display (Page 97).»

● Status display

The «Status display» shows all higher-level status information, i.e. all status information

relevant to the protection and control of the motor. For detailed information: See «Motor protection and motor control status (Page 99).»

● Statistics/Maintenance

The «Statistics/Maintenance» menu item provides an overview of all SIMOCODE pro information that is primarily relevant to maintenance. For detailed information: See

«Display of statistical and maintenance-relevant information on the statistics/maintenance display (Page 101).»

● Communication

The «Communication» menu item displays all important information concerning fieldbus

communication. For detailed information: See Status display for fieldbus communication

(Page 102)

● Device I/Os

The «Device I/Os» menu item provides a complete overview of the current status of all inputs and outputs of the basic unit as well as any connected expansion modules. For

detailed information: See Displays the current status of all device I/Os (Page 104)

● Parameters

SIMOCODE pro V PN/EtherNet/IP allows selected parameters to be set using the

operator panel with display. For detailed information: See Parameters (Page 106)

● Display settings

All settings relevant to the operator panel with display can be carried out via «Display

Settings». In addition to selecting the language and adjusting the contrast or illumination, it is also possible to select the profiles here that are relevant for adjusting the main

display. For detailed information: See also «Adapt display settings (Page 108).»

92

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Description of system components

8.3 Operator panel with display

● Commands

The «Commands» menu item contains all commands relating to SIMOCODE pro, e.g. for testing the feeder, resetting after tripping and/or transferring parameters into the memory

module or into SIMOCODE pro. For detailed information: See «Resetting, testing and parameterizing via commands (Page 111).»

● Messages

The «Status Information» menu item provides an overview of all pending status

information. For detailed information: See «Display of all pending status information

(Page 112).»

● Warnings

The «Warnings» menu item provides an overview of all pending warnings. For detailed

information: See «Display of all pending warnings (Page 112).»

● Faults

The «Faults» menu item provides an overview of all pending faults. For detailed

information: See «Display of all pending faults (Page 112).»

● Error buffer

The «Error buffer» menu item displays the SIMOCODE pro device-internal error buffer.

For detailed information: See «Reading out the device-internal error buffer (Page 112).»

● Event memory

The «Event Memory» menu item enables access to the SIMOCODE pro device-internal

event memory. For detailed information: See «Reading out the device-internal event memory (Page 113).»

Note

Precondition for event memory display

Is only displayed if DM-F present.

● Identification

In the «Identification» menu item, you will find detailed information/labeling regarding

SIMOCODE pro hardware components (basic unit, operator panel with display). For

detailed information: See «Identification of the motor feeder and the SIMOCODE pro components (Page 114).»

● About SIMOCODE

The «About SIMOCODE» menu item displays further information about SIMOCODE pro.

See Timing charts (Page 77).

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

93

Description of system components

8.3 Operator panel with display

8.3.3.3 Read and adapt main display

To enable users speedy viewing of the measured values typically shown on their switchboard, various profiles are stored in the operator panel with display that enable userspecific adaptation of the standard measured values displayed in the SIMOCODE pro main

display. The profile is selected in the menu «Display settings» → Profiles (see Section Adapt display settings (Page 108)).

The set current, the selected class time for the overload protection system and the use of temperature monitoring based on thermistors or analog temperature sensors are displayed

(if programmed) at the bottom left of the main display. The submenus of the main display can be navigated with the right-hand softkey. For motors with two speeds, the left-hand softkey can be used to alternate between the display of the two set currents.

● IL1, IL2, IL3 [A]

1)

Shows the currents in all three phases in A.

● IL1, IL2, IL3 [%]

1)

Displays the currents in all three phases as a percentage of the set current.

● Imax [A]

1)

Shows the maximum current of all three phases in A.

● Imax [%]

1)

Displays the maximum current of all three phases as a percentage of the set current.

● Imax, Cos phi

2)

Displays the maximum current of all three phases in amps and the power factor.

● Imax, UL1-N, Cos phi, S

3)

Shows the maximum current of all three phases in amps, the phase voltage UL1 in V, the power factor, and the apparent power in kVA.

● Imax, UL1-L2, Cos phi, S

4)

Shows the maximum current of all three phases in A, the line-to-line voltage UL1-L2 in V, the power factor, and the apparent power in kVA.

● Imax, UL1-N, Cos phi, P

3)

Shows the maximum current of all three phases in amps, the phase voltage UL1 in V, the power factor, and the active power in kW.

● Imax, UL1-L2, Cos phi, P

4)

Shows the maximum current of all three phases in A, the line-to-line voltage UL1-L2 in V, the power factor, and the active power in W.

● In1/output AM1 / In1/output AM2

5)

[mA]

Shows the current value at input 1 of analog module 1 / 2 and at the output of analog module

1 / 2 in mA.

● In2/output AM1 / In2/output AM2

5)

[mA]

Shows the current value at input 2 of analog module 1 / 2 and at the output of analog module

1 / 2 in mA.

94

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Description of system components

8.3 Operator panel with display

● Inputs AM 1 / inputs AM2

5)

[mA]

Shows the current value at the two inputs of analog module 1 / 2 in mA.

● Max. temp. °C TM 1 / TM2

6)

Shows the maximum temperature of all used sensor measuring circuits of the temperature module 1 / 2 in °C.

● Temperatures °C TM 1 / TM2

6)

Shows the individual temperatures of all used sensor measuring circuits of the temperature module 1 / 2 in °C.

● Max. temp. °F TM 1 / TM2

6)

Shows the maximum temperature of all used sensor measuring circuits of the temperature module 1 / 2 in °F.

● Temperatures °F TM 1 / TM2

6)

Shows the individual temperatures of all used sensor measuring circuits of the temperature module 1 / 2 in °F.

● UL1-N, UL2-N, UL3-N

3)

Shows all phase voltages in V.

● UL1-L1, UL2-L3, UL3-L1

4)

Shows line-to-line voltages UL1-L2, UL2-L3, UL3-L1 in V.

● Imax, UL1-N, Cos phi

3)

Shows the maximum current of all three phases in amps, the phase voltage UL1-N in V, and the power factor as absolute values.

● Imax, UL1-L2, Cos phi

4)

Shows the maximum current of all three phases in A, the line-to-line voltage UL1-L2 in V and the power factor.

● Imax, UL1-N, °C

7)

Shows the maximum current of all three phases in amps, the phase voltage UL1-N in V, and the maximum temperature of all used sensor measuring circuits of the temperature module in °C.

● Imax, UL1-L2, °F

7)

Shows the maximum current of all three phases in A, the line-to-line voltage UL1-L2 in V, and the maximum temperature of all used sensor measuring circuits of the temperature module in °F.

● Calculator 1

Shows the calculated result that the function block Calculator 1 provides without units in the range 0 … 65535.

Permits display, for example, of a 2-byte value sent directly from the automation system on the display of the switchboard or the display without units of each 2-byte value in

SIMOCODE pro.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

95

Description of system components

8.3 Operator panel with display

● Calculator 2

Shows the calculated result that the function block Calculator 2 provides without units in the range 0 … 65535.

Permits display, for example, of a 2-byte or 4-byte value sent directly from the automation system on the display of the switchboard or the display without units of each 2-byte and 4byte value in SIMOCODE pro.

● Energy consumed

2)

Note

Modified system expansion or hardware configuration

If the main display permanently fails to show measured values, this indicates that a profile has been selected in the display settings that is no longer supported, due, for example, to a changed system expansion or changed hardware configuration. The profile must be reselected.

1) Possible only if a current measuring module or current / voltage measuring module is used

2) Possible only if a current / voltage measuring module is used

3) Possible only if a current / voltage measuring module is used Values will only be displayed if phase voltage is set/configured

4) Possible only if a current / voltage measuring module is used and line-to-line voltage is set/configured

5) Possible only if the analog module is used

6) Possible only if the temperature module is used

7) Possible only if a current / voltage measuring module and temperature module are used

Values will only be displayed if phase voltage is set/configured

96

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

8.3.3.4

Description of system components

8.3 Operator panel with display

Display of measured values in the measured values display

The «Measured Values» menu item displays all current SIMOCODE pro measured values.

Depending upon the type of expansion modules used, all or only some of the values listed here will be available. These are the most important menus by way of example:

● Imax

1)

Shows the maximum current of all three phases and can be switched between A or % of

I s

● IL1, IL2, IL3

1)

Shows the currents of all three phases and can be switched between A or % of I s

.

● Phase unbalance

1)

Shows the current phase unbalance as a percentage.

● UL1-N, UL2-N, UL3-N

2)

Shows all phase voltages in V.

● U L1-L2, U L2-L3, U L3-L1

3)

Shows all line-to-line voltages in V.

● Cos phi, P, S

4)

Shows the power factor (0 to 100 % or absolute, switchable using the right softkey), the active power in kW, and the apparent power in kVA.

● Frequency [Hz]

7)

● Ground-fault current [mA]

Shows the measured value of the residual current.

● Last trip current [mA]

Shows the last measured value of the residual current.

● Analog input 1, analog input 2, analog output (for AM1)

5)

Shows the current values at both inputs and the actual value at the output of analog module 1 and can be switched over between mA and %.

● Analog input 1, analog input 2, analog output (for AM2)

5)

Shows the actual values at both inputs and the actual value at the output of analog module 2 and can be switched over between mA and %.

● Max. temperature

6)

Shows the maximum temperature of all used sensor measuring circuits of the temperature module 1 in °C (can be switched to °F).

● Max. temperature

6)

Shows the maximum temperature of all used sensor measuring circuits of the temperature module 2 in °C (can be switched to °F).

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

97

Description of system components

8.3 Operator panel with display

● T1, T2, T3

6)

Shows the individual temperatures of all used sensor measuring circuits of the temperature module 1 in °C (can be switched to °F).

● T1, T2, T3

6)

Shows the individual temperatures of all used sensor measuring circuits of the temperature module 2 in °C (can be switched to °F).

● Thermal motor model

Shows the current temperature rise of the internal thermal motor model in %.

● Time to trip

Shows the estimated time to trip.

● Cooling down period

Shows the cooling down period remaining before the motor can be switched on again after an overload trip.

● Last trip current

Shows the magnitude of the current that was measured at the moment of the overload trip, unit of measurement can be switched between A and % of I s

.

1) Possible only if a current measuring module or current / voltage measuring module is used

2) Possible only if a current / voltage measuring module is used Values will only be displayed if phase voltage is set/configured

3) Possible only if a current / voltage measuring module is used and line-to-line voltage is set/configured

4) Possible only if a current / voltage measuring module is used

5) Possible only if the analog module is used

6) Possible only if the temperature module is used

7) 2nd generation current / voltage measuring module necessary

98

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

8.3.3.5

Description of system components

8.3 Operator panel with display

Motor protection and motor control status

The status display shows all higher-level status information, i.e. all status information relevant to the protection and controlling of the motor. The type of status information depicted is, therefore, in part directly dependent upon the parameterized control function and the hardware configuration of SIMOCODE pro, and may vary.

These are the most important menus by way of example:

General

● General fault, general warning

● Current flowing, device ok

● Bus ok, PLC/PCS in Run

Control

Note

Display status information

The display of the status information can vary according to the control function.

● ON<<, ON<, OFF, ON>, ON>>, start active

● Interlocking time active, change-over pause active

● OPO, Remote, TPF

● FC, FO, TC, TO: Only for «Positioner» control functions.

● Positioner runs in CLOSED direction, positioner runs in OPEN direction: Only for

«Positioner» control functions.

● Non-maintained command mode

Protection

● Cooling down period active, pause time active, emergency start executed

Other

● Device test active

● Phase sequence 1-2-3, phase sequence 3-2-1

Possible only if a current / voltage measuring module is used.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

99

Description of system components

8.3 Operator panel with display

Safety

● Safety DM-F Local: Status of enabling circuit, shutdown «Safety,» «Safety o.k.» (only with an OPD as from product version *E04*, a SIMOCODE pro V MBR / PN / EIP basic unit or a SIMOCODE pro V PB basic unit as from product version *E07* and a DM-F Local)

● DIP switches, DM-F Local: Status of DIP switches 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 (only with an OPD as from product version *E04*, a SIMOCODE pro V MBR / PN / EIP basic unit or a

SIMOCODE pro V PB basic unit as from product version *E07* and a DM-F Local)

● Safety DM-F PROFIsafe: Status of enabling circuit, shutdown «Safety,» «PROFIsafe active» (only with an OPD as from product version *E04*, a SIMOCODE pro V PN basic unit or a SIMOCODE pro V PB basic unit as from product version *E07* and a DM-

F PROFIsafe)

100

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

8.3.3.6

Description of system components

8.3 Operator panel with display

Display of statistical and maintenance-relevant information on the statistics/maintenance display

The «Statistics/Maintenance» menu item gives an overview of all SIMOCODE pro information that is primarily relevant to maintenance. The states of timers and counters, etc. are displayed, as well as operating hours, stop times and the number of starts.

These are the most important menus by way of example:

General

● Number of overload trips

● Motor operating hours

● Motor operating hours >: Displays overshooting of the set limit for operating hours monitoring.

● No. of starts — actual value

● Permissible starts — actual value

● One more start only, no start

● Stop time: Displays overshooting of the set limit for motor stop time monitoring.

● Energy consumed (possible only if a current / voltage measuring module is used)

● Number of parameterizations

● Motor operating hours basic unit

● Real time basic unit

● Timer

● Timer 1 (2, 3, 4, 5, 6) actual value

● Timer 1 (2, 3, 4, 5, 6) output

● Counter

● Counter 1 (2, 3, 4, 5, 6) actual value

● Counter 1 (2, 3, 4, 5, 6) output

Calculators

● Calculator 1

● Calculator 2

● Calculator 3

● Calculator 4

Safety

● Time until test requirement: Remaining time until next test requirement in weeks

(displayed only when DM-F is installed).

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

101

Description of system components

8.3 Operator panel with display

8.3.3.7 Status display for fieldbus communication

The «Communication» menu item displays all important information concerning fieldbus communication.

PROFIBUS/Modbus:

In addition to the current PROFIBUS/Modbus device address, the baud rate or fieldbusrelevant settings concerning process and diagnostic alarms to the automation system.

These are the most important menus by way of example:

● PROFIBUS/Modbus address

● PROFIsafe address: Indicates the PROFIsafe address (only for OPD versions as from

*E04*, SIMOCODE pro V PB basic unit as from *E07* and an available with a DM-

F PROFIsafe)

● Baud rate

● Bus ok, Bus monitoring

● PLC/PCS in Run, PLC/PCS monitoring

● Bus/PLC fault — reset

● Startup parameter block

● Time stamping active

● Compatibility mode

● Compatibility mode 1, 3UF50 Mode

● 3UF50 mode DPV0, DPV1

● 3UF50 basic type

● Diagnostics device error, diagnostics message: Displays which diagnostic information of type «device error» and/or «message» is sent by SIMOCODE pro to a higher-level automation system via PROFIBUS.

● Diagnostics warning, diagnostics trip: Displays which diagnostic information of type

«warning» and/or «trip» is sent by SIMOCODE pro to a higher-level automation system via

PROFIBUS.

102

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Description of system components

8.3 Operator panel with display

PROFINET:

Not only information about IP configuration, device name, MAC address, PROFIsafe address but also settings about the status of communication and the response of SIMOCODE pro if communication failures are displayed.

These are the most important menus by way of example:

● IP configuration

● Device name

● MAC address

● PROFIsafe address: Shows the PROFIsafe address (only when DM-F PROFIsafe is installed)

● Baud rate

● Bus OK, bus monitoring

● PLC/PCS in Run, PLC/PCS monitoring

● Bus/PLC fault — reset

● Startup parameter block

● Diagnostics device error, diagnostics message: Shows which type of diagnostic information is sent by SIMOCODE pro to a higher-level automation system via

PROFINET.

● Diagnostics warning, diagnostics trip: Shows which type of diagnostic information is sent by SIMOCODE pro to a higher-level automation system via PROFINET.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

103

Description of system components

8.3 Operator panel with display

8.3.3.8 Displays the current status of all device I/Os

The «Device I/Os» menu item provides a complete overview of the current status of all inputs and outputs of the basic unit as well as any connected expansion modules. The type of status information displayed is directly dependent upon the SIMOCODE pro hardware configuration.

These are the most important menus by way of example:

Basic unit

● Inputs 1 (2, 3, 4)

● Outputs 1 (2, 3)

● PTC high resistance/not present

● PTC ok, PTC short circuit

Current measurement

IL1, Il2, IL3: Displays the currents (in A) in all three phases (possible only if a current measuring module or current / voltage measuring module is used).

Voltage measurement

● UL1-N, UL2-N, UL3-N: Displays all line-to-line voltages in V (possible only if a current / voltage measuring module is used and the OPD is version *E04* or higher and line-to-line voltage is set/configured).

● U L1-L2, U L2-L3, U L3-L1: Displays all line-to-line voltages in V (possible only if a current / voltage measuring module is used, line-to-line voltage is set/configured and the

OPD used is version *E04* or higher).

Digital module 1, digital module 2

● Inputs 1 (2, 3, 4): Inputs 1, 2, 3, 4 «monostable» or «bistable.»

● Outputs 1, 2 «monostable» (possible only if digital module 1 is used as «monostable»).

Note

Display

For OPD up to product version *E03*, the display is different.

● Outputs 1, 2 «bistable» (possible only if digital module 1 is used as «monostable» or

«bistable»).

Note

Display

For OPD up to product version *E03*, the display is different.

104

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Description of system components

8.3 Operator panel with display

Digital module 1 as DM-F Local

Possible only if digital module 1 is «Local,» an OPD as from version *E04* and a

SIMOCODE pro V (PB basic unit as from product version *E07*) is used.

● Inputs DM-F Local: Inputs «IN,» «Start,» «Feedback circuit,» «Cascaded.»

● Sensor channels DM-F Local: Sensor channels 1, 2

● Outputs DM-F Local: Outputs 1, 2, «Enabling circuit.»

Digital module 1 is DM-F PROFIsafe

Possible only if digital module 1 is «PROFIsafe», an OPD as from version *E04* and a

SIMOCODE pro V PB / PN basic unit (PB as from product version *E07*) is used.

● Inputs DM-F PROFIsafe: Inputs 1, 2, 3, «Feedback circuit».

● Outputs DM-F PROFIsafe: Outputs 1, 2, «Enabling circuit.»

Ground-fault module

Possible only if the ground-fault module is used.

● Ground-fault current [mA]

● Inputs

— Open circuit

— Short-circuit.

Analog module

Possible only if the analog module is used.

● Input 1, input 2

● Output

● Open circuit

Temperature module

Possible only if the temperature module is used.

● Max. temperature

● T1, T2, T3

● Sensor type Pt100, Pt1000, NTC, KTY83, KTY85

● Sensor fault sensor out of range

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

105

Description of system components

8.3 Operator panel with display

8.3.3.9 Parameters

Parameters

Overload protection → current settings

Current setting Is1

Current setting Is2

You can set the following parameters using the operator panel with display:

Range

0.00 — 9,999.00 A

0.00 — 9,999.00 A

Note

Possible only if a current measuring module is configured

—

Possible only in conjunction with the following control functions:

•

Dahlander

•

Dahlander reversing starter

•

Pole-changing starter

•

Pole-changing reversing starter

Current limits

0 — 1020 % of Is

Possible only if a current measuring module is configured

— Monitoring of current limits → trip level I > (upper limit)

Monitoring of current limits → warning level I >

(upper limit)

Monitoring of current limits → trip level I < (lower limit)

Monitoring of current limits → warning level I <

(lower limit)

Motor protection → stalled rotor protection level

Voltage monitoring → voltage limits

0 — 1020 % of Is

0 — 1020 % of Is

0 — 1020 % of Is

0 — 1020 % of Is

—

—

—

Trip level U < (lower limit)

Warning level U < (lower limit)

Cos phi monitoring → Cos phi limits

Trip level cos phi < (lower limit)

Warning level cos phi < (lower limit)

Active power monitoring → Active power limits

Trip level P > (upper limit)

Warning level P > (upper limit)

Trip level P < (lower limit)

Warning level P < (lower limit)

0 — 2040 V

0 — 2040 V

0 — 100 %

0 — 100 %

0.000 — 9999.000 kW

0.000 — 9999.000 kW

0.000 — 9999.000 kW

0.000 — 9999.000 kW

—

Possible only if a current / voltage measuring module is configured

—

—

Possible only if a current / voltage measuring module is configured

—

—

—

—

—

—

Possible only if a current / voltage measuring module is configured

106

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Parameters

Ground fault monitoring → Ground fault limits

Trip level

Warning level

0/4-20 mA monitoring → 0/4-20 mA limits

Analog module 1 — trip level 0/4-20 mA > (upper limit)

Analog module 1 — warning level 0/4-

20 mA > (upper limit)

Analog module 1 — trip level 0/4-20 mA < (lower limit)

Analog module 1 — warning level 0/4-

20 mA < (lower limit)

Analog module 1 — trip level 0/4-20 mA > (upper limit)

Analog module 1 — warning level 0/4-

20 mA > (upper limit)

Analog module 1 — trip level 0/4-20 mA < (lower limit)

Analog module 1 — warning level 0/4-

20 mA < (lower limit)

Temperature monitoring → temperature limits

Range

0.00 — 40.00 A

0.00 — 40.00 A

0 — 255

0 — 255

0 — 255

0 — 255

0 — 255

0 — 255

0 — 255

0 — 255

Temperature module 1 — trip level > (upper limit) 0 — 65,535 K

Temperature module 1 — warning level > (upper limit)

0 — 65,535 K

Temperature module 2 — trip level > (upper limit) 0 — 65,535 K

0 — 65,535 K Temperature module 2 — warning level > (upper limit)

Limit monitor — limit monitor limit

Limit 1

Limit 2

Limit 3

Limit 4

Limit 5

Limit 6

0 — 65535

0 — 65535

0 — 65535

0 — 65535

0 — 65535

0 — 65535

0 — 65535

Description of system components

8.3 Operator panel with display

—

—

Note

Possible only if a 3UF7510 ground-fault module is configured

Possible only if analog module 1 and/or 2 is configured

Represented in 0/4 — 20 mA similar to

«Measured values» menu

Represented in 0/4 — 20 mA similar to

«Measured values» menu

Represented in 0/4 — 20 mA similar to

«Measured values» menu

Represented in 0/4 — 20 mA similar to

«Measured values» menu

Represented in 0/4 — 20 mA similar to

«Measured values» menu

Represented in 0/4 — 20 mA similar to

«Measured values» menu

Represented in 0/4 — 20 mA similar to

«Measured values» menu

Represented in 0/4 — 20 mA similar to

«Measured values» menu

Possible only if temperature module 1 and/or 2 is configured

—

—

—

—

Represented in °C/F similar to «Measured values» menu

Represented in °C/F similar to «Measured values» menu

—

—

—

Represented in °C/F similar to «Measured values» menu

Represented in °C/F similar to «Measured values» menu

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

107

Description of system components

8.3 Operator panel with display

Note

Password protection

It is only possible to change these parameters if password protection is not active. Only then can you choose the parameter to be modified with the «OK» button.

Proceed as follows to change a parameter:

● Choose menu item «Parameters» from the main menu

● Then choose the parameter to be changed in the relevant submenu

● Click OK to confirm the selection

You can now change the value with the ▲ and ▼ buttons. The longer you hold these buttons for, the larger the step by which the value changes.

Adapt display settings 8.3.3.10

The default settings configured in the basic unit can be modified via the display settings.

However, changes made in this way do not result in a change to the configured defaults. In addition to selecting the language and adjusting the contrast or illumination, it is also possible to select the profiles here that are relevant for adjusting the main display. In the factory settings menu item, the changes made to the display settings can be reset to the values configured in the basic unit.

These are the most important menus by way of example:

Languages

English (default), German, French, Polish, Spanish, Portuguese, Italian, Finnish or alternatively

English, Chinese, Russian, Korean.

Contrast

0 % to 100 % (default: 50 %)

Illumination

Specifies how long the backlit display will remain on on the operator panel with display after the last keystroke and enables permanent activation or deactivation of the backlit display.

Off, 3 s, 10 s (default), 1 min, 5 min

108

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Description of system components

8.3 Operator panel with display

Profiles

Enables selection of the display profiles for the main display. If a defined profile is no longer supported by SIMOCODE pro, for example, due to a changed hardware configuration, the start display will be shown instead of the default main display:

● IL1, IL2, IL3 [A] (default)

● Imax [A]

● IL1, IL2, IL3 [%]

● Imax [%]

● Imax, Cos phi

● Imax, UL1-N, Cos phi, S

● Imax, UL1-L2, Cos phi, S

● Imax, UL1-N, Cos phi, P

● Imax, UL1-L2, Cos phi, P

● In1/output AM1 [mA] (only if analog module 1 is present and configured)

● In2/output AM1 [mA] (only if analog module 1 is present and configured)

● In1/output AM2 [mA] (only if analog module 2 is present and configured)

● In2/output AM2 [mA] (only if analog module 2 is present and configured)

● Inputs AM 1 / inputs AM2 [mA]

● Max. temp. °C/°F TM1 (only if temperature module 1 is present and configured)

● Temperatures °C/°F TM1 (only if temperature module 1 is present and configured)

● Max. temp. °C/°F TM2 (only if temperature module 2 is present and configured)

● Temperatures °C/°F TM2 (only if temperature module 2 is present and configured)

● UL1-N, UL2-N, UL3-N

● UL1-L2, UL2-L3, UL3-L1

● Imax, UL1-N, Cos phi

● Imax, UL1-L2, Cos phi

● Imax, UL1-N °C/°F (temperature display TM1!

1)

)

● Imax, UL1-L2, °C/°F

1)

(temperature display TM1!

1)

)

● Calculator 1

● Calculator 2

● Energy consumed [kWh] (only if a current / voltage measuring module is configured).

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

109

Description of system components

8.3 Operator panel with display

See Section Read and adapt main display (Page 94).

NOTICE

1) Temperatures

The temperature from temperature module 1 is always shown in this display profile.

The temperature from temperature module 2 is not shown in this profile.

Voltage display

Switch voltage display: Defines whether «phase voltages» or «line-to-line voltages» will be displayed (available only with an OPD as from product version *E04* and a

SIMOCODE pro V PB basic unit up to product version *E06*). Configuration is performed in the basic unit as from SIMOCODE pro V PB basic unit, product version *E07*.

Warnings

Determines whether, in the case of a pending general warning, the display is switched over to the menu item «Warnings» so that details are displayed (not activated per default): Do not display (default) — Display

Faults

Determines whether, in the case of a pending general fault, the display is switched over to the menu item «Faults» so that details are displayed (switched on per default, higher priority than pending warnings): Do not display — Display (default)

Return to main display

Determines whether and when to return from the current menu to the main display:

Manual, 3 s, 10 s (default), 1 min, 5 min

110

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

8.3.3.11

Description of system components

8.3 Operator panel with display

Resetting, testing and parameterizing via commands

The «Commands» menu item contains all commands relating to SIMOCODE pro, e.g. for testing the feeder, resetting after tripping and/or transferring parameters into the memory module or into SIMOCODE pro. By safeguarding the device-internal parameterization against external access, e.g. via a password stipulated in SIMOCODE pro, individual commands and/or even the entire «Commands» menu item can be blocked.

Program memory module

Parameters are transferred to memory module The memory module must be plugged into the system interface for this purpose.

Clear memory module

Parameters in memory module are reset. The memory module must be plugged into the system interface for this purpose.

Read memory module

Acceptance of the parameters from the memory module into the basic unit. The memory module must be plugged into the system interface for this purpose.

Memory module write protection on

All contents of the memory module are write-protected. This prevents any inadvertent changes to the contents of the memory module and any parameter changes to the connected SIMOCODE pro V basic unit.

An inadvertent change of parameters for a motor feeder is prevented.

SIMOCODE pro signals the successful execution of the command with the event «Memory module write-protected».

Memory module write protection off

With this command you can cancel the write protection of the memory module.

Restart

Initialization of SIMOCODE pro. New start.

Factory settings

All parameters have their factory setting again, except for the password. Only possible if password protection is not active or the password is known.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

111

Description of system components

8.3 Operator panel with display

8.3.3.12

Set time (= PC time)

If no NTP server address has been configured or no server has been found in the network, you can set the time of day here, that is, the real-time clock of SIMOCODE pro is set to the system time of the computer.

Test

Execute the test function. Same function as «TEST/RESET» button on the basic unit and operator panel

Reset

Execute a reset operation. Same function at «TEST/RESET» button on the basic unit and operator panel.

Displaying all pending messages

This menu item provides an overview of all pending status information. A precise description

of the pending status information messages can be found in Chapter Alarms, faults, and system events — error handling (Page 260).

8.3.3.13

8.3.3.14

8.3.3.15

Displaying all pending warnings

This menu item provides an overview of all pending warnings. In the displays settings, it is possible to set that the display will automatically switch to this menu item when a new general warning occurs so that the exact cause of the general warning can be displayed. A

precise description of the pending warnings can be found in Chapter Alarms, faults, and system events — error handling (Page 260).

Displaying all pending faults

This menu item provides an overview of all pending faults. In the display settings, it is possible to set that the display will automatically switch to this menu item when a new general fault occurs so that the exact cause of the general fault can be displayed. A precise

description of the pending faults can be found in Chapter Alarms, faults, and system events — error handling (Page 260).

Reading the device’s internal error buffer

The «Error buffer» menu item enables access to the SIMOCODE pro’s internal error buffer.

The time and cause of the last 21 faults are displayed here. See also Chapter Error buffer

(Page 257). A precise description of the faults can be found in Chapter Alarms, faults, and system events — error handling (Page 260).

112

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

8.3.3.16

Description of system components

8.3 Operator panel with display

Reading the device’s internal event memory

The «Event memory» menu item enables access to the SIMOCODE pro’s internal event memory. The two most recent events «DM-F enabling circuit closed» and «DM-F enabling circuit open» are displayed, together with the time, for both digital modules «DM-F Local» and

«DM-F PROFIsafe».

Event memory

The event memory is displayed.

Last event «Enabling circuit closed,» DM-F Local

The entry contains the last event «DM-F enabling circuit closed,» the time and the related DIP switch configuration.

Note

Requirements

Possible only if digital module 1 is used as a DM-F Local module.

Last event «Enabling circuit closed,» DM-F PROFIsafe

The entry contains the last event «DM-F enabling circuit closed,» the time and the related

PROFIsafe address.

Note

Requirements

Possible only if digital module 1 is used as a DM-F PROFIsafe module.

Last event «Enabling circuit open»

The entry contains the last event «DM-F enabling circuit open» and the corresponding time.

Note

Requirements

Possible only if digital module 1 is used as a DM-F Local or DM-F PROFIsafe module.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

113

Description of system components

8.3 Operator panel with display

8.3.3.17 Identification of the motor feeder and the SIMOCODE pro components

In the «Identification» menu item, you will find detailed information about the used

SIMOCODE pro hardware components, e.g. hardware and firmware versions. This dialog box also enables identification of the motor feeder via a plant identifier stored in SIMOCODE pro, as well as a request for the location designation and display of the device’s internal comment.

The essential menus are described by way of an example below:

Identification

● Plant identifier

● Location designation

● Date installed

● Description

Basic unit

● Order number

● Short code

● Vendor

● Device subfamily

● Device class

● System

● Ident. no.

● Hardware version

● Firmware version

● Time stamp

Display

● Order number

● Hardware version

● Firmware version

114

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Description of system components

8.4 Current measuring modules (IM) for the SIMOCODE pro C, SIMOCODE pro S, and SIMOCODE pro V device series

8.4 Current measuring modules (IM) for the SIMOCODE pro C,

SIMOCODE pro S, and SIMOCODE pro V device series

Current measuring modules can be used together with all device series.

The current measuring module must be selected according to the current setting to be monitored for each feeder (rated operating current of the motor). The current measuring modules cover current ranges between 0.3 A and 630 A, with interposing transformers up to

820 A.

Current measuring modules are available for the following current ranges (see figure below):

● 0.3 to 3 A with through-hole connection

● 2.4 to 25 A with through-hole connection

● 10 to 100 A with through-hole connection

● 20 to 200 A with through-hole technology or bus connection system

● 63 to 630 A with bus connection system

Figure 8-30 Types of current measuring modules

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

115

Description of system components

8.5 Current / voltage measuring modules (UM, UM+) for the SIMOCODE pro V device series

The current measuring module is connected to the basic unit via a connecting cable, which also supplies the power. Current measuring modules up to 100 A are suitable for standard rail mounting or can be fixed directly to the mounting plate using additional push-in lugs.

Basic units can be snapped directly onto the current measuring modules. Current measuring modules up to 200 A can also be mounted on the standard mounting rail or, optionally, they can be fixed directly to the mounting plate with the screw attachments that are integrated in the enclosure. The current measuring module up to 630 A can only be mounted using the integrated screw attachments.

Note

Current measuring modules with a current setting of up to 100 A can be connected to the basic unit mechanically and be installed as a unit (behind one another). Larger current measuring modules can only be mounted separately.

8.5

Variants

Current / voltage measuring modules (UM, UM+) for the

SIMOCODE pro V device series

Two device generations of the current / voltage measuring modules are available:

1st generation: UM, MLFB ending in 000 (e.g. 3UF71101AA000).

A decoupling module may be required when using these current / voltage measuring

modules. See Chapter Decoupling module (DCM) for 1st generation current / voltage measuring modules (e.g. 3UF711.1AA000) (Page 124).

2nd generation: UM+, MLFB ending in 010 (e.g. 3UF71101AA010).

These current / voltage measuring modules do not require a decoupling module.

116

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Description of system components

8.5 Current / voltage measuring modules (UM, UM+) for the SIMOCODE pro V device series

Function

UM

UM+

Current range

0.3 to 3 A

2.4 to 25 A

10 to 100 A

20 to 200 A

63 to 630 A

0.3 to 4 A

3 to 40 A

10 to 115 A

20 to 200 A

63 to 630 A

The SIMOCODE pro V device series allows use of a current / voltage measuring module instead of a current measuring module. In addition to measuring the motor current, current / voltage measuring modules also enable:

● Monitoring voltages up to 690 V (UM, UM+)

● Calculation and monitoring of power and cos phi (UM, UM+)

● Determining the frequency (UM+)

● Monitoring the phase sequence (UM, UM+)

With SIMOCODE ES, you can define under «Device configuration → Display voltage» whether the phase voltage or line-to-line voltage is to be used system-wide (when using a

SIMOCODE pro V basic unit from firmware version V3.0).

Current / voltage measuring modules are available for the following current ranges:

—

✓

✓

✓

—

—

✓

✓

—

Through-hole connection Through-hole technology or bus connection system

✓ —

—

—

✓

—

—

—

—

✓

—

Bus connection system

✓

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

✓

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

117

Description of system components

8.5 Current / voltage measuring modules (UM, UM+) for the SIMOCODE pro V device series

The diagram below shows the various current / voltage measuring modules:

118

Figure 8-31 Variants of current / voltage measuring modules

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Description of system components

8.5 Current / voltage measuring modules (UM, UM+) for the SIMOCODE pro V device series

Wiring:

The current / voltage measuring modules are connected to the basic unit via a connecting cable, which also supplies the power.

For the purpose of calculating or monitoring power-related measured values, current / voltage measuring modules are equipped with additional, removable terminals to which the voltages of all three phases of the main circuit are connected. An additional 3-core cable can be used, for example, to connect the main circuit directly from the bus connections of the current / voltage measuring module with the connection terminals of the voltage measuring module.

Mounting:

The current / voltage measuring modules UM / UM+ with a current setting of up to 115 A are suitable for standard rail mounting or can be fixed directly to the mounting plate using additional push-in lugs. These can be connected to the basic unit mechanically and installed as a unit (behind one another). For current / voltage measuring modules UM+ with a current setting of up to 115 A it is possible to mount the basic unit on the current / voltage measuring module.

Current / voltage measuring modules with a setting current up to 200 A can also be mounted on the standard mounting rail or, optionally, they can be fixed directly to the mounting plate with the screw attachments that are integrated in the enclosure.

The current / voltage measuring module with a current setting of up to 630 A can only be mounted using the integrated screw attachments. In this case, basic units can only be installed separately next to the current / voltage measuring modules.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

119

Description of system components

8.5 Current / voltage measuring modules (UM, UM+) for the SIMOCODE pro V device series

Application notes when using a 2nd generation current / voltage measuring module

Note

MLFB

The MLFBs of 2nd generation current / voltage measuring modules end in 010 (e.g. 3UF71101AA010)

Measured variables and measurement accuracies

The following new measured quantities are available:

● Frequency f of the supply voltage

1)

● Average phase current — mean value (I1/I2/I3) I_avg:

Thanks to the internally determined ground-fault current, it is possible to monitor it by means of a warning and tripping threshold. The relevant settings are made via the «Internal ground fault» function block. See «Ground fault monitoring» in the «Parameterizing SIMOCODE» manual.

The accuracy of measured values has been improved. The following measuring accuracies are possible in the rated ranges:

● Current I: 1.5%

● Voltage U: 1.5%

● Power factor cos phi: 1.5%

● Active power P: 5%

● Active energy E: 5%

● Frequency f of the supply voltage: 1.5%

● Average phase current — mean value (I1/I2/I3) I_avg: 1.5%

The measurement ranges of the current / voltage measuring modules have been adjusted to the current ranges of SIRIUS Innovations contactors and load feeders. This results in increases to the following measuring ranges: 0.3 to 4 A; 3 to 40 A and 10 to 115 A.

The measured values with the accuracy figures mentioned can be found in data record 94 —

Measured values (from byte position 132) and in data record 95 — Statistics data in the

«SIMOCODE — Communication, Tables, Data Records» manual.

120

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Description of system components

8.5 Current / voltage measuring modules (UM, UM+) for the SIMOCODE pro V device series

Measurement performance

The rate of measured value acquisition has been improved, and so updating of all measured values within 200 ms can be assumed.

Tripping characteristic

The overload tripping characteristic, which is calculated in the measuring modules, has been revised in the 2nd generation current / voltage measuring modules. By means of diverse analyses, the characteristic curve has been adjusted further to the actual requirements for overload release.

The tripping characteristic fulfills all basic points defined for overload protection in IEC

60947-4-1. In particular in the range of the 2-fold motor rated current, the characteristic curve was approximated to the practical conditions. Thus, the characteristic curve has steepened slightly, which produces slower tripping in the range between 1.15-fold and 6-fold motor rated current, and faster tripping in the range above 6-fold motor rated current.

The tripping characteristics can be found in Chapter «Overload protection» in the

«Parameterizing SIMOCODE pro» manual.

The trip classes have been extended with trip class 7. Thus, if required, finer coordination of the trip classes can be chosen in the lower range (if, for example, there is a wish to approximate to the characteristic curve of the class 10 current measuring modules).

Interaction with the SIMOCODE basic units

The 2nd generation current / voltage measuring modules operate with the new functions together with the basic units as from the following product versions:

● SIMOCODE pro V PB: From E15

● SIMOCODE pro V MBR: From E02

● SIMOCODE pro V PN: From E10

● SIMOCODE pro V EIP: From E01.

NOTICE

Connecting current / voltage measuring modules to the basic unit

The 2nd generation current / voltage measuring modules must be connected directly to the basic unit in order to achieve the full performance capability.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

121

Description of system components

8.5 Current / voltage measuring modules (UM, UM+) for the SIMOCODE pro V device series

Compatibility/compatibility mode

NOTICE

Compatibility/compatibility mode

•

The 2nd generation current / voltage measuring modules also function with older

SIMOCODE basic units. In this case, they behave compatibly with the 1st generation current / voltage measuring modules and can replace them in an application

(compatibility mode).

• If both the SIMOCODE pro basic unit and also the current / voltage measuring module are replaced and the hardware parameterization is unchanged (the SIMOCODE ES parameterization still contains a 1st generation current / voltage measuring module), the compatibility mode of the current / voltage measuring module is also active.

Specifically, this means:

•

The tripping characteristic remains as in the 1st generation current / voltage measuring modules.

• The measurement accuracy figures and measured values correspond to those of the 1st generation current / voltage measuring modules.

•

The new measured values stored in the data records are not entered (see Manual

«SIMOCODE pro — communication → Tables, data records — definitions».

The following restrictions still have to be observed:

NOTICE

Maximum configuration of the SIMOCODE system with older basic units

(SIMOCODE pro V PB ≤ E14 or pro V MB RTU (E01) and a 2nd generation current / voltage measuring module

•

When using BU / UM+: max. 4 expansion modules

•

When using BU / UM+ / OP:

– max. 4 expansion modules

– max. 3 expansion modules when using AM, TM and EM

• when using BU / UM+ / OPD: Max. 3 expansion modules, of which one AM, TM or EM or max. 2 expansion modules from AM, TM and EM when using a BU 24 V DC

• when using BU / UM+ / OPD: Max. 2 expansion modules, of which one AM, TM or EM when using a BU 110-240 V AC/DC

In this case, the installation guidelines for configuration with the 2nd generation current / voltage measuring modules must be observed.

122

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Description of system components

8.5 Current / voltage measuring modules (UM, UM+) for the SIMOCODE pro V device series

See also Configuration information for SIMOCODE pro V when using an operator panel with display and/or a decoupling module: (Page 135) for more information.

NOTICE

Motor rated current is in the range from 2.4 — 2.99 A and a 1st generation current / voltage measuring module with the 2.4 — 25 A measuring range is used

In this case, the 0.3 — 4 A measuring range must be used for the 2nd generation current / voltage measuring modules.

This requires a change of the parameterization to the smaller measuring range (0.3 — 4 A).

Attention must be paid to this with regard to code conversion of the MLFB numbers.

The installation width of the two measuring ranges is identical.

1) For frequency measurement, the voltage measurement must be connected.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

123

Description of system components

8.6 Decoupling module (DCM) for 1st generation current / voltage measuring modules (e.g. 3UF711.1AA000)

8.6 Decoupling module (DCM) for 1st generation current / voltage measuring modules (e.g. 3UF711.1AA000)

Function of the decoupling module

When measuring voltage and power with SIMOCODE pro in ungrounded networks, each current / voltage measuring module must have a decoupling module connected upstream in series at the system interface. Where voltage or power is measured with SIMOCODE pro in systems with additional insulation measurement or insulation monitoring, a decoupling module must be connected between the basic unit and each current / voltage measuring module. If using the 3UF710 current measuring module in these networks, it is imperative that an additional decoupling module is not used.

Figure 8-32 Decoupling module, SIMOCODE pro V device series

Note

Connectable expansion modules

When using a decoupling module, note that the type and number of expansion modules that

can be connected to a basic unit are limited! See Chapter Configuration information for

SIMOCODE pro V when using an operator panel with display and/or a decoupling module:

(Page 135).

Using the decoupling module in different networks

A decoupling module may be required when using a voltage measuring module, especially for the following networks:

● Isolated systems

● High-impedance grounded systems

● Asymmetrically grounded systems

● Single-phase systems

124

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Description of system components

8.6 Decoupling module (DCM) for 1st generation current / voltage measuring modules (e.g. 3UF711.1AA000)

The tables below show decoupling module requirements for different grounding systems and system configurations (star systems, delta systems, and single-phase systems):

Star networks:

Table 8- 1 Decoupling module requirements for star networks

Star configuration

4-wire, star, grounded with low impedance

Network configuration Decoupling module required? Note

No «TN-S system» according to

IEC 60364

4-wire, star, grounded with high impedance

Yes —

3-wire, star, grounded with low impedance

No «TN-C system» according to

IEC 60364

3-wire, star, grounded with high impedance

Yes —

3-wire, star, with isolated neutral

Yes «IT system» according to

IEC 60364

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

125

Description of system components

8.6 Decoupling module (DCM) for 1st generation current / voltage measuring modules (e.g. 3UF711.1AA000)

Delta configurations

Table 8- 2 Decoupling module requirements for delta networks

Delta network

1)

3-wire, delta, one phase grounded

Network configuration Decoupling module required?

Yes

Note

Parameter «Voltage display → phase voltages» must be active.

3-wire, delta, with isolated ground

Yes Parameter «Voltage display → phase voltages» must be active.

Center tap grounded Yes Parameter «Voltage display → phase voltages» must be active.

1) Mainly encountered in North America

Single-phase systems

Table 8- 3 Decoupling module requirements for single-phase networks

Single-phase network Network configuration Decoupling module required?

Yes

Note

Parameter «Voltage display → Phase voltages» must be active. The voltage applied is calculated from

U_L1N + U_l2N

126

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

8.7

Description of system components

8.7 Spectrum of the expansion modules

Spectrum of the expansion modules

Expansion modules are provided as optional additions for the SIMOCODE pro S and pro V device series. The following expansion modules are available:

● Digital modules (DM) (Page 128)

● Fail-safe digital module Local (DM-F Local) (Page 129)

● PROFIsafe fail-safe digital module (DM-F PROFIsafe) (Page 129)

● Analog module (AM) (Page 131)

● Ground-fault module (EM) (Page 132)

● Temperature module (TM) (Page 133)

● Multifunction module (Page 134) (for the SIMOCODE pro S device series)

All expansion modules have an enclosure width of 22.5 mm or 45 mm. They are equipped with 2 system interfaces (incoming/outgoing) and removable terminals on the front panel.

The expansion module is connected, for example, to the system interface of the basic unit via the first system interface using a connecting cable. For example, further expansion modules can be connected via the second system interface or the operator panel.

All expansion modules are suitable for DIN rail mounting or can be fastened directly to a mounting plate using additional push-in lugs.

Figure 8-33 Expansion module

Note

Up to 5 expansion modules can be connected in any sequence to a basic unit.

When an operator panel with display and/or a decoupling module is used, more restrictions on the number of expansion modules connectable per basic unit must be observed.

See Chapters Configuration information for SIMOCODE pro V when using an operator panel

with display and/or a decoupling module: (Page 135) and Configuration notes for use of a

SIMOCODE pro V MB RTU and SIMOCODE pro V EIP basic unit (Page 137)

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

127

Description of system components

8.8 Digital module (DM)

8.8 Digital module (DM)

Digital modules offer the option of further increasing the types and number of binary inputs and relay outputs available at the SIMOCODE pro basic unit.

The following digital modules are available for the SIMOCODE pro V basic unit:

Table 8- 4 Versions of digital modules

Inputs

4 inputs

4 inputs

4 inputs

4 inputs

Power supply

External 24 V DC

External 110 V to 240 V AC/DC

External 24 V DC

External 110 V to 240 V AC/DC

Outputs

2 monostable relay outputs

2 monostable relay outputs

2 bistable relay outputs

2 bistable relay outputs

Up to 2 digital modules can be connected to one SIMOCODE pro basic unit. 4 additional binary inputs and 2 additional binary outputs are thus provided by each module. All types can be combined with each other. SIMOCODE pro can therefore be expanded to provide a maximum of 12 binary inputs and 7 relay outputs.

With the monostable version, the relay outputs open after disconnection/failure/interruption of the supply voltage. With the bistable version, the switching state of the relay outputs is maintained even after disconnection/failure/interruption of the supply voltage.

You can set a debounce time for the digital module inputs if required (see Chapter «Digital module inputs» in the «Parameterizing SIMOCODE» manual).

Power supply to the inputs: See Chapter Wiring basic units, expansion modules and the decoupling module (Page 171).

Note

To implement some motor control functions, a further digital module is required in addition to the relay outputs on the basic unit.

Note

If 2 digital modules are being used, the digital module connected the closest to the basic unit via the system interface will be identified as digital module 1. The digital module connected next in line will be identified as digital module 2. If one digital module is connected to the front and another to the lower system interface of the basic unit, the digital module on the front system interface of the basic unit will always be identified as digital module 1.

128

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Description of system components

8.9 Fail-safe digital module (DM-F)

8.9 Fail-safe digital module (DM-F)

Requirements and safety-related functions of the DM-F fail-safe digital modules

The fail-safe digital module DM-F extends the SIMOCODE pro motor management system with fail-safe functions for switching off motors:

● DM-F Local fail-safe digital module

● DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe digital module

These modules conform to the general requirements for emergency stop devices or safety circuits described in EN 418 and EN 60204-1 (06.2006).

With appropriate external circuitry, the following performance levels / safety integrity levels can be achieved:

● PL e with Category 4 according to ISO 13849-1 or

● SIL 3 according to IEC 61508 / 62061.

Safety engineering and safety-related functions:

● These are exclusively restricted to the fail-safe digital modules.

● They therefore have no direct impact on existing SIMOCODE pro components and concepts.

LEDs for DM-F device diagnostics

See Chapter Technical data (Page 281) and / or Manual SIMOCODE pro Safety fail-safe

digital modules ( http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/50564852 ).

«TEST/RESET» DM-F button

See Manual SIMOCODE pro Safety fail-safe digital modules

( http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/50564852 ).

Setting the DM-F DIP switches

See Manual SIMOCODE pro Safety fail-safe digital modules

( http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/50564852 ).

DM-F system interfaces

See Manual SIMOCODE pro Safety fail-safe digital modules

( http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/50564852 ).

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

129

Description of system components

8.10 Analog module (AM)

Documentation for safety-related functions and fail-safe digital modules

Safety-related functions and additional information on fail-safe digital modules can be found in the following documentation:

● System Manual «SIMOCODE pro Safety Fail-Safe Digital Modules»

● Operating Instructions «Fail-safe Digital Module DM-F Local»

● Operating Instructions «Fail-safe Digital Module DM-F PROFIsafe»

You will find the System Manuals and Operating Instructions at Manuals/operating instructions ( www.siemens.com/sirius/manuals )

The fail-safe digital module DM-F Local provides safety-related tripping of a motor feeder via a hardware signal that is detected and evaluated by the module.

From a non-safety-related perspective, the DMF comprises:

Table 8- 5 Inputs, outputs and voltage supply to the digital module Fail-safe Local (DM-F Local)

Inputs

4 non-safety-related digital inputs:

• Input 1: Sensor circuit

•

Input 2: Start input

• Input 3: Feedback circuit

•

Input 4: Cascading input

Power supply Outputs

24 V DC 2 non-safety-related monostable relay outputs

The fail-safe DM-F PROFIsafe digital module provides safety-related tripping of a motor feeder by a fail-safe control (F-CPU) via PROFIBUS with the fail-safe PROFIsafe profile.

From a non-safety-related perspective, the DM-PROFIsafe module comprises:

Table 8- 6 Inputs, outputs and voltage supply to the digital module Fail-safe PROFIsafe

(DM-F PROFIsafe)

Inputs Power supply Outputs

4 non-safety-related digital inputs 24 V DC 2 non-safety-related monostable relay outputs

WARNING

Hazardous voltage

For the 24 V DC power supply, always use an SELV or PELV power supply unit!

Surge suppressors are required for inductive loads!

130

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

8.10

Description of system components

8.10 Analog module (AM)

Analog module (AM)

By means of the analog module, the SIMOCODE pro V basic units can be optionally expanded by analog inputs and outputs (0/4 mA to 20 mA). This makes it possible to detect and monitor any process variables that can be mapped onto a 0/4 to 20 mA signal.

Typical applications are, for example, fill-level monitoring for protecting pumps from dry operation, or the monitoring of pollution in a filter using a differential pressure transducer.

The automation system has free access to the measured process variables. The analog output can, for example, be used for the visualization of any process variables on a pointer instrument. The automation system can also freely access the output via the communication bus.

● 1 analog module can be connected to the SIMOCODE pro V PB and pro V MB RTU basic units

● 2 analog modules can be connected to the SIMOCODE pro V PN and pro V EIP basic units

● For each analog module, 2 analog inputs (passive) for detecting 0/4 mA to 20 mA signals.

Both inputs are set either to 0 mA to 20 mA or to 4 mA to 20 mA.

● For each analog module, 1 output for issuing a 0/4 mA to 20 mA signal.

Note

The inputs of the analog module are passive inputs that have to be supplied in each case by an external, isolated current source (e.g. isolating transformer). If the output of the analog module is not being utilized, it can be used as current source for an input.

Note

Requirements for using an analog module with SIMOCODE pro V PB

Use of an analog module requires a SIMOCODE pro V PB basic unit, at least version *E02* or later (from 04/2005).

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

131

Description of system components

8.11 Ground-fault module (EM)

8.11 Ground-fault module (EM)

The 3UF7 500-1AA00-0 and 3UF7 510-1AA00-0 ground-fault modules are suitable for use with the SIMOCODE pro V basic units. 1 ground-fault module can be connected to 1 basic unit.

NOTICE

Use of residual current transformers

The 3UF7 500-1AA00-0 ground-fault module requires the 3UL22 residual current transformer.

The 3UF7 510-1AA00-0 ground-fault module requires the 3UL23 residual current transformer.

Requirements for use of ground-fault modules in combination with SIMOCODE pro V basic unit:

Note

Requirements for use of a 3UF7 500-1AA00-0 ground-fault module with

SIMOCODE pro V PB

Use of a ground-fault module requires a SIMOCODE pro V PB basic unit, at least version

*E02* or later (from 04/2005).

Note

Requirements for use of a 3UF7 510-1AA00-0 ground-fault module with

SIMOCODE pro V PB

Use of this ground-fault module requires a SIMOCODE pro V PB basic unit, with at least product version *E10* (from 09/2013).

Detailed information on ground-fault monitoring: See Chapter «Monitoring functions» in the

«Parameterizing SIMOCODE 3» manual.

See also

Monitoring functions (Page 36)

132

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

8.12

Description of system components

8.12 Temperature module (TM)

Temperature module (TM)

The temperature module offers the option of expanding the SIMOCODE pro V device series by an analog temperature monitoring system. In addition to the thermistor monitoring system for the basic units, up to 3 analog sensor measuring circuits (in two or three-wire systems) can be connected, the temperatures in the 3 sensor measuring circuits can be measured, and the highest temperature in all sensor measuring circuits can be determined. The temperatures recorded can be fully integrated and monitored in the process and can also be transferred to a higher-level automation system via the communication bus.

You can, for example, implement analog temperature monitoring of the motor windings, bearings, coolant or gearbox oil.

Various sensor types (NTC, KTY83/84, PT100/PT1000) for use with solid, liquid, or gaseous media are supported.

Note

The same sensor type must be used in all sensor measuring circuits.

● 1 temperature module can be connected to the SIMOCODE pro V PB and pro V MB RTU basic units

● 2 temperature modules can be connected to the SIMOCODE pro V PN and pro V EIP basic units

● 3 sensor measuring circuits in 2 or 3-wire systems.

Note

Requirements for using a temperature module with SIMOCODE pro V PB

Use of a temperature module requires a SIMOCODE pro V PB basic unit, at least version

*E02* or later (from 04/2005).

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

133

Description of system components

8.13 Multifunction module

8.13 Multifunction module

The multifunction module is the expansion module of the SIMOCODE pro S device series with the following functions:

● Digital module function with four digital inputs and two monostable relay outputs

● Ground-fault module function with one input for connecting a 3UL23 residual current transformer

● Temperature module function with an input for connecting a PT100, PT1000, KTY83,

KTY84, or NTC analog temperature sensor

No more than one multifunction module can be connected to one SIMOCODE pro S basic unit.

Note

Use of expansion modules of SIMOCODE pro V with the SIMOCODE pro S basic unit

One of the following expansion modules of SIMOCODE pro V can be used with the

SIMOCODE pro S basic unit (3UF7020-1AB01-0 or 3UF7020-1AU01-0) instead of the

3UF76* multifunction module:

• 24 V DC digital module with monostable relay outputs (3UF7300-1AB00-0) or

110 … 240 V AC/DC digital module (3UF7300-1AU00-0)

•

Ground-fault module (3UF7510-1AA0-0)

• Temperature module (3UF7700-1AA00-0), limited to use of one sensor input only

134

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Description of system components

8.14 Configuration instructions for the use of fail-safe expansion modules

8.14 Configuration instructions for the use of fail-safe expansion modules

In conjunction with DM-F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe digital modules, the expansion modules can be used as follows:

Fail-safe digital module

DM-F Local

Number of expansion modules max. 4

DM-F PROFIsafe max. 3

Digital module 2 Analog module

✓

✓

✓

✓

Temperature module

✓

✓

Ground-fault module

✓

—

8.15 Configuration information for SIMOCODE pro V when using an operator panel with display and/or a decoupling module:

Note

Restrictions for the SIMOCODE pro V device series

The restrictions mentioned apply to the SIMOCODE pro V device series with the following product versions:

•

SIMOCODE pro V PB: Before E15

• SIMOCODE pro V MB RTU: Before E02.

Devices with the stated product versions or later can be used without restriction with up to

5 expansion modules, operator panel with display and 2nd generation current / voltage measuring modules.

Use of a decoupling module and/or an operator panel with display

If you want to use an operator panel with display and/or a decoupling module in the

SIMOCODE pro V system, then the following configuration instructions concerning the type and number of connectable expansion modules must be observed.

The following table shows the maximum possible configuration with expansion modules for the various combinations (✓ = possible, — = not possible):

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

135

Description of system components

8.15 Configuration information for SIMOCODE pro V when using an operator panel with display and/or a decoupling module:

Maximum configuration with expansion modules

Table 8- 7 Maximum configuration with expansion modules when using an operator panel / operator panel with display, a

1st generation current / voltage measuring module and a decoupling module for SIMOCODE pro V-PB basic units (3UF7010-1Ax00-0) with a 24 V DC or 110 V — 240 V AC/DC supply

OP

None/

OP

OPD

Measurement Decoupling module

I —

U/I

U/I

4)

—

✓

I

U/I

U/I

4)

—

—

✓

DM-

F/DM

✓

✓

✓

1)

✓

✓

SIMOCODE pro basic unit

U s

= 24 V DC

DM AM TM EM DM-

F/DM

✓

✓

✓

1)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

1)

✓

✓

Max. 4 modules

Max. 4 modules

—

✓

✓

—

✓

✓

✓

✓

—

✓

2)

✓

✓

1)

✓

SIMOCODE pro basic unit

U s

= 110-240 V AC/DC

DM AM TM

—

—

✓

✓

1)

—

✓

✓

✓

✓

1)

✓

✓

—

✓

—

—

✓

✓

Max. 4 modules

Max. 3 modules

5)

✓

—

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

—

✓

3)

—

✓

✓

—

—

✓

EM

1) No bistable relay outputs and no more than 5 of 7 relay outputs active simultaneously

(> 3 s).

2) No bistable relay outputs and no more than 3 of 5 relay outputs active simultaneously

(> 3 s).

3) Analog module output is not used.

4) 1st generation current / voltage measuring modules; MLFB ending in 000

(z. B. 3UF7110-1AA00-0)

5) AM and TM cannot be used at the same time

✓

✓

✓

—

—

✓

—

✓

—

—

✓

136

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Description of system components

8.16 Configuration notes for use of a SIMOCODE pro V MB RTU and SIMOCODE pro V EIP basic unit

Table 8- 8 Maximum configuration with expansion modules when using an operator panel / operator panel with display, a

2nd generation current / voltage measuring module and a SIMOCODE pro V-PB basic unit with a product version earlier than E15 / SIMOCODE pro V Modbus basic unit with product version E01

EM DM-F/DM

SIMOCODE pro basic unit

U s

= 110-240 V AC/DC

DM AM TM EM OP

None/

UI

OP U/I

SIMOCODE pro basic unit

U s

= 24 V DC

Measurement DM-F/DM DM AM

Max. 4 modules

TM

OPD U/I

Max. 4 modules

1)

— — ✓

Max. 3 modules

1)

✓

—

—

—

—

—

—

✓

✓

—

✓

—

✓

1) Max. 1 AM, TM, EM module

✓

—

✓

✓

— — ✓

Max. 2 modules

1)

✓ ✓

Note

Decoupling module

A decoupling module is not necessary for 2nd generation current / voltage measuring modules.

8.16 Configuration notes for use of a SIMOCODE pro V MB RTU and

SIMOCODE pro V EIP basic unit

The following expansion modules are not supported:

● DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe digital module (3UF7330-..)

● Ground-fault module (3UF7500-..).

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

137

Compartment identification

9.1

9

Applications and advantages of compartment identification

The compartment identification described in this chapter is mainly used in application in which SIMOCODE pro is used in a withdrawable motor control center (MCC).

In withdrawable motor control centers, all components belonging to the motor feeder are grouped together as one unit in a switchboard-specific enclosure. In this way, a complete withdrawable module can be replaced very quickly and without isolating the MCC if a component is defective.

This principle is very often used in the various branches of the process industry. That is why a SIMOCODE pro with such a design is used in very many of its applications.

With the compartment identification mechanism, programming a SIMOCODE pro S/pro V device when a withdrawable module is replaced is completely automated.

The initialization module (3UF7 902-0AA00-0) permanently installed in the switchboard contains a copy of the SIMOCODE device parameters and the device addressing, which are taken over completely automatically by the new SIMOCODE pro device after replacement of the withdrawable module.

No special knowledge of SIMOCODE is necessary to replace withdrawable modules and at the same time the risk of incorrect parameterization in the SIMOCODE device is also reduced.

138

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Compartment identification

9.1 Applications and advantages of compartment identification

Figure 9-1 Compartment identification

CAUTION

Basic units SIMOCODE pro C (3UF7000*) and basic units SIMOCODE pro V (3UF7010*) to E08, V3.0

These basic units do not support the initialization module and start with the internal parameters.

A configuration such as the one shown above ensures,

● that the parameters, device addressing, and I&M data of the initialization module are downloaded to the SIMOCODE basic unit during device start-up of SIMOCODE pro

● when parameterizing SIMOCODE pro, the parameters, the device addressing, and

I&M data are additionally also written into the initialization module.

This makes it simple for a user to change a withdrawable module without having to deal with further details of parameterization or address assignment.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

139

Compartment identification

9.2 Hardware and software requirements for compartment identification

The advantages of operation with a permanently installed initialization module in the switchboard:

● Device parameters and device addressing are automatically stored in the initialization module in the motor control center and loaded form this initialization module (initialized).

● It is possible to replace an MCC motor feeder without special knowledge of

SIMOCODE pro.

● Manual addressing and parameterization are no longer necessary. The simplifies operation of the switchboard.

9.2 Hardware and software requirements for compartment identification

Basic unit versions

The compartment identification function is supported by the following basic units:

● SIMOCODE pro S basic units

● SIMOCODE pro V PB basic units as from product version E09, firmware version V3.1

● SIMOCODE pro V MB RTU basic units

● SIMOCODE pro V PN basic units

● SIMOCODE pro V EIP basic units.

NOTICE

Basic units SIMOCODE pro C (3UF7000*) and basic units SIMOCODE pro V (3UF7010*) to E08, V3.0

These basic units do not support the initialization module and start with the internal parameters.

NOTICE

Current measuring module required

To operate SIMOCODE pro with an initialization module, a current measuring module or a current / voltage measuring module must be connected to the basic unit.

Version of the operator panel with display

The compartment identification function is supported by operator panels with display as from product version *E07*.

140

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Compartment identification

9.3 Operating compartment identification

9.3 Operating compartment identification

Safety guidelines

Note

Startup with an initialization module

During device startup with an initialization module, there must be no memory module in the system interface of the SIMOCODE basic unit.

If there is a memory module in the system interface of the SIMOCODE pro basic unit,

• the «Fault — parameterization» fault message will be output

• the «Gen.Fault» LED will flash red.

Note

Contacting of the initialization module

The initialization module must be contacted before or together with the voltage supply of the basic unit.

Loading parameters from the initialization module

As soon as contact has been established with the initialization module and the voltage has been switched on, the parameters of the initialization module are loaded into the basic unit.

The previous parameterization is overwritten and the compartment identification is activated

(see the following topic «Autoactivation of compartment identification»).

You can also track successful read-in of the parameters from the initialization module with the «initialization module read in» event in the SIMOCODE ES online functions.

Note

Loading parameters from the initialization module into the SIMOCODE pro V basic units with an earlier product version

Basic units SIMOCODE pro C (3UF7000*) and SIMOCODE pro V (3UF7010*) to E08, V3.0 do not detect the initialization module and ignore its parameters!

Note

Connecting a SIMOCODE pro S basic unit or a SIMOCODE pro V basic unit

Because a basic unit in these device series does not find any valid parameters on start-up with an empty initialization module, «Trip — Parameterization» is signaled. The «general fault»

LED of the basic unit flashes red.

Reparameterization of the device, e.g., with SIMOCODE ES, writes valid parameters to the basic unit and the initialization module again.

You can then acknowledge the fault message.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

141

Compartment identification

9.3 Operating compartment identification

Saving parameters onto the initialization module

If an initialization module is connected to a SIMOCODE pro basic unit, all parameters that are saved to the SIMOCODE basic unit, e.g. SIMOCODE ES, are automatically copied into the initialization module.

You can also track successful writing of the parameters into the initialization module with the

«initialization module programmed» event in the SIMOCODE ES online functions.

Parameter settings in the «SIMOCODE ES» software.

From a technical point of view, the initialization module is treated like an expansion module of SIMOCODE pro.

To use the mechanism of compartment identification, choose the «initialization module» option in the «Device configuration» dialog box in the «SIMOCODE ES» software.

Autoactivation of compartment identification

If a SIMOCODE pro S or SIMOCODE pro V basic unit detects a connected initialization module during device startup, it will automatically load the parameters stored in it and will start with these parameters.

At the same time, the «Initialization module» parameter of the device configuration in the

SIMOCODE pro basic unit is activated so that, on each new device startup, an initialization module is expected.

Note

Device startup when the «initialization module» parameter is activated

If no initialization module is detected during device start-up, SIMOCODE pro will signal «Trip

— Configuration fault.» The «General Fault» LED of the basic unit flashes.

The basic unit can only be reset when the configuration error has been remedied by connecting an initialization module or when a configuration has been loaded into the device without the «initialization module» option.

Deactivation of the compartment identification

To prevent SIMOCODE pro V from expecting an initialization module during device startup, you clear the «Initialization module» check mark in the «Device configuration» dialog box. In this case, no initialization module must be connected to the SIMOCODE basic unit while this configuration is being downloaded.

A further way of deactivating the compartment identification is to reset the SIMOCODE pro basic unit to the factory settings. Resetting is performed in the «Commands» dialog box. In this case, too, no initialization module must be connected to the SIMOCODE pro basic unit.

The parameter settings can then also be reloaded into the SIMOCODE pro basic unit.

142

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Commands

Compartment identification

9.3 Operating compartment identification

«Initialization module write protection on» command

All contents of the initialization module are write-protected. This prevents any inadvertent changes to the contents of the initialization module and any parameter changes to the connected SIMOCODE pro basic unit. An inadvertent change of parameters for a motor feeder is prevented. SIMOCODE pro signals successful execution of the command with the

«initialization module write-protected» event.

«Initialization module write protection off» command

With this command, you can remove the write protection of the initialization module.

«Initialization module write protection identification data on» command

The device addressing stored in the initialization module and the I&M data (identification & maintenance) are write-protected. With this command, you can

● prevent inadvertent changes to the addressing and I&M data for the motor feeder.

● continue to make parameter changes in the initialization module as well as in the

SIMOCODE pro basic unit if the address data and I&M data are identical to the data already contained in the device when parameters are downloaded.

SIMOCODE pro signals the successful execution of the command with the «initialization module identification data write-protected» event.

«Initialization module write protection identification data off» command

With this command, you can remove the write protection of the identification data of the initialization module.

«Clear initialization module data» command:

With this command

● all contents of the initialization module are erased

● The initialization module is reset to the as-delivered state.

SIMOCODE pro signals the successful deletion with the «Initialization module cleared» event.

On startup with an empty initialization module, the basic unit signals «Fault — parameterization.» The «general fault» LED of the basic unit flashes red.

Reparameterization of the device, e.g., with SIMOCODE ES, writes valid parameters to the basic unit and the initialization module again. You can then acknowledge the fault message

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

143

Compartment identification

9.3 Operating compartment identification

Messages

You can check the states of the initialization module by the following events (in the

«»Commissioning → Faults, warnings, event» dialog box of the «SIMOCODE ES» software):

● Initialization module write-protected

● Initialization module write-protected, parameter changes not allowed

● Initialization module identification data write-protected

● Initialization module read in

● Initialization module programmed

● Initialization module cleared.

See Alarm, fault, and system events for compartment identification (Page 149).

144

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Compartment identification

9.4 Mounting, wiring, interfaces, compartment identification

9.4 Mounting, wiring, interfaces, compartment identification

Mounting the initialization module in the switchboard

Mounting the initialization module with the mounting lugs in the switchboard

Figure 9-2 Mounting the initialization module

Wiring the initialization module

Unlike the other expansion components of the system, the initialization module does not have a connector. It is intended for installation in the fixed part of the switchboard. Connect the initialization module to a motor control center’s control connector toward the switchboard using the four connecting wires.

On the mating side, there is a withdrawable module to whose control connectors the corresponding four connecting wires of the Y connecting cable are connected (see figure).

Connect each of the wires that are of the same color on the initialization module and the Y connecting cable.

NOTICE

Note the correct colors!

Incorrect wiring can destroy the initialization module.

Note

Cable routing

When wiring the initialization module make sure the individual conductors are routed as close together as possible (ribbon cable).

NOTICE

Maximum length of the connecting cable

The total length of all cables must not exceed 3 m on either of the system interfaces of the basic unit!

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

145

Compartment identification

9.4 Mounting, wiring, interfaces, compartment identification

Figure 9-3 Wiring the initialization module

CAUTION

SIMOCODE pro basic units with an earlier product version

SIMOCODE pro C basic units (3UF7000*) and SIMOCODE pro V PB basic units

(3UF7010*) up to E08, V3.0 do not support the initialization module and start with the internal parameters.

146

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Compartment identification

9.4 Mounting, wiring, interfaces, compartment identification

Connecting the Y connecting cable to the basic unit and to the current measuring module or to the current / voltage measuring module

● Connect the connector in the middle of the Y connecting cable (1) on the basic unit

● Connect the connector at the end of the Y connecting cable (2) to a current measuring module or current / voltage measuring module

● If you are using a decoupling module:

– Connect the connector at the end of the initialization cable (2) on the decoupling module.

– Connect the decoupling module with a system interface connecting cable to the current / voltage measuring module.

Figure 9-4 Connecting the Y connecting cable to the basic unit and to the current measuring module or to the current / voltage measuring module

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

147

Compartment identification

9.5 Commissioning and service compartment identification

9.5 Commissioning and service compartment identification

General safety information

Note

Operating Instructions

During commissioning and service work, also heed the relevant «Initialization Module»

Operating Instructions!

You will find the Operating Instructions for SIMOCODE pro at Manuals/operating instructions

( www.siemens.com/sirius/manuals )

Commissioning the initialization module

Sequence for initial startup of a new SIMOCODE pro basic unit and a new initialization module

Step

1

2

3

4

Description

Connect the SIMOCODE pro basic unit to the planned expansion modules and to the initialization module.

Switch on the power supply. The following LED states result:

•

The «DEVICE» LED lights up green

• The «BUS» LED lights up or flashes green when the bus is connected

•

The «GEN.FAULT» LED flashes red

At the same time, the «Fault — parameterization» fault message is output.

Parameterize SIMOCODE pro with a PC with the SIMOCODE ES software installed. For this, connect the PC/PG to the system interface with the PC cable (see the figure below) or to the basic unit via the communication bus.

Acknowledge the pending fault either locally on the device or via the SIMOCODE ES software by means of the «TEST/RESET button».

148

Figure 9-5 Connecting a PC to a SIMOCODE pro basic unit

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Compartment identification

9.6 Alarm, fault, and system events for compartment identification

9.6 Alarm, fault, and system events for compartment identification

Messages

Table 9- 1 Alarm, fault, and system events

Message

Initialization module write-protected

Initialization module write-protected, parameter changes not allowed

Initialization module identification data write-protected

Initialization module read in

Initialization module programmed

Initialization module cleared

Description

The initialization module is completely write-protected.

The initialization module is completely or partially write-protected.

Reparameterization of SIMOCODE pro is denied because the initialization module is write-protected.

The device addressing and the I&M data in the initialization module are write-protected. Parameterization will only be accepted by SIMOCODE if the new parameter set is identical to the data stored in the initialization module at that time.

The parameters of the initialization module were read into SIMOCODE.

The reparameterization was accepted in the initialization module.

The initialization module has been cleared and is now back in the asdelivered condition.

Troubleshooting

Deactivate write protection of the initialization module.

Deactivate write protection of the initialization module.

•

—

—

—

Select a parameterization with identical addressing and I&M data

• Deactivate the partial write protection of the initialization module.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

149

Compartment identification

9.7 Compartment identification dimension drawings

9.7 Compartment identification dimension drawings

Figure 9-6 Dimension drawing initialization module

Figure 9-7 Dimension drawing Y connecting cable

150

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Compartment identification

9.8 Technical data compartment identification

9.8 Technical data compartment identification

Technical data initialization module

● Order number (MLFB): 3UF7 902-0AA00-0

● Ambient temperature: -25 … +80 °C

● Rated insulation voltage: 300 V

● Rated operating voltage: 24 V.

Technical data Y connecting cable

● Order numbers (MLFB):

– Version 1 — 0.1 m: 3UF7 931-0CA00-0

– Version 2 — 0.5 m: 3UF7 932-0CA00-0

– Version 3 — 1.0 m: 3UF7 937-0CA00-0.

● Ambient temperature: -25 … +60 °C

● Rated insulation voltage: 300 V

● Rated operating voltage: 24 V.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

151

Accessories

Accessories overview

The following figure shows selected accessories:

10

Figure 10-1 Accessories

USB PC cable

For device parameterization, for connecting a PC via its USB interface or serial interface to the system interface of a basic unit.

Note

PC cable variant

For SIMOCODE pro V PN, a serial PC cable 3UF7940-0AA00-0 as from product version

*E02* or a USB PC cable USB 3UF7941-0AA00-0 can be used.

152

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

USB-to-serial adapter

For connecting an RS -232 PC cable to the USB interface of a PC.

Accessories

Memory module

Enable all system parameter settings to be backed up and transferred to a new system without the need for additional resources or specialist expertise, for example, if the device is

replaced (see also Chapter Replacing SIMOCODE pro components (Page 249)).

Note

Memory module type

• The SIMOCODE pro C and SIMOCODE pro V PB basic units up to product version *E08* only support the 3UF7900-0AA00-0 memory module.

•

The SIMOCODE pro S, SIMOCODE pro V MBR and SIMOCODE pro V PB basic units support all memory modules as from product version *E09*.

• A 3UF7901* memory module is required for the SIMOCODE pro V PN and

SIMOCODE pro V EIP basic units. The 3UF7900-0AA00-0 memory module is not supported.

Initialization module

The initialization module enables all system parameter settings to be backed up and transferred to a new system without the need for additional resources or specialist expertise, for example, if the device is replaced. It can be installed permanently in the switchboard.

Note

Basic unit support

The SIMOCODE pro S and SIMOCODE pro V PB basic units (as from product version *E09*) support the initialization module.

Further information: See Chapter Compartment identification (Page 138).

Addressing plug

For «hardware» assignment of the PROFIBUS DP address without PC/PG on

SIMOCODE pro via the system interface. Setting the PROFIBUS DP address with the

addressing plug: See Chapter Setting the PROFIBUS DP address (Page 233).

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

153

Accessories

Connecting cable

Different types and lengths of connecting cable are available. It is required to connect the basic unit to its current measuring module and, if applicable, to its expansion modules or the operator panel.

Note

The total length of all cables must not exceed 3 m on either of the system interfaces of the basic unit!

Door adapter

The door adapter is used to facilitate access to the SIMOCODE pro system interface, for example via the front panel, to ensure fast parameterization.

System interface cover

The system interface cover helps to protect and/or seal the system interfaces against the ingress of dirt. In normal operation, unused system interfaces must be closed.

Operator panel adapter

The operator panel adapter enables use of the 3UF720 operator panel of SIMOCODE pro in a front panel cutout, in which a 3UF52 operator panel of SIMOCODE DP (IP54 degree of protection) has previously been used, e.g. after system replacement.

154

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

3UF50 compatibility mode

11

11.1 Application, Win-SIMOCODE-DP converter

Application of 3UF50 compatibility mode

3UF50 compatibility mode is used whenever a SIMOCODE-DP device is to be replaced with a SIMOCODE pro V PB device without modification of the configuration.

In 3UF50 compatibility mode, you can operate a SIMOCODE pro V basic unit with a 3UF50 configuration. In this case, from the point of view of the PLC (master class 1) communication with SIMOCODE pro is the same as communication with SIMOCODE DP.

SIMOCODE-DP supports cyclic communication (basic types 1-3), diagnosis, as well as

DPV1 data sets (DS 130, DS 131, DS 133).

Win SIMOCODE DP converter

In order for the technical functions (parameterization) of SIMOCODE-DP to be integrated into the technical functions of SIMOCODE pro V PB, the device parameters must be adjusted accordingly. The «Win SIMOCODE DP Converter» software supports you in this process. This software enables you to convert the parameter files (smc files) created with

Win SIMOCODE DP into SIMOCODE ES parameter files (sdp files).

Safety guidelines

Note

Communication with a DP master (class 2 master), e.g. with the Win-SIMOCODE-DP

Professional software via PROFIBUS DP, is not covered by the 3UF50 compatibility mode.

Note

In the 3UF50 compatibility mode, the startup parameter block is always set, i.e. the transmission of the device parameters created using the SIMOCODE DP GSD or the

SIMOCODE DP Object Manager cannot be integrated into SIMOCODE pro V PB.

Note

The 3UF50 compatibility mode supports SIMOCODE DP projects in which SIMOCODE DP is integrated via GSD SIEM8031.gs?, SIEM8069.gs? or via the SIMOCODE DP Object

Manager (OM).

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

155

3UF50 compatibility mode

11.2 Diagram of send and receive data

11.2 Diagram of send and receive data

The following table shows the send and receive data in compatibility mode:

2

3

Table 11- 1 «Receive» configuration

Receive

Basic type 1,

SIMOCODE DP

0

1

Receive data

Basic type 1,

SIMOCODE pro V

Cyclic receive bit 0 to 1.7

Not supported

0

1

2

3

Basic type 2,

SIMOCODE DP

Receive data

Basic type 2,

SIMOCODE pro V

Cyclic receive bit 0 to 1.7

Not supported

0

1

2

3

Basic type 3,

SIMOCODE

DP

Basic type 3,

SIMOCODE pro V

Receive data Cyclic receive bit 0 to 1.7

Not supported

Table 11- 2 «Send» configuration

0

1

2

3

Send

Basic type 1,

SIMOCODE DP

Send data

Motor current

Basic type 1,

SIMOCODE pro V

Cyclic receive bit 0 to 1.7

Specified: max. current

I max

7

8

4

5

6

Number of starts Specified:

Number of starts

(Byte 0)

Counter 1 value Specified:

Counter 1 —

Actual value

9

10

Counter 2 value Specified:

Counter 2 —

Actual value

11 Sensor value Specified:

TM — Max. temperature

0

1

2

3

Basic type 2,

SIMOCODE DP

Send data

Motor current

Basic type 2,

SIMOCODE pro V

Cyclic receive bit 0 to 1.7

Specified: max. current

I max

2

3

0

1

Basic type 3,

SIMOCODE

DP

Send data

Basic type 3,

SIMOCODE pr o V

Cyclic receive bit 0 to 1.7

Acycl. Send

Bit 0 to 1.7

Note

The send data bytes 2 — 11 are always permanently assigned in compatibility mode (see

Table «‘Send’ configuration»).

156

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

3UF50 compatibility mode

11.3 Diagram of diagnostics data

11.3 Diagram of diagnostics data

The following table shows the diagnostics data in the 3UF50 compatibility mode:

6

7.0

7.1

7.4

7.5

7.6

7.7

8.0

8.1

8.2

Table 11- 3 Diagram of the diagnostics data in the 3UF50 compatibility mode

Byte.Bit

7.2

7.3

8.3

8.4

8.5

8.6

8.7

9.0

9.1

9.2

Setup 3UF50 —

Device-specific diagnostics according to DP standard

SIMOCODE DP

0x0E

Free

Event: DP block

Event: Emergency start

Event: HW test OK

Free

Event: Ext. event 1

Event: Ext. event 2

Event: Ext. event 3

Warning: Ext. warning

Warning: Unbalance > 40 %

Event: Failure PLC-CPU

Warning: Sensor short circuit

6

7

8

9

10.0

10.1

Byte.Bit Setup 3UF50 —

Device-specific diagnostics according to DPV1

SIMOCODE DP

0x0B

0x81

0x04

0x00

Free

Event: DP block

10.2

10.3

10.4

10.5

10.6

10.7

11.0

11.1

11.2

11.3

Event: Cooling down period active 11.4

Status: TPF

Free

Free

Warning: Ground fault

Warning: Overload

Warning: Overload + unbalance

11.5

11.6

11.7

12.0

12.1

12.2

Equivalent in

SIMOCODE pro V

Same as 3UF-50 diagnostics

Event: Emergency start

Event: HW test OK

Event — Startup parameter block active

Status — Emergency start executed

•

No fault — HW fault basic unit

• No fault — Module fault

•

No fault — temporary components

Free

Event: Ext. event 1

Event: Ext. event 2

Event: Ext. event 3

—

Event — Ext. fault 5

Event — Ext. fault 6

—

Warning: Ext. warning Warning: Ext. fault 3

Warning: Unbalance > 40 % Warning — Unbalance

Event: Failure PLC-CPU Status — PLC / PCS

(intervened)

Warning: Sensor short circuit Warning — Thermistor short circuit

Event: Cooling down period active

Status: TPF

Free

Free

Warning: Ground fault

Status — Cooling down period active

Status — Test position (TPF)

—

—

• Warning internal ground fault or

•

Warning external ground fault

Warning: Overload

Warning: Overload + unbalance

Warning — Overload

Warning — Overload + unbalance

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

157

3UF50 compatibility mode

11.3 Diagram of diagnostics data

10.1

10.2

10.3

10.4

10.5

10.6

10.7

Byte.Bit

9.3

9.4

9.5

9.6

9.7

10.0

11.0

Setup 3UF50 —

Device-specific diagnostics according to DP standard

SIMOCODE DP

Warning: I1 response level overshot

Warning: I1 response level undershot

Warning: I2 response level overshot

Warning: I2 response level undershot

Warning: Thermistor

Trip: Ground fault

Trip: Overload

Trip: Overload + unbalance

13.1

13.2

Trip: I1 response level overshot 13.3

Trip: I1 response level undershot 13.4

Trip: I2 response level overshot 13.5

Trip: I2 response level undershot 13.6

Trip: Thermistor 13.7

Trip: FB ON

Byte.Bit Setup 3UF50 —

12.3

12.4

12.5

12.6

12.7

13.0

14.0

Device-specific diagnostics according to DPV1

SIMOCODE DP

Warning: I1 response level overshot

Warning: I1 response level undershot

Warning: I2 response level overshot

Warning: I2 response level undershot

Warning: Thermistor

Trip: Ground fault

Trip: Overload

Trip: Overload + unbalance

Trip: I1 response level overshot

Trip: I1 response level undershot

Trip: I2 response level overshot

Trip: I2 response level undershot

Trip: Thermistor

Trip: FB ON

Equivalent in

SIMOCODE pro V

—

—

Warning — Warning level I >

Warning — Warning level I <

• Warning — Thermistor overload

•

Warning — Thermistor open circuit

• Warning — TM warning

T >

•

Warning — TM sensor fault

• Warning — TM out of range

• Fault — internal ground fault or

•

Fault — ext. ground fault

Fault — overload

Fault — overload + phase failure

Fault — trip level I >

Fault — trip level I <

—

—

• Fault — thermistor overload

•

Fault — thermistor short circuit

• Fault — thermistor open circuit

•

Fault — TM trip T >

• Fault — TM sensor fault

•

Fault — TM out of range

Fault — feedback (FB) ON

158

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

12.2

12.3

12.4

12.5

12.6

12.7

13.0

13.1

13.2

13.3

13.4

13.5

13.6

13.7

14 — 15

16 — 17

18 — 19

11.1

11.2

11.3

11.4

11.5

11.6

11.7

12.0

12.1

Byte.Bit Setup 3UF50 —

Device-specific diagnostics according to DP standard

SIMOCODE DP

Trip: FB OFF

Trip: Stalled rotor

Trip: Stalled positioner

Trip: Double 0

Trip: Double 1

Trip: End position

Trip: Antivalence

Trip: ESB

Trip: OPO

Trip: UVO

Trip: Ext. fault 1

Trip: Ext. fault 2

Trip: TPF fault

Trip: Runtime ON

Trip: Runtime OFF

Trip: Parameter fault 0

Trip: Parameter fault 1

Trip: Parameter fault 2

Trip: Parameter fault 3

Trip: Parameter fault 4

Trip: Parameter fault 5

Trip: Parameter fault 6

Trip: Parameter fault 7

Number of overload trips

I of the overload trip [% / IE)]

Operating hours [10 h]

3UF50 compatibility mode

11.3 Diagram of diagnostics data

15.2

15.3

15.4

15.5

15.6

15.7

16.0

16.1

16.2

16.3

16.4

16.5

16.6

16.7

14.1

14.2

14.3

14.4

14.5

14.6

14.7

15.0

15.1

Byte.Bit Setup 3UF50 —

Device-specific diagnostics according to DPV1

SIMOCODE DP

Trip: FB OFF

Trip: Stalled rotor

Trip: Stalled positioner

Trip: Double 0

Trip: Double 1

Trip: End position

Trip: Antivalence

Trip: ESB

Trip: OPO

Trip: UVO

Trip: Ext. fault 1

Trip: Ext. fault 2

Trip: TPF fault

Trip: Runtime ON

Trip: Runtime OFF

Trip: Parameter fault 0

Trip: Parameter fault 1

Trip: Parameter fault 2

Trip: Parameter fault 3

Trip: Parameter fault 4

Trip: Parameter fault 5

Trip: Parameter fault 6

Trip: Parameter fault 7

Equivalent in

SIMOCODE pro V

Fault — feedback (FB) OFF

Fault — stalled rotor

Fault — stalled positioner

Fault — double 0

Fault — double 1

Fault — end position

Fault — antivalence

Fault — ext. fault 4

Fault — Operational

Protection Off (OPO)

Fault — power failure (UVO)

Fault — ext. fault 1

Fault — ext. fault 2

Fault — Test Position

Feedback (TPF)

—

—

—

Fault — execution ON command

Fault — execution STOP command

Fault — parameterization

Fault — configuration error

Fault — hardware fault basic unit

Number of overload trips

Last trip current

Motor operating hours

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

159

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12

12.1 Mounting

12.1.1 Mounting basic units, expansion modules, and the decoupling module

You can attach these system components as follows:

● Snap-on mounting onto a 35 mm standard mounting rail, without tools

● Snap-on mounting of basic units (no tools required) onto current measuring modules of

45 mm and 55 mm in width (up to 100 A or 115 A (UM+))) with integrated standard mounting rail

● Screw fixing with fixing lugs (article number: 3RP1903 or 3ZY1311-0AA00 for

SIMOCODE pro S) and screws on a flat surface. These fixing lugs are only suitable for basic units, expansion modules and the decoupling module!

160

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.1 Mounting

Figure 12-1 Mounting basic unit, expansion modules or the decoupling module, SIMOCODE pro C/V

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

161

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.1 Mounting

Figure 12-2 Mounting of basic unit and multifunction module, SIMOCODE pro S

162

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.1 Mounting

12.1.2 Mounting the bus terminal

Sequence for mounting the bus terminal on the SIMOCODE pro S basic unit

Proceed as follows:

Table 12- 1 Mounting the bus terminal on the SIMOCODE pro S basic unit

Step

1

2

Description

Screw the two PROFIBUS cables to the bus terminal as shown

Attach the bus terminal to the SIMOCODE pro S basic unit as shown.

Figure 12-3 Mounting the bus terminal on the SIMOCODE pro S basic unit

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

163

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.1 Mounting

12.1.3 Mounting of digital modules DM-F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe

See Manual SIMOCODE pro Safety fail-safe digital modules

( http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/50564852 ), Chapter «Mounting and connection.»

164

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

12.1.4

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.1 Mounting

Mounting of current measuring modules

You can attach these system components as follows:

● Current measuring modules up to 100 A: Standard mounting rail mounting or screw attachment with mounting lugs (Order No: 3RV2928-0B) and screws for mounting on a level surface. These mounting lugs are suitable only for current measuring modules and current / voltage measuring modules! For current measuring modules up to 25 A you will require an additional 25 mm spacer.

● Current measuring modules up to 200 A: Rail-mounting or screw attachment

● Current measuring modules up to 630 A: Screw mounting.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

165

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.1 Mounting

166

Figure 12-4 Mounting the current measuring modules

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

12.1.5

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.1 Mounting

Mounting the current / voltage measuring modules

You can attach these system components as follows:

● Current / voltage measuring modules up to 115 A: Standard mounting rail mounting or screw attachment with mounting lugs (article number: 3RV2928-0B) and screws for mounting on a level surface. These mounting lugs are suitable only for current / voltage measuring modules (and current measuring modules)! For current / voltage measuring modules up to 25 A you will require an additional spacer, 25 mm in length.

● Current / voltage measuring modules up to 200 A: Standard mounting rail or screw attachment.

● Current / voltage measuring modules up to 630 A: Screw mounting

Note

Current / voltage measuring modules with a current setting of up to 115 A can be connected to the basic unit mechanically and installed as a unit (behind one another).

Larger current / voltage measuring modules can only be mounted separately.

Figure 12-5 Mounting the current / voltage measuring modules UM+ with through-hole technology

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

167

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.1 Mounting

Figure 12-6 Mounting the current / voltage measuring modules UM with through-hole technology

168

Figure 12-7 Mounting the current / voltage measuring modules UM with bus connection system

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

12.1.6

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.1 Mounting

Mounting of the operator panel and operator panel with display

The operator panels are designed for installation in the front panels of motor control centers, for example, or in control cabinet doors.

To install, proceed as follows:

Table 12- 2 Sequence for installing the operator panel / operator panel with display

Step

1

2

3

4

Description

Make a cutout, e.g. in the front panel or switchgear cabinet door. Dimensions (see figure

«Mounting the operator panel» or figure «Mounting the operator panel with display»).

Position the operator panel or the operator panel with display in the cutout.

Snap the four mounting brackets onto the operator panel.

Lock the operator panel in position by tightening the four screws on the securing brackets.

Figure 12-8 Mounting the operator panel

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

169

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.1 Mounting

Figure 12-9 Mounting the operator panel with display

WARNING

Tightening torque of the screws

To ensure that the panel will function correctly and is sealed to comply with IP54, the tightening torque of the screws provided must not be set too high when mounting and the seal must be properly fitted.

Note

Only one connecting cable is required for connecting the operator panel with display to

SIMOCODE pro (see Chapter An overview of system components (Page 52)). Additional

wiring for the power supply or ground is not required.

170

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

12.2

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.2 Wiring, connecting

Wiring, connecting

12.2.1 Wiring basic units, expansion modules and the decoupling module

Removable terminals

Basic units, expansion modules and the decoupling module have removable terminals. You do not have to detach the wiring to exchange these devices!

Figure 12-10 Removable terminals for basic units, expansion modules, or the decoupling module,

SIMOCODE pro C/V

Note

The removable terminals are mechanically coded and will only fit in a certain position!

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

171

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.2 Wiring, connecting

Figure 12-11 Removable terminals for basic unit and multifunction module, SIMOCODE pro S

Figure 12-12 Removable terminals for SIMOCODE pro V PN / pro V EIP basic units, expansion modules and decoupling module

172

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.2 Wiring, connecting

Cables

The following table shows conductor cross sections, stripped lengths, and tightening torques of the cables for the removable terminals:

The conductor cross sections are the same for all devices. The following table shows conductor cross sections, stripped lengths, and tightening torques of the cables for the removable terminals:

Table 12- 3 Conductor cross sections, stripped lengths, and tightening torques of the cables for the basic units

SIMOCODE pro C and pro V

Removable terminals Screwdriver Tightening torque

Stripped lengths

PZ2 / Ø 5 to 6 mm TORQUE:

7 to 10.3 lb.in

0.8 to 1.2 Nm

Conductor cross section

Solid 2x 0.5 to 2.5 mm

2

/ 1x 0.5 to 4 mm

2

2x AWG 20 to 14 / 1x AWG 20 to 12

Finely stranded with / without end sleeve

2x 0.5 to 1.5 mm

2

/ 1x 0.5 to 2.5 mm

2

2x AWG 20 to 16 / 1x AWG 20 to 14

Table 12- 4 Conductor cross sections, stripped lengths, and tightening torques of the cables for the basic unit

SIMOCODE pro S

Removable terminals Screwdriver

PZ1 / Ø 4.5 mm

Stripped lengths

Solid

Tightening torque

TORQUE:

5.2 to 7.0 lb.in

0.6 to 0.8 Nm

Conductor cross section

2x 0.5 to 1.5 mm

2

/ 1x 0.5 to 2.5 mm

2

2x AWG 20 to 16 / 1x AWG 20 to 14

Finely stranded with end sleeve

2x 0.5 to 1.0 mm

2

/ 1x 0.5 to 2.5 mm

2

Finely stranded without end sleeve

—

PROFIBUS 2x 0.34 mm

2

/ 1x 0.34 mm

2

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

173

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.2 Wiring, connecting

Pin assignment for SIMOCODE pro C/V basic units

The following table show the assignment of the removable terminals of the

SIMOCODE pro C/V basic units:

Table 12- 5 Assignment of the removal terminals, SIMOCODE pro C/V basic units

Terminal

Upper terminals

1

T1

Lower terminals

A1

A2

A

B

SPE

T2

6

7

8

9

10

4

5

2

3

Assignment

Common potential for relay outputs 1 and 2

Relay output OUT1

Relay output OUT2

Digital input IN3

Digital input IN4

Thermistor connection (binary PTC)

Relay output OUT3

Relay output OUT3

24 V DC only for IN1 to IN4

Digital input IN1

Digital input IN2

Thermistor connection (binary PTC)

Supply voltage terminal 1

Supply voltage terminal 2

PROFIBUS DP terminal A

PROFIBUS DP terminal B

System shielding

174

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.2 Wiring, connecting

The following table shows the assignment of the removable terminals of the

SIMOCODE pro S basic unit:

Table 12- 6 Assignment of the removable terminals, SIMOCODE pro S basic unit

Terminal

Upper terminals

Lower terminals

IN+

A1

A2

A

B

SPE

IN1

IN2

IN3

T1

T2

IN4

13

14

Assignment

24 V DC only for IN1 to IN4

Supply voltage terminal 1

Supply voltage terminal 2

PROFIBUS DP terminal A

PROFIBUS DP terminal B

System shielding

Digital input IN1

Digital input IN2

Digital input IN3

Thermistor connection 1 (binary PTC)

Thermistor connection 2 (binary PTC)

Digital input IN4

Common potential for relay outputs 1 and 2

Relay output OUT1

24 Relay output OUT2

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

175

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.2 Wiring, connecting

Pin assignment for SIMOCODE pro V PN / EIP basic units

The following table shows the pin assignment of the removable terminals:

Table 12- 7 Pin assignments of the removable terminals of the basic unit

Terminal

Upper terminals

1

4

5

2

3

T1

Lower terminals

A1

A2

PORT 1

PORT 2

SPE

T2

6

7

8

9

10

Assignment

Common potential for relay outputs 1 and 2

Relay output OUT1

Relay output OUT2

Digital input IN3

Digital input IN4

Thermistor connection (binary PTC)

Relay output OUT3

Relay output OUT3

24 V DC only for IN1 to IN4

Digital input IN1

Digital input IN2

Thermistor connection (binary PTC)

Supply voltage terminal 1

Supply voltage terminal 2

PROFINET connection 1

PROFINET connection 2

System shielding

176

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.2 Wiring, connecting

Power supply to the inputs of the basic unit

There are three possibilities for powering the inputs: a): 24 V DC internal b): 24 V DC external. Input 3 is the reference potential, i.e. three inputs are available. c): 24 V DC external. Only possible for a basic unit with 24 V DC supply voltage!

Figure 12-13 24 V DC for powering the inputs

All inputs work reaction-free, i.e. the signal statuses on neighboring inputs do not influence each other.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

177

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.2 Wiring, connecting

Wiring sequence of the removable terminal of the SIMOCODE pro C/V basic units

Proceed as follows:

Table 12- 8 Wiring of the removable terminals of the SIMOCODE pro C/V basic units

Step

1

2

3

Description

Connect the cables to the upper and lower terminals.

If you wish to use the A/B terminals for PROFIBUS DP, connect the PROFIBUS DP cable shield to the

SPE / PE terminal.

Connect the equipment shield to the SPE terminal.

Note

The A / B terminals are an alternative to the 9-way SUB-D connection! Baud rates of up to

1.5 Mbit / s

1)

are possible.

Note

1) Baud rates > 1.5 Mbit / s

At baud rates > 1.5 Mbit / s, the «Bus» fault is generated and the «Bus» LED lights up.

178

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.2 Wiring, connecting

Wiring sequence of the PROFIBUS cable for SIMOCODE pro S basic units

Proceed as follows:

Table 12- 9 Wiring of the removable terminals on the basic units

Step

1

2

3

Description

Insulate the PROFIBUS cable as shown below.

Screw the SPE cable to the bus terminal as shown below.

Connect the PROFIBUS cables A and B and the SPE cable to terminals A, B, and SPE as shown below.

CAUTION

SPE connection

Connect the SPE cable to the SPE terminal or alternatively to the bus connection terminal with a ring cable lug.

Figure 12-14 Wiring sequence of the PROFIBUS cable for SIMOCODE pro S basic units

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

179

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.2 Wiring, connecting

Sequence for wiring the removable terminals for SIMOCODE pro V PN / pro V EIP basic units

Proceed as follows:

Table 12- 10 Wiring the removable terminals of the basic unit

Step

1

2

Description

Connect the cables to the upper and lower terminals.

Connect the equipment shield to the SPE terminal.

Connection examples of SIMOCODE pro C/V/S basic units

180

Figure 12-15 Connection example of SIMOCODE pro C/V basic units

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.2 Wiring, connecting

Figure 12-16 Connection example SIMOCODE pro S basic unit

Note

Only three inputs can be used

With an external 24 V DC supply, only three inputs can be used (see «Power supply to the inputs of the basic unit» above).

Note

Baud rates PROFIBUS DP

Baud rates up to 1.5 Mbits are possible via bus terminals A/B.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

181

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.2 Wiring, connecting

Connection examples for SIMOCODE pro V PN / pro V EIP basic units

Figure 12-17 Connection examples for SIMOCODE pro V PN / pro V EIP basic units

182

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.2 Wiring, connecting

Terminal assignment of the digital module

The following table shows the assignment of the removable terminals:

Table 12- 11 Pin assignment of the removable terminals of the digital module

Terminal

Upper terminals

20

25

Lower terminals

26

27

SPE

21

22

23

24

Assignment

Common potential for relay outputs 1 and 2

Relay output OUT1

Relay output OUT2

Digital input IN1

Digital input IN2

N / M for IN1 to IN4

Digital input IN3

Digital input IN4

System shielding

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

183

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.2 Wiring, connecting

Power supply to the digital module inputs

There are two possibilities for powering the inputs: a) Digital module with 24 V DC input supply b) Digital module with 110 to 240 V AC / DC input supply

Figure 12-18 Power supply to the digital module inputs

Digital module connection example

184

Figure 12-19 Digital module connection example

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.2 Wiring, connecting

Terminal assignment of the multifunction module

Table 12- 12 Assignment of the removable terminals, multifunction module

Terminal

Upper terminals

IN1

IN2

IN3

SPE

IN-

IN4

C1

C2

Lower terminals

T1

T2

T3

13

14

24

Assignment

Digital input IN1

Digital input IN2

Digital input IN3

System shielding

Ground for IN1 to IN4

Digital input IN4

Terminal 1, 3UL23 residual current transformer

Terminal 2, 3UL23 residual current transformer

Input T1, temperature sensor

Input T2, temperature sensor

Input T3, temperature sensor

Common potential for relay outputs 1 and 2

Relay output OUT1

Relay output OUT2

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

185

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.2 Wiring, connecting

Connection example for multifunction module

186

Figure 12-20 Connection example for multifunction module

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.2 Wiring, connecting

Safety information on installing the 3UL23 residual current transformer:

See Chapter 14.2.5 in the Manual «3UG4/3RR2 Monitoring Relay»

( http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/50426183/133300 ).

NOTICE

Routing the connecting cables / using shielded cables

To avoid interference injection, which could result in incorrect measurements, route these connecting lines parallel and twisted, if possible, or use shielded cables.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

187

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.2 Wiring, connecting

Terminal assignment of the ground-fault module

The following table shows the assignment of the removable terminals:

Table 12- 13 Terminal assignment of the removable terminals of the ground-fault module

Terminal

Upper terminals

40

43

Lower terminals

SPE

Assignment

Input C1 residual current transformer

Input C2 residual current transformer

System shielding

NOTICE

Types of ground-fault module

The 3UF7 500-1AA00-0 ground-fault module requires the 3UL22 residual current transformer.

The 3UF7 510-1AA00-0 ground-fault module requires the 3UL23 residual current transformer.

188

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.2 Wiring, connecting

Ground-fault module connection example

Figure 12-21 Ground-fault module connection example

The output signal of the transformers 3UL22/3UL23 is connected to terminals C1 and C2 of the corresponding ground-fault module.

Information on installing the residual current transformer 3UL23: See Manual «3UG4/3RR2

Monitoring Relay» ( http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/50426183/133300 ),

Chapter 13.2.5.

NOTICE

Routing the connecting cables / using shielded cables

To avoid interference injection, which could result in incorrect measurements, route these connecting lines parallel and twisted, if possible, or use shielded cables.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

189

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.2 Wiring, connecting

Terminal assignment of the temperature module

The following table shows the assignment of the removable terminals:

Table 12- 14 Pin assignment of the removable terminals of the temperature module

Terminal

Upper terminals

50

55

Lower terminals

56

57

SPE

51

52

53

54

Assignment

Input T3, temperature sensor 1

Input T3, temperature sensor 2

Input T3, temperature sensor 3

Input T2, temperature sensor 1

Input T2, temperature sensor 2

Input T2, temperature sensor 3

Input T1, temperature sensor 1 to 3

Input T1, temperature sensor 1 to 3

System shielding

You can connect up to three 2-wire or 3-wire temperature sensors.

● 2-wire temperature sensors: Connect a jumper between the T2 terminals and T3 terminals.

● 3-wire temperature sensors: Assign terminals 56 and 57 twice when three sensors are used.

190

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.2 Wiring, connecting

Temperature module connection example

Figure 12-22 Temperature module connection example

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

191

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.2 Wiring, connecting

Terminal assignment of the analog module

The following table shows the assignment of the removable terminals:

Table 12- 15 Pin assignment of the removable terminals of the analog module

Terminal

Upper terminals

30

31

33

34

Lower terminals

36

37

SPE

Assignment

Analog input IN1+

Analog input IN2+

Analog input IN1+

Analog input IN2+

Analog output OUT+

Analog output OUT+

System shielding

192

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Analog module connection example

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.2 Wiring, connecting

Figure 12-23 Analog module connection example

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

193

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.2 Wiring, connecting

Terminal assignment of the decoupling module

The following table shows the assignment of the removable terminals:

Table 12- 16 Pin assignment of the removable terminals of the decoupling module

Terminal

Upper terminals

Assignment

—

Lower terminals

SPE System shielding

Decoupling module connection example

Figure 12-24 Decoupling module connection example

Wiring the removable terminals of the expansion modules and the decoupling module

Connect the system shielding to the PE terminal.

194

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.2 Wiring, connecting

12.2.2 Wiring digital modules DM-F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe

Safety guidelines

See Manual Failsafe Digital Modules SIMOCODE pro Safety

( http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/50564852 ), Chapter «Mounting and connection.»

WARNING

Loss of safety function is possible

For the 24 V DC power supply, always use an SELV or PELV power supply unit!

Note

Surge suppressors are required for inductive loads.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

195

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.2 Wiring, connecting

Terminal assignment for digital module DM-F Local

The following table shows the pin assignment of the removable terminals:

Table 12- 17 Terminal assignment of the removable terminals of the digital module DM-F Local,

24 V DC version and 110 to 240 V UC version.

Terminal

Upper terminals

60, 66

61, 67

62, 68

Y12, Y22

T1, T2

Y33

Y34

Lower terminals

A1 (+)

A2 (-)

M

1

T3

SPE

Assignment

Digital module, relay outputs 1 (60) and 2 (66)

Relay enabling circuit 1, NO

Relay enabling circuit 2, NO

Sensor input channel 1, channel 2

Supply for sensor inputs (24 V DC, pulsed)

Start button (start after rising and falling edge)

Feedback circuit

Power supply connection 110 to 240 V AC/DC or +24 V DC

N or -24 V

Ground (reference potential for sensor inputs,

3UF7320-1AU00-0 only)

Cascading input

Supply for sensor inputs (24 V DC, static)

System shielding

196

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.2 Wiring, connecting

Terminal assignment for digital module DM-F PROFIsafe

Table 12- 18 Terminal assignment of the removable terminals of the digital module DM-F PROFIsafe,

24 V DC version and 110 to 240 V UC version.

Terminal

Upper terminals

80, 86

81, 87

82, 88

83 (IN1)

85 (IN2)

89 (IN3)

84

A2 (-)

M

1

T3

SPE

Assignment

Digital module, relay outputs 1 (80) and 2 (86)

Relay enabling circuit 1, NO

Relay enabling circuit 2, NO

Digital module, inputs 1, 2, 3

90 (T)

91 (FBC)

Lower terminals

A1 (+)

Power supply, diigital module, inputs 1 to 3,

24 V DC

Feedback circuit supply (FBC) 24 V DC

Feedback circuit

Power supply connection 110 to 240 V AC/DC or +24 V DC

N or -24 V

Ground (reference potential inputs, only

3UF7320-1AU00-0)

Cascading input

Supply for sensor inputs (24 V DC, static)

System shielding

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

197

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.2 Wiring, connecting

Digital module DM-F Local connection example

DM-F Local with cross-circuit detection, 2 NCs, 2 channels, monitored start

WARNING

Fuse protection required!

Always install the prescribed fuse protection.

This ensures safe tripping in the event of a fault.

198

Figure 12-25 Connection example for «DM-F Local with cross-circuit detection, 2 NCs, 2 channels, monitored start»

For further connection examples: See Manual Failsafe Digital Modules SIMOCODE pro

Safety ( http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/50564852 ).

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.2 Wiring, connecting

Digital module DM-F PROFIsafe connection example

WARNING

Fuse protection required!

Always install the prescribed fuse protection.

This ensures safe tripping in the event of a fault.

Figure 12-26 Block diagram of DM-F PROFIsafe

Connection examples fail-safe digital module DM-F

See Manual Failsafe Digital Modules SIMOCODE pro Safety

( http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/50564852 ).

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

199

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.2 Wiring, connecting

12.2.3 Wiring of current measuring modules

Selection

Select the appropriate current measuring module according to the motor current:

● Through-hole connection up to 200 A: The cables of the three phases are passed through the feed-through openings.

● Bus connection system from 20 A to 630 A, also for direct connection to Siemens contactors.

The following table shows the various current measuring modules:

Table 12- 19 Current measuring modules

Current measuring module

3UF7100-1AA00-0; 0.3 to 3 A

Ø feed-through openings: 7.5 mm

3UF7101-1AA00-0; 2.4 to 25 A

Ø feed-through openings: 7.5 mm

3UF7102-1AA00-0; 10 — 100 A

Ø feed-through openings: 14 mm

3UF7103-1AA00-0; 20 to- 200 A

Ø feed-through openings: 25 mm

Version

Through-hole connection

3UF7103-1BA00-0; 20 to 200 A

Conductor cross section: 16 to 95 mm²,

AWG 5 to 3/0

3UF7104-1BA00-0; 63 to 630 A

Conductor cross section:

50 to 240 mm², AWG 1/0 to 500 kcmil

Bus connection system

200

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.2 Wiring, connecting

Figure 12-27 Main circuit connection

Note

When connecting or routing the cables of the individual phases of the main circuit, ensure correct assignment of the phases on the current measuring module and correct routing direction!

Please note the information in the Operating Instructions. You will also find the Operating

Instructions for SIMOCODE pro at Operating instructions ( www.siemens.com/sirius/manuals )

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

201

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.2 Wiring, connecting

12.2.4 Wiring of current / voltage measuring modules

Selection

Select the appropriate current / voltage measuring module according to the motor current.

● Through-hole connection up to 200 A: The cables of the three phases are passed through the feed-through openings.

● Bus connection system from 20 A to 630 A, also for direct connection to Siemens contactors.

The following table shows the various current / voltage measuring modules:

Table 12- 20 Current / voltage measuring modules

1) Current / voltage measuring module UM

2) 2nd generation current / voltage measuring module UM+

1) 3UF7110-1AA00-0; 0.3 — 3 A

2) 3UF7110-1AA01-0; 0.3 — 4 A

Ø feed-through openings: 7.5 mm

1) 3UF7111-1AA00-0; 2.4 — 25 A

2) 3UF7111-1AA01-0; 3 — 40 A

Ø feed-through openings: 7.5 mm

1) 3UF7112-1AA00-0; 10 — 100 A

2) 3UF7112-1AA01-0; 10 — 115 A

Ø feed-through openings: 14 mm

Version

Through-hole connection

1) 3UF7113-1AA00-0; 20 — 200 A

2) 3UF7113-1AA01-0; 20 — 200 A

Ø feed-through openings: 25 mm

1) 3UF7113-1BA00-0; 20 — 200 A

2) 3UF7113-1BA01-0; 20 — 200 A

Conductor cross section: 16 to 95 mm²,

AWG 5 to 3/0

1) 3UF7114-1BA00-0; 63 — 630 A

2) 3UF7114-1BA01-0; 63 — 630 A

Conductor cross section:

50 to 240 mm², AWG 1/0 to 500 kcmil

Bus connection system

202

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.2 Wiring, connecting

Safety guidelines

WARNING

1) Short-circuit proof wiring or line protection recommended

Note

Acquisition of the line supply voltage

A voltage tap between the circuit breaker or fuse and the contactor is recommended for acquisition of the line supply voltage.

Thus, when the motor is shut down, its operable state can be derived from the presence of the supply voltage.

Note

Measurement of voltage or power-related variables

Connect the main circuit L1, L2, L3 of a current / voltage measuring module to the clamps

(L1, L2, L3) of the removable terminal with a 3-core cable. The supply cables may require additional cable protection, for example via short-circuit proof cable or fuses.

Note

When connecting or routing the cables of the individual phases of the main circuit, ensure correct assignment of the phases on the current / voltage measuring module and correct routing direction!

Please note the information in the Operating Instructions. You will also find the Operating

Instructions for SIMOCODE pro at Operating instructions ( www.siemens.com/sirius/manuals )

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

203

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.2 Wiring, connecting

Removable terminals

The following tables show conductor cross-sections, stripped lengths, tightening torques of conductors and pin assignments of the removable terminals of the current / voltage measuring modules:

Table 12- 21 Conductor cross-sections, stripped lengths, tightening torques of conductors of the 2nd generation 45 mm and

55 mm current / voltage measuring modules

Removable terminals

Screwdriver Tightening torque

Stripped lengths

ISO 2380-A 0.6 x 3.5 (8WA2803) TORQUE:

4.4 to 5.3 lb.in

0.5 to 0.6 Nm

Solid

Conductor cross section

1x 0.25 — 2.5 mm

2

/ 1x AWG 24 to 14

2x 0.25 — 1 mm

2

/ 2x AWG 24 to 18

Finely stranded with end sleeve

Table 12- 22 Conductor cross-sections, stripped lengths, tightening torques of conductors of the 2nd generation 120 mm and 145 mm current / voltage measuring modules

Removable terminals

Screwdriver Tightening torque

Stripped lengths

PZ 2 / ∅ 5 … 6 mm

Solid

TORQUE:

7 to 10.3 lb.in

0.8 … 1.2 Nm

Conductor cross section

1x 0.5 — 4 mm

2

/ 1x AWG 20 to 12

2x 0.5 — 2.5 mm

2

/ 2x AWG 20 to 14

Finely stranded with end sleeve 1x 0.5 — 2.5 mm

2

/ 1x AWG 20 to 14

2x 0.5 — 1.5 mm

2

/ 2x AWG 20 to 16

204

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.2 Wiring, connecting

Table 12- 23 Conductor cross-sections, stripped lengths, tightening torques of conductors of the 1st generation current / voltage measuring modules

Removable terminals

Screwdriver Tightening torque

Stripped lengths

PZ2 / Ø 5 to 6 mm

Solid

TORQUE:

7 to 10.3 lb.in

0.8 to 1.2 Nm

Conductor cross section

1x 0.5 — 4 mm

2

/ 1x AWG 20 to 12

2x 0.5 — 2.5 mm

2

/ 2x AWG 20 to 14

Finely stranded with / without end sleeve

1x 0.5 — 2.5 mm

2

/ 1x AWG 20 to 14

2x 0.5 — 1.5 mm

2

/ 2x AWG 20 to 16

Figure 12-28 Pin assignments of the removable terminals of the 1st generation current / voltage measuring modules

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

205

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.2 Wiring, connecting

12.2.5 Measuring current with an external current transformer (interposing transformer)

Functional principle

SIMOCODE pro can be operated with external current transformers. The secondary cables of the current transformer are looped through the three feed-through openings of the current measuring module, and short-circuited. The secondary current of the external current transformer is the primary current of the SIMOCODE pro current measuring module.

Note

If the main circuit is using rated current, the secondary current of the current transformer must be within the setting range of the current measuring module used!

Figure 12-29 Measuring current with an external 3UF18 current transformer

Transformation ratio

The transformation ratio is calculated using the following formula:

In the following examples, the displayed actual current flowing does not need to be converted, even when an interposing transformer is used, since SIMOCODE pro only outputs the proportional value, based upon the parameterized current setting I s

.

206

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Technical data of the current transformer

● Secondary current: 1 A

● Frequency: 50 Hz/60 Hz

● Transformer rating: Recommended ≥ 2.5 VA, depending on the secondary current and cable length

● Overcurrent factor: 5P10 or 10P10

● Accuracy class: 1

Example 1

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.2 Wiring, connecting

● 3UF1868-3GA00 current transformer:

– Primary current: 820 A at nominal load

– Secondary current: 1 A

● SIMOCODE pro with 3UF7100-1AA00-0 current measuring module, current setting

0.3 A to 3 A. This means:

– The secondary current of the current transformer is 1 A at rated load and is, therefore, within the 0.3 to 3 A setting range of the current measuring module used

– The current setting I s

to be parameterized in SIMOCODE pro is 1 A.

Figure 12-30 Example (1 of 2) for measuring current with an 3UF18 external current transformer

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

207

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.2 Wiring, connecting

Example 2

● 3UF1868-3GA00 current transformer:

– Primary current: 205 A at nominal load

– Secondary current: 0.25 A

● SIMOCODE pro with 3UF7100-1AA00-0 current measuring module, current setting

0.3 to 3 A. This means:

– The secondary current of the current transformer is 0.25 A at rated load and is, therefore, not within the 0.3 to 3 A setting range of the current measuring module used.

– The secondary current must be boosted by multiple looping of the secondary cables through the feed-through openings of the current measuring module. Double-looping results in 2 x 0.25 A = 0.5 A.

– The current setting I s

to be parameterized in SIMOCODE pro is 0.5 A.

Figure 12-31 Example (2 of 2) for measuring current with an external 3UF18 current transformer

Note

If the SIMOCODE pro V PB basic unit as from version *E03* is used, the current setting does not have to be converted but is the same as the nominal primary current.

By additionally entering the transformation ratio of the current transformer (interposing transformer), conversion will be performed automatically in the device.

208

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

12.3

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.3 System interfaces

System interfaces

12.3.1 Information about the system interfaces

Information about the system interfaces

● SIMOCODE pro system components are connected to each other via the system interfaces. The system interfaces are provided on the front and bottom of the devices.

● Connecting cables of different lengths are available for connecting the system components.

● The PC cables, addressing plugs, and memory modules can be plugged directly into the system interface.

● The system is always configured according to the basic unit. Basic units have two system interfaces:

– Lower/left: For outgoing connecting cable to the current or current / voltage measuring module.

– Front side: For outgoing connecting cables leading to an expansion module or operator panel, or for PC cables, memory modules or addressing plugs.

● Current measuring modules and current / voltage measuring modules have one system interface:

– Bottom or front: Incoming connecting cable from the basic unit.

● Expansion modules have 2 interfaces on the front.

– Left: For incoming connecting cables from the upstream expansion module or

SIMOCODE pro S/SIMOCODE pro V basic unit.

– Right: For outgoing connecting cables leading to an expansion module or operator panel, and for PC cables, memory modules or addressing plugs.

● Decoupling modules have 2 interfaces on the front:

– Left: For incoming connecting cable from the upstream expansion module or basic unit.

– Right: Exclusively for the outgoing connecting cable to the current / voltage measuring module.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

209

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.3 System interfaces

● Operator panels have two system interfaces:

– Front side: For PC cables, memory modules and addressing plugs.

● System interfaces not in use are closed with the cover (see Closing the system interfaces with the system interface cover (Page 221)).

– Rear side: For incoming connecting cable from the upstream expansion module or basic unit.

WARNING

Hazardous voltage

Connect the system interfaces only when they are fully de-energized!

210

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.3 System interfaces

12.3.2 System interfaces on basic units, expansion modules, decoupling module, current measuring modules and current / voltage measuring modules

Examples of connection of system components to the system interface and system structure

Close system interfaces not in use with the system interface cover (see Closing the system interfaces with the system interface cover (Page 221).

WARNING

System interface on the operator panels (degree of protection IP54):

To ensure degree of protection IP 54

• press the cover into the socket as far as it will go when it is used for the first time!

•

When fastening the operator panel with the screws supplied, do not apply an excessive tightening torque.

WARNING

Hazardous voltage

Connect the system interfaces only when they are fully de-energized!

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

211

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.3 System interfaces

The following figure shows an example for SIMOCODE pro C/V of connecting system components to the system interfaces:

Figure 12-32 Example of system interfaces — SIMOCODE pro C/V with system component UM+

212

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.3 System interfaces

The following figure shows an example for SIMOCODE pro S of connecting system components to the system interfaces:

Figure 12-33 Example of system interface — SIMOCODE pro S

The following figure shows an example of a SIMOCODE pro V system installation:

Figure 12-34 Example of SIMOCODE pro V installation

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

213

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.3 System interfaces

The following figure shows an example of a SIMOCODE pro S system installation:

Figure 12-35 Example of SIMOCODE pro S installation

214

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.3 System interfaces

Sequence for connecting cables to the system interface

Proceed as follows:

Table 12- 24 Connecting to the system interface

Step

1

2

Description

Place the plug in the plug shaft, keeping it is as straight as possible. Ensure the locking mechanisms of the connector slot audibly snap onto the connector enclosure.

System interfaces not in use can be closed using the system interface cover.

Figure 12-36 Sequence for connecting cables to the system interfaces

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

215

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.3 System interfaces

Safety guidelines

Note

With SIMOCODE pro C, the system interface on the bottom can only be used for the current measuring module!

Note

Only a current / voltage measuring module may be connected to the right-hand system interface of the decoupling module. Memory modules, addressing plugs or PC cables will not be recognized there.

Note

Observe the color coding of the connecting cable (see diagram)!

12.3.3 System interfaces on the digital modules DM-F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe

See System Manual SIMOCODE pro Safety fail-safe digital modules

( http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/50564852 ), Chapter «Mounting and connection.»

216

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.3 System interfaces

12.3.4 System interfaces on the operator panel and the operator panel with display

Versions and safety notices

The operator panel has two system interfaces:

● Rear side system interface. This is not normally accessible on an integrated operator panel. The incoming cable from the basic unit or expansion module is always connected here.

● Front system interface. This is normally accessible on an integrated operator panel.

Components are only connected directly when needed, and removed again after use.

These can be:

– Memory module

– Addressing plug

– PC cable for connecting a PC / PG

– Cover (if the system interface is not in use).

WARNING

Hazardous voltage

Connect the system interfaces only when they are fully de-energized!

WARNING

System interface on the operator panels (degree of protection IP54):

To ensure degree of protection IP 54

• press the cover into the socket as far as it will go when it is used for the first time!

• When fastening the operator panel with the screws supplied, do not apply an excessive tightening torque.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

217

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.3 System interfaces

Sequence for connecting cables to the system interface of the operator panel and the operator panel with display

Proceed as follows:

Table 12- 25 Connecting system components to the system interface

Step Description

1 Place the plug in the plug shaft, keeping it is as straight as possible. Ensure the locking mechanisms of the connector slot audibly snap onto the connector enclosure.

2

The incoming connecting cable is connected on the rear.

System interfaces not in use can be closed using the system interface cover.

Note

Throughout connection, you can place the cover on one of the two «park positions» (see figure below).

Note

Observe the color coding of the connecting cable (see diagram)!

218

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.3 System interfaces

Figure 12-37 Sequence for connecting cables to the system interface of the operator panel

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

219

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.3 System interfaces

Figure 12-38 Sequence for connecting cables to the system interface of the operator panel with display

220

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.3 System interfaces

12.3.5 Closing the system interfaces with the system interface cover

Examples of closing the system interface with the system interface cover

Figure 12-39 Examples of closing the system interface with the system interface cover

WARNING

System interface on the operator panels (degree of protection IP54):

To ensure degree of protection IP 54

• press the cover into the socket as far as it will go when it is used for the first time!

•

When fastening the operator panel with the screws supplied, do not apply an excessive tightening torque.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

221

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.3 System interfaces

12.3.6 PROFIBUS DP to a 9-pole SUB-D socket

PROFIBUS DP connection

The PROFIBUS DP can be connected to the basic unit.

System

SIMOCODE pro C

SIMOCODE pro S

SIMOCODE pro V

PROFIBUS DP via Sub-D

12 Mbaud

—

12 Mbaud

PROFIBUS DP via terminals A/B

1.5 Mbaud

1.5 Mbaud

1.5 Mbaud

Note

The 9-way SUB-D connection is an alternative to the A / B terminals!

Sequence for connecting PROFIBUS DP to the SIMOCODE pro C and SIMOCODE pro V basic units

Proceed as follows:

Table 12- 26 Sequence for connecting PROFIBUS DP to the basic unit

Step

1

Description

Connect the PROFIBUS DP cable with the 9-pole SUB-D plug to the PROFIBUS DP interface.

222

Figure 12-40 Connecting the PROFIBUS DP to the 9-way SUB-D socket

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.3 System interfaces

12.3.7 Ethernet cable to RJ45 socket (PROFINET and EtherNet/IP)

The ETHERNET cable is connected to the basic unit.

NOTICE

Ethernet connector

Connect using only industrial Ethernet connectors, e.g.

• Siemens IE FC RJ45 PLUG 180 2×2, RJ45 connector (10/100MBIT/S) with robust metal housing and Fast Connect connection method, for IE FC Cable 2×2 180° cable outlet, order number 6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0 or

•

Siemens IE FC RJ45 PLUG 90 2×2, RJ45 connector (10/100MBIT/S) with robust metal housing and Fast Connect connection method, for IE FC Cable 2×2 90° cable outlet, order number 6GK1901-1BB20-2AA0.

Sequence for connecting ETHERNET to the basic unit

Proceed as follows:

Table 12- 27 Connecting the ETHERNET cable to the basic unit

Step

1

Description

Connect the Ethernet cable to the Ethernet interface 1 and/or Ethernet interface 2

The following connection options are available:

Figure 12-41 Connecting the Ethernet cable to the basic unit

● with connector IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 on interface 1 and/or interface 2 (left)

● with connector IE FC RJ45 Plug 90 on interface 1 (right).

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

223

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.3 System interfaces

12.3.8 Modbus RTU connection to the SIMOCODE pro device

Connecting Modbus RTU to the SIMOCODE pro V Modbus basic unit

Modbus RTU can be connected to the SIMOCODE pro V basic unit both via the connecting terminals as well as via the sub-D connector. The maximum data transfer rate for both connection methods is 57,600 bps.

NOTICE

9-pin sub-D connection

The 9-way sub-D connection is an alternative to the A/B terminals!

Connecting Modbus RTU to the SIMOCODE pro V Modbus basic unit via the device terminals

Terminal assignment:

Terminal

A

B

SPE

Modbus signal

D0 or DA

D1 or DB

Cable shielding

224

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.3 System interfaces

Connecting Modbus RTU to the SIMOCODE pro V Modbus basic unit via the sub-D connector

The pin assignments of the 9-pin sub-D socket for SIMOCODE pro correspond to the assignments defined for PROFIBUS DP. The sub-D connector has the following assignments:

3

5

Pin

8

Modbus signal

D0 or DA

D1 or DB

Cable shielding

Figure 12-42 Connecting the 9-pin sub-D connector to the SIMOCODE pro V Modbus RTU basic unit

Figure 12-43 PIN assignments 9-pin sub-D socket

SIMATIC Industrial Communication 6ES7972* RS485 connectors can be used to connect

Modbus RTU to the sub-D interface thanks to the identical pin assignments to

PROFIBUS DP (see RS485 bus connector

( https://mall.industry.siemens.com/mall/en/WW/Catalog/Products/9300041?tree=CatalogTre e ) in the Industry Mall).

NOTICE

Using the PROFIBUS DP connector

When the PROFIBUS DP connector is used, the bus terminator does not conform to the

Modbus specification.

Possible functional constraints resulting from the use of the PROFIBUS DP bus terminator with a MODBUS TCP are the user’s responsibility.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

225

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.4 Configuration guidelines

12.4 Configuration guidelines

12.4.1

Definition

Configuration guidelines on PROFIBUS DP

The key data contained in this chapter is valid for Siemens products and cables.

PROFIBUS User Organization (PNO) installation guidelines

In the case of electric PROFIBUS networks, note also the PROFIBUS DP / FMS installation guidelines defined by the PROFIBUS user organization. These contain important information about cable routing and the commissioning of PROFIBUS networks.

Publisher:

PROFIBUS-Nutzerorganisation e. V.

Haid-und-Neu-Strasse 7

76131 Karlsruhe / Germany

Phone: ++49 721 965 85 90

Fax: ++49 721 965 85 89

Internet: PROFIBUS user organization ( http://www.profibus.com

)

Guideline: Order no. 2.111

See also Manual «SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS Networks

( http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/1971286 ).»

226

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.4 Configuration guidelines

Application of bus termination modules

The 3UF1900-1K.00 bus termination module is primarily intended for use in MCC motor feeders. It provides correct bus termination, even when MCC plug-in units have been removed. The bus termination module can also be utilized when a standard SUB-D plug cannot be used for the last device on a bus line.

The 3UF1900-1KA00 bus termination module can be connected to either a 220 / 230 V,

380 / 400 V, 115 / 120 V or 24 V AC supply. The 3UF1900-1KB00 type can be used for a

24 V DC supply.

Note

Use of SIMOCODE pro S basic units

In particular, when using SIMOCODE pro S basic units, use the bus termination module for connecting a PROFIBUS segments.

Figure 12-44 Bus termination module

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

227

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.4 Configuration guidelines

12.4.2 Configuration guidelines on PROFINET

PROFINET installation guidelines

Please also note the PROFINET installation guidelines of the PROFIBUS user organization.

These contain important information about planning, installing, and commissioning

PROFINET networks.

Publisher:

PROFIBUS-Nutzerorganisation e. V.

Haid-und-Neu-Strasse 7

76131 Karlsruhe / Germany

Phone: ++49 721 965 85 90

Fax: ++49 721 965 85 89

Internet: PI — PROFIBUS & PROFINET International Home ( http://www.profibus.com

)

PROFINET installation guidelines:

● PROFINET planning

Version: 1.04

Order No.: 8.061

Language: German

● PROFINET installation

Version: 1.0

Order No.: 8.071

Language: German

● PROFINET commissioning

Version: 1.01

Order No.: 8.081

Language: German

● PROFINET commissioning

Checklist version: 1.01

Order No.: 8.091

Language: German.

For an overview of the structure and configuration of Industrial Ethernet networks with

SIMATIC NET: See also «Industrial Ethernet Networking Manual» system manual

( http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/27069465 )

228

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Mounting, wiring, connecting, system interfaces, configuration guidelines

12.4 Configuration guidelines

Further information

See «SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS Networks» manual

( http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/1971286 )

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

229

Commissioning, service, troubleshooting

13

13.1 General information about commissioning and service

Safety guidelines

WARNING

Hazardous voltage!

Can cause electric shock and burns.

Before starting work, disconnect the system and the device from the power supply.

Note

Please also observe the following SIMOCODE pro Operating Instructions (supplied with the devices):

Table 13- 1 Operating Instructions SIMOCODE pro

Device

Basic unit

SIMOCODE pro S basic unit

Operator panel

Operator panel adapter

Operator panel with display

Digital module

DM-F Local fail-safe digital module

Article No. Operating Instructions

3ZX1012-0UF70-3BA1

3ZX1012-0UF70-2BA1

3ZX1012-0UF72-1AA1

3ZX1012-0UF78-2BA1

3ZX3012-0UF72-2AA1

3ZX1012-0UF73-1AA1

3ZX1012-0UF73-1BA1

DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe digital module

Expansion modules

Multifunction module

Current measuring module

Current / voltage measuring module

3ZX1012-0UF73-3BA1

3ZX1012-0UF75-1BA1

3ZX1012-0UF76-1AA1

3ZX1012-0UF71-1AA1

3ZX1012-0UF71-1BA1

Door adapter

Decoupling module

3ZX1012-0UF78-1AA1

3ZX1012-0UF71-5BA1

Initialization module 3ZX1012-0UF70-2AA1

You will also find the Operating Instructions for SIMOCODE pro at Operating Instructions

( www.siemens.com/sirius/manuals )

230

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Commissioning, service, troubleshooting

13.1 General information about commissioning and service

Prerequisites

The following prerequisites must be fulfilled for commissioning and servicing:

● SIMOCODE pro is already installed and wired

● The motor is switched off.

Parameterization methods

You can parameterize SIMOCODE pro as follows:

● With the memory module in which the parameters have already been saved from a basic unit. The memory module is plugged into the system interface. If the memory module is connected to the system interface and the supply voltage returns to the basic unit, the basic unit will be automatically parameterized by the memory module. The parameters can also be downloaded to the basic unit from the memory module by pressing the

TEST / RESET button briefly.

● With the SIMOCODE ES software via serial or USB interface: The PC / PG is connected to the system interface with a PC cable.

● With an automation system and/or SIMOCODE ES software via PROFIBUS DP. For this purpose, the PROFIBUS DP cable is connected to the PROFIBUS DP interface of the basic unit.

● With the initialization module in which the parameters have already been saved from a basic unit. The initialization module is permanently installed in the switchboard in a Motor

Control Center (MCC). If a withdrawable unit with a SIMOCODE pro S or

SIMOCODE pro V basic unit into the MCC and the power supply returns to the basic unit, it will automatically be parameterized by the initialization module.

Commissioning options

There are two commissioning options:

1. Standard case: SIMOCODE pro has not yet been parameterized and has the factory setting: If it is connected to the PROFIBUS DP, the green «Bus» LED flashes when a DP master is connected.

2. SIMOCODE pro has already been parameterized:

– The parameters have already been loaded into the basic unit.

– The parameters from a previous application still exist. Check whether the parameters

(e.g. the set current) are correct for the new application. Change these accordingly, if necessary.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

231

Commissioning, service, troubleshooting

13.2 Commissioning

13.2 Commissioning

13.2.1 Commissioning with PROFIBUS

13.2.1.1 PROFIBUS commissioning steps

Please observe the information in Chapter General information about commissioning and service (Page 230).

To commission SIMOCODE pro, proceed as follows:

Table 13- 2 Commissioning the basic unit

Step Description

1 Switch on the power supply. In a fault-free state, the following LEDS should light up or flash green:

2

3

4

• «Device» (lights up)

•

«Bus» if PROFIBUS DP is connected (lights up or flashes).

Proceed to Step 2.

Otherwise, carry out diagnostics according to the LED display. For more information, see Chapter Diagnostics via

LED display on the basic unit and on the operator panel (PROFIBUS) (Page 234). Try to rectify the fault.

If you wish to make SIMOCODE pro available on the PROFIBUS DP, set the PROFIBUS DP address. For more

information, see Chapter Setting the PROFIBUS DP address (Page 233).

Parameterize SIMOCODE pro or check the existing parameterization, e.g. with a PC on which SIMOCODE ES software is installed. For this, connect the PC / PG to the system interface with the PC cable (see the figure below).

Notice

With SIMOCODE pro C use the system interface on the front and with SIMOCODE pro S use the right-hand system interface.

Start SIMOCODE ES.

232

Figure 13-1 Connecting a PC to the basic unit

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Commissioning, service, troubleshooting

13.2 Commissioning

13.2.1.2 Setting the PROFIBUS DP address

Setting the PROFIBUS DP address via the addressing plug

Note

This setting cannot be made if the TEST / RESET button has been blocked.

Proceed as follows:

Table 13- 3 Setting the PROFIBUS DP address via the addressing plug

2

3

Step

1

4

Description

Set the desired valid address on the DIP switch.

The switches are numbered.

For example, address 21: Put the «16»+»4″+»1″ switches in the «ON» position.

Plug the addressing plug into the system interface. The «Device» LED lights up yellow.

Briefly press the TEST / RESET button. The address you set is now stored. The «Device» LED flashes yellow for approx. 3 seconds.

Remove the addressing plug from the system interface.

Setting the PROFIBUS DP address via SIMOCODE ES

Proceed as follows:

Table 13- 4 Setting the PROFIBUS DP address via SIMOCODE ES

Step

1

2

3

4a

4b

5

Description

Switch on the power supply of the basic unit.

Connect the USB interface of the PC/PG and the system interface of the basic unit to the Sirius USB PC cable.

It may be necessary to install a device driver for the parameterization cable when using the USB PC cable for the first time.

Observe the status LED on the basic unit. The «Device» LED should light up green.

SIMOCODE pro can be started up.

Setting the address of a device configured in SIMOCODE ES (as started in steps 2 and 3):

Under «Parameters → Fieldbus interface», set the «Station address» to the required address and then download the parameterization to the device.

Setting the address of a SIMOCODE device without integration in the current project:

In the project navigator, open «Online access». Here, the device currently connected to the serial interface can be accessed using «COM<x> [SIRIUS PtP] → Update accessible devices». If the serial interface COM<x> should indicate a protocol other than SIRIUS PtP, you can change this via the context menu (right mouse button) → Properties. There, under «Parameters → Fieldbus interface», set the «Station address» to the required address and then download the change into the device again.

After the parameters have been transferred to the basic unit, the message confirming successful downloading appears under «Info → General» in the status window.

Setting the PROFIsafe address on DM-F PROFIsafe

See Chapter «Safety-related tripping» in the «Parameterizing SIMOCODE» manual.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

233

Commissioning, service, troubleshooting

13.2 Commissioning

13.2.1.3

Bus

Diagnostics via LED display on the basic unit and on the operator panel (PROFIBUS)

The basic units and the operating panel have three LEDs for displaying specific device states:

Table 13- 5 Diagnostics via LED display

LED

Device

Status

Device status

Display

Green

Green – flickering

Yellow

Bus status

Gen. Fault Fault status

Yellow – flashing

Yellow – flickering

Red

Red — flashing

Off

Off

Green – flashing

Green

Red

Red — flashing

Off

Description

Device ON

Internal fault

Memory module or addressing plug recognized, TEST/RESET buttons control the memory module or addressing plug

Memory module / addressing plug read in; factory settings restored (duration: 3 s)

Corrective measures for faults

—

Send the basic unit in for repair

—

_

Memory module programmed

(duration: 3 s)

Incorrect parameterization (also

GEN. FAULT on)

—

Parameterize again, then switch the control voltage off and on again

Replace the basic unit! Basic unit defective (also

GEN. FAULT on)

Memory module, addressing plug or expansion modules defective (also GEN. FAULT on

— flashing)

Supply voltage too low

Reprogram/replace the memory module, replace the expansion modules

Check whether the supply voltage is connected/switched on

Bus not connected or bus fault Connect the bus or check the bus parameters

Baud rate recognized / communication with PC / programming device

—

Communication with PLC/PCS —

Fault pending; reset has been saved

Fault pending; reset has not been saved

No fault

Rectify fault, e.g., overload

Rectify fault, e.g., overload

—

13.2.1.4 Diagnostics via LED display on the modules DM-F Local or DM-F PROFIsafe

See «Failsafe Digital Modules SIMOCODE pro Safety» manual

( http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/50564852 ).

234

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Commissioning, service, troubleshooting

13.2 Commissioning

13.2.2 Commissioning with PROFINET

13.2.2.1 PROFINET commissioning steps

Please observe the information in Chapter General information about commissioning and service (Page 230).

To commission SIMOCODE pro, proceed as follows:

Table 13- 6 Commissioning the basic unit

Step

1

2

3

4

Description

Switch on the power supply. In a fault-free state, the following LEDS should light up green:

• «Device» (lights up)

•

«PORT 1 / PORT 2» when the PROFINET cable is connected (lighted or flashing).

Continue with step 2.

Otherwise, carry out diagnostics according to the LED display. For more information, see Chapter

Diagnostics via LED display on the basic unit and on the operator panel (PROFINET) (Page 238). Try to

rectify the fault.

If you want to make SIMOCODE pro available to PROFINET, you must set the IP parameters and the

PROFINET device names. For more information, see Chapter Setting IP parameters and PROFINET device name (Page 236).

Parameterize SIMOCODE pro or check the existing parameterization, e.g. with a PC on which

SIMOCODE ES software is installed. For this, connect the PC / PG to the system interface with the PC cable (see the figure below).

Start SIMOCODE ES.

Figure 13-2 Connecting a PC to the basic unit

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

235

Commissioning, service, troubleshooting

13.2 Commissioning

13.2.2.2 Setting IP parameters and PROFINET device name

Setting IP parameters and PROFINET device name on a plant-specific basis

The setting of IP parameters and the PROFINET device name is a mandatory step for communication via PROFINET.

These parameters can be set in different ways, depending on the needs of the plant configuration.

A detailed description of these possible approaches can be found in the chapter

«Configuration of further properties of SIMOCODE pro V PN as IO Device» in the

«SIMOCODE pro — Communication» manual.

Setting IP parameters and PROFINET device name with SIMOCODE ES via PC cable

Proceed as follows:

Table 13- 7 Setting IP parameters and PROFINET device name with SIMOCODE ES via PC cable

7

8

3

4

5

6

Step Description

1 Plug the PC cable into the system interface.

2 Start SIMOCODE ES.

Open the «Switching device» > «Open Online» menu.

In the «Local device interface» tab, select the associated COM interface. Click OK to confirm.

Open the «PROFINET parameters» dialog box.

Select «Overwrite IP parameters» and set the IP address, subnet mask, and router as appropriate.

Select «Overwrite device name in device» and assign the device name.

Save the data in the basic unit with «Target System > Load to Device.» IP parameters and device name are now set.

Setting the PROFIsafe address on DM-F PROFIsafe

See Chapter «Safety-related tripping» in the «Parameterizing SIMOCODE» manual.

236

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Commissioning, service, troubleshooting

13.2 Commissioning

13.2.2.3 Set the time manually after switch-on or recovery of the supply voltage

Setting the timer with SIMOCODE ES

If the internal realtime clock of the devices is not automatically synchronized via NTP, you can make the setting manually with SIMOCODE ES.

To do so, follow these steps:

Set the time manually after switch-on or recovery of the supply voltage

Step

1

2

3

Description

Start SIMOCODE ES.

Establish an online connection with «Switching device → Open online.»

Set the internal realtime clock of the device with «Target system → Command → Set time.»

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

237

Commissioning, service, troubleshooting

13.2 Commissioning

13.2.2.4 Diagnostics via LED display on the basic unit and on the operator panel (PROFINET)

The basic unit and the operating panel have LEDs for displaying specific device states:

Table 13- 8 Diagnostics via LED display

LED

Device

Status

Device status

Display

Green

Green – flickering

Yellow

Bus

Gen. Fault

PORT1 (only on basic unit)

PORT2 (only on basic unit)

Bus status

Fault status

Bus status

Bus status

Yellow – flashing

Yellow – flickering

Red

Red – flashing

Off

Flashing green

Off

Green

Red

Red – flashing

Off

Green

Off

Flashing

Green

Off

Flashing

Description

Device ON

Internal fault

Memory module recognized,

TEST/RESET buttons control the memory module

Read in memory module; factory settings restored

(duration: 3 s)

Memory module programmed

(duration: 3 s)

Device defective (also

GEN. FAULT on)

Corrective measures for faults

_

Send back the basic unit

_

_

_

Replace the basic unit!

Memory module or expansion modules defective (also

GEN. FAULT on — flashing)

Supply voltage too low

Reprogram/replace the memory module, replace the expansion modules

Check whether the supply voltage is connected/switched on

PE energy saving mode active _

No communication with the IO

Controller of the PLC/PCS via

PROFINET

Communication with the IO

Controller of the PLC/PCS via

PROFINET is active

Fault pending; reset has been saved

Connect the bus or check

PROFINET parameters (IP parameters, device name)

_

Rectify fault, e.g., overload

Fault pending; reset has not been saved

No fault

_

_

Ethernet connection available _

No Ethernet connection available

Station flash test for device location active

Ethernet connection available _

Check the Ethernet connection and the wiring

_

No Ethernet connection available

Station flash test for device location active

Check the Ethernet connection and the wiring

_

238

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Commissioning, service, troubleshooting

13.2 Commissioning

13.2.3 Commissioning with Modbus

13.2.3.1 Commissioning with Modbus RTU

Commissioning sequence of the SIMOCODE pro V Modbus basic unit

Table 13- 9 Commissioning sequence of the SIMOCODE pro V Modbus basic unit

2

3

Step Description

1 Switch on the power supply. In a fault-free state, the «Device» LED should light up green.

Connect the PC / PG to the system interface with the PC cable (see the figure below)

Parameterize SIMOCODE pro or check the existing parameterization with a PC on which

SIMOCODE ES V14 is installed.

4 If automatic baud rate detection is activated, the «Bus» LED flashes green as soon as the setting selected by the controller is found.

When the controller exchanges data with the device, the «Bus» LED lights up green.

Figure 13-3 Connecting a PC to the SIMOCODE pro V Modbus RTU basic unit

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

239

Commissioning, service, troubleshooting

13.2 Commissioning

Software for configuring and commissioning

SIMOCODE ES V13 + SP1 (or later) is required for full configuring and commissioning.

Here, you can choose between:

● SIMOCODE ES Basic: text-oriented configuration of SIMOCODE

● SIMOCODE ES Standard: configuration of SIMOCODE using graphically interconnectable function blocks.

Note

The SIMOCODE ES Premium software does not have more functionality than

SIMOCODE ES Standard for SIMOCODE pro Modbus devices, but it can nevertheless be used for commissioning.

The functional principle of SIMOCODE ES software is described in the online help. A

«Getting Started» session is available on the Internet in a multimedia format to help you become more familiar with the software in the initial fundamental steps: Getting Started

( http://www.industry.siemens.com/topics/global/en/tia-portal/tia-portalframework/Pages/default.aspx

) → «Guided Tour» tab.

Device addressing

As supplied, the default setting for the device address 126. This must be reassigned when commissioning the devices.

240

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Commissioning, service, troubleshooting

13.2 Commissioning

Setting the Modbus RTU address via addressing plug

Proceed as follows:

Table 13- 10 Setting the Modbus RTU address via addressing plug

2

3

Step Description

1 Set the desired valid address on the DIP switch.

The switches are numbered. Addresses from 1 to 247 can be assigned.

For example, address 21: Put the «16»+»4″+»1″ switches in the «ON» position.

1)

4

Plug the addressing plug into the system interface. The «Device» LED lights up yellow.

Briefly press the «TEST/RESET» button. The address you set is now stored. The «Device»

LED flashes yellow for approx. 3 seconds.

Remove the addressing plug from the system interface.

1)

Note

Labeling for the address «128»

Labeling for the address «128» is not available on the addressing plug, that is, the unlabeled switch corresponds to the address «128».

Setting of the Modbus RTU address with SIMOCODE ES in the TIA Portal

Proceed as follows:

Table 13- 11 Setting the Modbus RTU address with SIMOCODE ES

2

3

Step

1

Description

Plug the PC cable into the system interface.

Start SIMOCODE ES V13+SP1 (or later version)

Select «Online → Connect online» or click the «Connect online» button

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

241

Commissioning, service, troubleshooting

13.2 Commissioning

Communication parameters

The following Modbus communication parameters can be set in the SIMOCODE ES software under «Parameters → Modbus»:

Figure 13-4 Modbus settings

● Baud rate: The baud rate of SIMOCODE pro V Modbus can be set in the range from

0.3 — 57.6 kbps. The parameter setting «auto» activates automatic baud rate detection with which the device autonomously determines the setting selected by the controller.

Automatic baud rate search encompasses baud rates in the range from 4.8 … 57.6 kbps.

Note

Automatic baud rate detection

Use of this function is only possible when the «Watchdog» function is activated.

Idle time:

Messages begin and end with a transmission break of at least 3.5 characters. The shortest idle time depends on the baud rate. The following table shows the default values:

Bits per second (bps)

300

600

1200

2400

4800

9600

19200

57600

4

2

2

Shortest idle time (ms)

128

64

32

16

8

242

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Commissioning, service, troubleshooting

13.2 Commissioning

● Baud rate (detected): Information about the detected baud rate, if automatic baud rate detection (baud rate = auto) is set.

● Modbus address: Setting the Modbus address for the SIMOCODE device. The address can be set in the range from 1 — 247. As supplied, the address for SIMOCODE pro V devices is set to the default value of 126

● Port configuration: The number of stop bits and the selected parity of the Modbus interface can be set here. The following settings are possible:

– 8E1 — 1 stop bit, even parity

– 8O1 — 1 stop bit, odd parity

– 8N2 — 2 stop bits, no parity

– 8N1 — 1 stop bit, no parity

● Wait time / wait time (default value): The time duration of the pause between a received request and the reply from SIMOCODE pro can be set with the «Wait time» and «Wait time

(default value)» parameters. If the default value of the Modbus specification is to be used, selection of the «Wait time (default value)» parameter is recommended. The «Wait time» parameter is available for free setting. The setting is made in ms. The smallest settable value corresponds to the default value of the Modbus specification. If longer wait times are required, these can be defined using the «Wait time» parameter.

● Watchdog / Watchdog time: Monitoring of the bus communication can be activated with these parameters. This is necessary when automatic baud rate detection is selected, or if the SIMOCODE device were to experience a fault if the bus communication fails. If the watchdog is activated, SIMOCODE monitors whether a valid read or write access to the device occurs within the set watchdog time. If this is not the case, SIMOCODE begins a new search for a valid baud rate if automatic rate detection is set. In addition, a «Fault —

bus» is generated if the «Watchdog → Bus monitoring» parameter is also activated.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

243

Commissioning, service, troubleshooting

13.2 Commissioning

Bus and controller monitoring on Modbus

With the SIMOCODE pro V Modbus basic unit, both the bus communication and the controller function can be monitored. The functions «Bus monitoring» and

«PLC / PCS monitoring» are available for this purpose.

The functionality differs slightly from that described for SIMOCODE pro PROFIBUS.

● Bus monitoring: With this type of monitoring, the «Fault — bus» fault is generated if

– «Bus monitoring» is active

– In the «Remote» operating mode (mode selector S1 = 1 and S2 = 1), cyclic data access to Modbus registers between the PLC and SIMOCODE pro is interrupted for longer than the set bus monitoring time, e.g. as the result of an interruption of the

Modbus connection.

– The «Status — bus o. k.» can always be evaluated. If SIMOCODE pro is cyclically exchanging data with the PLC, «Status — Bus o. k.» is set to «1».

● PLC / PCS monitoring: With this type of monitoring, the «Fault — PLC/PCS» message is generated if

– «PLC/PCS monitoring» is active

– The input «PLC/PCS monitoring — input» switches to logic zero when in the «Remote» operating mode (mode selector S1=1 and S2=1). «PLC/PCS monitoring — input» is connected preferably with the bit «Cyclic receive — bit 0.7».

– The status «PLC/PCS in Run» can always be evaluated. If SIMOCODE pro is in cyclic data exchange with the PLC, and the input «PLC/PCS monitoring» is set, «PLC/PCS in

Run» is set to «1».

You can find the further description of the «Watchdog» function block (PLC/PCS monitoring) in Chapter «Watchdog» (PLC/PCS monitoring) in the «Parameterizing SIMOCODE» manual.

244

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

13.3 Service

Commissioning, service, troubleshooting

13.3 Service

13.3.1 Preventive maintenance

Preventive maintenance — general information

Preventive maintenance is an important step towards avoiding faults and unforeseen costs.

Industrial plants require regular professional maintenance, for example, to avoid production losses due to plant downtimes. Preventive maintenance ensures that all components are always kept in perfect working order.

Reading out statistical data

SIMOCODE pro makes statistical data available that can, for example, be read out with

SIMOCODE ES under Target System > Service data / statistical data. For example, based on «Motor operating hours» and «Number of starts,» you can decide whether motor and / or motor contactors should be replaced.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

245

Commissioning, service, troubleshooting

13.3 Service

Figure 13-5 Reading out statistical data

246

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Commissioning, service, troubleshooting

13.3 Service

13.3.2 Backing up and saving parameters

Core statement

Always save the parameters in the memory module or in a SIMOCODE ES file. This particularly applies if you replace a basic unit, or if you wish to transfer data from one basic unit to another.

Saving parameters from the basic unit into the memory module

Note

This function will not be available if the TEST / RESET button has been disabled.

Proceed as follows:

Table 13- 12 Saving the parameters into the memory module

Step

1.

2.

Description

Plug the memory module into the system interface. The «Device» LED lights up yellow for approx. 10 seconds. During this time, press the «TEST / RESET» button for approx.

3 seconds. The parameters will be saved in the memory module. After successful data transfer, the «Device» LED flickers yellow for approx. 3 seconds.

If necessary, unplug the memory module from the system interface.

Saving parameters from the basic unit into a SIMOCODE ES file

Note

This function will not be available if the TEST / RESET button has been disabled.

Proceed as follows:

Table 13- 13 Saving parameters to a SIMOCODE ES file

Step Description

1. Plug the PC cable into the system interface.

2.

3.

Start SIMOCODE ES.

Open the menu Target System > Load into PC. The parameters are loaded into the main memory from the basic unit.

4. Open menu Switching Device > Save copy as ….. The parameters are saved from the main memory into a SIMOCODE ES file.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

247

Commissioning, service, troubleshooting

13.3 Service

Saving parameters from the memory module into the basic unit

Note

This function will not be available if the TEST / RESET button has been disabled.

Proceed as follows:

Table 13- 14 Saving parameters from the memory module into the basic unit

Step Description

1. Plug the memory module into the system interface. The «Device» LED lights up yellow for approx. 10 seconds. During this time, briefly press the «TEST / RESET» button. The parameters will be transferred to the basic unit. After successful data transfer, the «Device»

LED flashes yellow for approx. 3 seconds.

2. If necessary, unplug the memory module from the system interface.

Note

If the memory module is plugged in, the parameters will be transferred from the memory module to the basic unit when the supply voltage is switched on.

Saving parameters from a SIMOCODE ES file into the basic unit

Proceed as follows:

Table 13- 15 Saving parameters from a SIMOCODE ES file into the basic unit

Step Description

1. Plug the PC cable into the system interface.

2.

3.

Start SIMOCODE ES.

Open menu Switching Device > Open. The parameters from the SIMOCODE ES file are loaded into the main memory.

4. Open menu Target System > Load to Switching Device. The parameters will be saved into the basic unit from the main memory.

248

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Commissioning, service, troubleshooting

13.3 Service

13.3.3 Replacing SIMOCODE pro components

Safety guidelines

WARNING

Replacing current measuring modules and current / voltage measuring modules

The main power for the feeder and the supply voltage for the basic unit must be switched off before replacing current measuring modules and current / voltage measuring modules.

Note

Please observe the information contained in the Operating Instructions!

You will also find the Operating Instructions for SIMOCODE pro at Operating Instructions

( www.siemens.com/sirius/manuals )

Note

It is not necessary to detach the wiring from the removable terminals to replace the components!

Replacing the basic unit

Proceed as follows:

Table 13- 16 Replacing the basic unit

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

Step Description

1.

Save the parameters. For information on this, see Chapter Backing up and saving parameters (Page 247).

2.

3.

Switch off the main power for the unit feeder and the power supply for the basic unit.

Withdraw the PC cable if necessary, then remove the cover or the connecting cable from the system interface.

12.

Withdraw the removable terminals. You do not need to detach the wiring.

Dismantle the basic unit.

Withdraw the removable terminals from the new basic unit.

Mount the new basic unit.

Connect the wired, removable terminals.

Connect the cables to the system interfaces.

Switch on the supply voltage for the basic unit.

Save the parameters into the basic unit. For information on this, see Chapter Backing up and saving parameters (Page 247).

Switch on the main power for the unit feeder.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

249

Commissioning, service, troubleshooting

13.3 Service

Replacing an expansion module or a decoupling module

Proceed as follows:

Table 13- 17 Replacing an expansion module or a decoupling module

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

3.

4.

5.

Step Description

1. Switch off the main power for the feeder and switch off the power supply for the basic unit and the DM-F.

2. Withdraw the PC cable if necessary, then remove the cover or the connecting cable from the system interface.

Withdraw the removable terminals. You do not need to detach the wiring.

Remove the expansion module or decoupling module.

Withdraw the removable terminals from the new basic expansion module or decoupling module.

Install the new expansion module or decoupling module.

Connect the wired, removable terminals.

Connect the cables to the system interfaces.

Switch on the supply voltage for the basic unit.

Switch on the main power for the unit feeder.

Replacing a DM-F

Proceed as follows:

Table 13- 18 Replacing a DM-F

6

7

4

5

8

9

Step Description

1 First, switch off the main power for the feeder and then the supply voltage for the basic unit and the DM-F.

2

3

Withdraw the PC cable if necessary, then remove the cover or the connecting cable from the system interface.

Withdraw the removable terminals. You do not need to detach the wiring.

10

11

Dismantle the DM-F.

Withdraw the removable terminals from the new DM-F.

Mount the new DM-F.

Connect the wired, removable terminals.

Connect the cables to the system interfaces.

DM-F PROFIsafe only:

Set the DIP switches for the PROFIsafe address according to the configuration in the Fcontroller (see Chapter «Configuring the DM-F PROFIsafe and integrating it into the fail-safe automation system» in the System Manual Fail-safe Digital Modules SIMOCODE pro

SAFETY ( http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/50564852 )).

Switch on the power supply for the DM-F and the basic unit.

12

DM-F Local only

Configure the DM-F Local correctly (see Chapter «Configuring the DM-F Local» in the

System Manual Fail-safe Digital Modules SIMOCODE pro SAFETY

( http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/50564852 ))

Switch on the main power for the unit feeder.

250

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Commissioning, service, troubleshooting

13.3 Service

Replacing the current measuring module and the current / voltage measuring module

WARNING

Replacing current measuring modules and current / voltage measuring modules

The main power for the feeder and the supply voltage for the basic unit must be switched off before replacing current measuring modules and current / voltage measuring modules.

Proceed as follows:

Table 13- 19 Replacing the current measuring module and the current / voltage measuring module

6

7

4

5

2

3

Step Description

1 Switch off the main power for the unit feeder and the power supply for the basic unit.

Pull out the connecting cable from the system interface.

Remove the removable terminal from the module as illustrated below (current / voltage measuring modules only).

Disconnect the three cables of the three phases of the main circuit.

Replace the module (see Chapter Mounting of current measuring modules (Page 165) and

Chapter Mounting the current / voltage measuring modules (Page 167)).

Connect the three cables of the main circuit, leading them through the feed-hole openings.

Plug the removable terminals onto the module (current / voltage measuring modules only).

8

9

10

Connect the cable to the system interface.

Switch on the supply voltage for the basic unit.

Switch on the main power for the unit feeder.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

251

Commissioning, service, troubleshooting

13.3 Service

Figure 13-6 Replacing current / voltage measuring modules

Replacing a 1st generation current / voltage measuring module (UM) with a 2nd generation current / voltage measuring module (UM+)

WARNING

Replacing current measuring modules and current / voltage measuring modules

The main power for the feeder and the supply voltage for the basic unit must be switched off before replacing current measuring modules and current / voltage measuring modules.

The following table shows which 2nd generation current / voltage measuring module replaces a 1st generation current / voltage measuring module:

1st generation current / voltage measuring module

2nd generation current / voltage measuring module

3UF7110-1AA00-0, I e

= 0.3 to 3 A

3UF7111-1AA00-0, I e

= 2.4 to 3 A

3UF7111-1AA00-0, I e

= 3.0 to 25 A

3UF7112-1AA00-0, I e

= 10 to 100 A

→ 3UF7110-1AA01-0, I e

= 0.3 to 4 A

→

→

3UF7110-1AA01-0, I

3UF7111-1AA01-0, I e e

= 0.3 to 4 A

= 3 to 40 A

→ 3UF7112-1AA01-0, I e

= 10 to 115 A

252

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Commissioning, service, troubleshooting

13.3 Service

13.3.4 Exchanging a 3UF52 operator panel for a 3UF720 operator panel

To exchange a 3UF52 operator panel for the smaller 3UF720 operator panel, proceed as follows:

Table 13- 20 Exchanging a 3UF52 operator panel for a 3UF720 operator panel

Step

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Description

Unscrew the four mounting bracket screws and remove the 3UF52 operator panel from the front panel or switchgear cabinet door.

Ensure that the dimensions of the cutout in the front panel or cabinet door measure 91.5 + 0.5 mm (width) and 54.5 + 0.5 mm (height) (see figure).

Slide the seal provided onto the operator panel adapter (see figure).

Position the operator panel adapter in the cutout.

Position the operator panel in the adapter.

Snap the four mounting brackets onto the operator panel.

Lock the operator panel in position by tightening the four mounting bracket screws (see figure and safety information!).

Figure 13-7 Mounting the operator panel adapter (1)

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

253

Commissioning, service, troubleshooting

13.3 Service

See also

Figure 13-8 Mounting the operator panel adapter (2)

WARNING

Tightening torque of the screws

To ensure that the panel will function correctly and is sealed to comply with IP54, the tightening torque of the screws provided must not be set too high when mounting and the seal must be properly fitted.

Note

A SIMOCODE pro 3UF7 system operator panel is not compatible with

SIMOCODE DP 3UF5, and vice versa.

Replacing SIMOCODE pro components (Page 249)

254

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Commissioning, service, troubleshooting

13.3 Service

13.3.5 Restoring factory settings

With the factory settings, all parameters are reset to the factory values.

Restoring the factory settings with the TEST / RESET button on the basic unit

Proceed as follows (also deletes any previous password setting!):

Table 13- 21 Restoring the factory settings with the TEST / RESET button

6

7

8

3

4

5

Step Description

1 Switch off the supply voltage for the basic unit.

2 Press the TEST / RESET button on the basic unit and keep it pressed.

Switch on the supply voltage for the basic unit. The «Device» LED is lighted yellow.

Release the TEST / RESET button after approx. two seconds.

Press the TEST / RESET button again after approx. two seconds.

Release the TEST / RESET button after approx. two seconds.

Press the TEST / RESET button again after approx. two seconds.

The factory setting is restored.

Note

If any of the steps stated above are not carried out correctly, the basic unit will revert to normal operation.

Note

This function is always active, irrespective of the «TEST / RESET keys disabled» parameter.

Restoring the factory settings with the SIMOCODE ES software

Prerequisite: SIMOCODE pro is connected to the PC / PG via PROFIBUS DP or via the system interface and SIMOCODE ES is started.

Proceed as follows (resets to factory settings, excluding the password):

Table 13- 22 Restoring the factory settings with the SIMOCODE ES software

Step Description

1. Select menu item Switching Device > Open online.

2. From the menu, select Target system > Command > Factory Settings.

3.

4.

Confirm with «Yes».

The factory setting is restored.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

255

Commissioning, service, troubleshooting

13.3 Service

13.3.6 Firmware update of device components

Various device components of the SIMOCODE pro system allow a firmware update to be performed.

For example, the basic unit SIMOCODE pro V EIP.

The current firmware versions can be obtained on request from Technical Assistance

( http://www.siemens.com/sirius/technical-assistance ).

The firmware update can be performed with the SIMOCODE ES software (TIA Portal or with

STEP 7). It is to be found at the online accesses to the SIMOCODE device under

«Online & Diagnostics → Functions → Firmware Update»: Enter the path to the firmware file here and click on «Start update».

NOTICE

Firmware update

Requirements:

A firmware update is only possible if

• the motor is switched off

• the control station is in the «Local manual» status

• the device is not password-protected.

Password protection

In order to prevent a firmware update by a third party, we recommend that a password is assigned.

Moreover, unless a password is assigned, a firmware update may be triggered at an inconvenient time.

256

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

13.4

13.4.1

Commissioning, service, troubleshooting

13.4 Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting

Error buffer

SIMOCODE pro has an error buffer in which the 21 most recent errors / faults and «Power —

On» events are recorded with a time stamp. Time stamps are based upon the operating hours of the device (resolution 1 s), i.e. the length of time for which the device is supplied with control supply voltage.

The «Error/Fault» and «Power — On» events are logged. Each of these events is given a time stamp.

● Error/Fault: The last 21 errors are stored in a ring buffer; the incoming error (rising edge) is always logged. An outgoing error (falling edge) will not be logged.

● Power on: If the most recent entry is «Power — On,» this is not logged multiple times.

Instead, the error number is used as a power-on counter. Thus, the error buffer cannot be deleted by frequent on/off operations.

Entry 1 is the most recent entry and entry 21 the oldest.

The data will be displayed via the «SIMOCODE ES» software.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

257

Commissioning, service, troubleshooting

13.4 Troubleshooting

Example:

258

Figure 13-9 Example of event logging using the «SIMOCODE ES» software

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Commissioning, service, troubleshooting

13.4 Troubleshooting

Example:

The most recent «power-on» event was logged at a device operating time of 17 days,

21 hours and 31 minutes. Therefore, at the moment of «Power — On», the device was operating (supplied with voltage) for 17d 21h 31min. The «Number of starts >» fault was logged at a device operating time of 18 days, 22 hours, 17 minutes, i.e. 24h 46min after the most recent «Power — On.»

When using a DM-F, the events «Enabling circuit closed» and «Enabling circuit open» are logged for the DM-F Local and/or the DM-F PROFIsafe in a separate window:

● Time

● Event: «Enabling circuit closed» or «Enabling circuit open»

– Number:

Line 1 200 or 202

Line 2 201 or 203

– Text:

Line 1 «DM-F Local enabling circuit 0 -> 1» or «DM-F PROFIsafe enabling circuit

0 -> 1″

Line 2 «DM-F Local enabling circuit 1 -> 0» or «DM-F PROFIsafe enabling circuit

1 -> 0.»

The current DIP switch position of the «DM-F Local» and/or the «DM-F PROFIsafe» is displayed under «DIP switch position DM-F during the last event».

See also Chapter «Data record 72 — Error buffer» in the «SIMOCODE pro — Communication» manual.

13.4.2 Event memory

In addition to the error buffer, various events can be stored in the event buffer

Note

This event memory is supported by the SIMOCODE pro V basic unit as from firmware version V3.0.

The following events are stored:

• last event «DM-F enabling circuit closed»

• last event «DM-F enabling circuit open»

• Initialization module read in

•

Initialization module written.

See also Chapter «Data record 73 — Event memory» in the «SIMOCODE pro —

Communication» manual.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

259

Commissioning, service, troubleshooting

13.4 Troubleshooting

13.4.3 Alarms, faults, and system events — error handling

Table 13- 23 Alarm, fault, and system events

Event

(alphabetical)

Analog module 1/2 open circuit

Startup parameter block active

Antivalence

Configuration error

Execution

STOP command

Execution ON command

Description Troubleshooting

An open circuit has occurred in the analog value measuring circuit.

The startup parameter block prevents transfer of

SIMOCODE pro parameters that can be transferred from the IO controller during startup.

The block may not be set if

SIMOCODE pro is integrated in STEP7 via the

SIMOCODE pro object manager (OM).

2)

Only for positioner control function: The change-over contacts of the limit switch do not issue an antivalent signal.

The configured unit configuration does not match the actual configuration.

Check the measured value sensor and the measuring circuit.

Limit switch defective, open circuit limit switch

• Check whether all the configured components are available

•

Check the actual configuration with

«Configuration».

The motor feeder could not be turned off after a STOP command was issued.

•

The contactor contact is welded

•

Parameter execution time is too short

•

The «open» end position has not been reached during the parameterized runtime (only for the

«Positioner» and «Solenoid valve» control functions).

The motor feeder could not be turned on after an ON command is issued.

• Main circuit is interrupted

(fuse, circuit breaker)

•

The motor contactor or contactor control is defective

• Parameter execution time is too short.

Acknowledgment / fault rectification

Reset

Clear the fault; reset

Clear the fault; reset

Reset

Contactor control

Tripped

Tripped

Tripped

Tripped

Error

No.

1)

64

3

9

8

260

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Commissioning, service, troubleshooting

13.4 Troubleshooting

Event

(alphabetical)

Trip level cos phi <

Trip level I < undershot

Trip level I > overshot

Trip level P < undershot

Trip level P > overshot

Trip level U < undershot

Trip level 0/4 —

20 mA < undershot

Trip level 0/4 —

20 mA > overshot

Operational

Protection Off

(OPO)

Description Troubleshooting Acknowledgment / fault rectification

The power factor cos phi has undershot the trip level.

Possible cause: The motor is being operated without a load.

The maximum current has undershot the trip level.

Please check the application that is being driven by the motor.

The maximum current has overshot the trip level.

The active power of the motor has undershot the trip level.

The active power of the motor has overshot the trip level.

The voltage in the motor feeder has undershot the trip level.

Possible causes:

• Undervoltage in the network

•

Fuse has tripped

The measured value at the analog input has undershot the trip level.

The measured value at the analog input has overshot the trip level.

An «Operational Protection

Off (OPO)» signal is pending. A switched-on motor feeder has been switched off. The feeder cannot be switched on while the OPO signal is active.

Please check the application that is being driven by the motor.

Please check the application that is being driven by the motor.

Please check the application that is being driven by the motor.

Please check the application that is being driven by the motor.

Check the motor feeder.

Check the measuring station.

Check the measuring station.

Reset

Contactor control

Tripped

Tripped

Tripped

Tripped

Tripped

Tripped

Tripped

Tripped

Tripped; for positioners

QE1 or QE2 switched on until end position is reached — depending upon configuratio n

Error

No.

44

41

40

43

42

45

47

46

19

1)

Motor operating hours >

Stalled rotor

The configured limit value for motor operating hours monitoring has been exceeded.

The maximum motor current has exceeded the threshold for stalled rotor protection.

Possible cause: The motor is blocked.

Please adopt the maintenance measures intended for the feeder.

Please check the application that is being driven by the motor.

Reset Tripped 48

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

261

Commissioning, service, troubleshooting

13.4 Troubleshooting

Event

(alphabetical)

Stalled positioner

Description

The torque switch has activated before or without the respective limit switch.

Troubleshooting

• The positioner may be blocked.

•

Acknowledge the fault by releasing with the

«OPEN/CLOSED» counter command.

• Please check the positioner application and the limit switches.

DM-F feedback circuit

DM-F safetyrelated tripping

DM-F test requirement

DM-F wiring

DM-FL actual and set configuration different

DM-

FL simultaneity

The DM-F Local or DM-F

PROFIsafe has detected a fault in the feedback circuit

(the feedback circuit must be closed as the enabling circuit is switched on); the

«SF» (general fault) LED on the front of the DM-F Local or DM-F PROFIsafe is flashing red.

The DM-F has tripped the enabling circuit for safety reasons.

The enabling circuits of the

DM-F Local or DM-

F PROFIsafe have not been opened and closed again within the configured time period.

DM-F module wiring fault

(short-circuit to ground in the sensor circuit/feedback circuit); the «SF» (general fault) LED on the front of the

DM-F Local is illuminated red.

The actual configuration of the DM-F Local does not correspond to the parameterized set configuration.

The DM-F Local has detected a discrepancy error in the two-channel sensor circuit.

•

•

Check the wiring of the feedback circuit

Check the contact blocks in the feedback circuit.

The motor cannot be switched on again until the enabling circuits of the DM-F are closed again.

The function of the enabling circuit relay contacts can only be tested when they are switched. Perform a function test.

•

Check the wiring of the

• sensor circuits / feedback circuit

Rectify the fault.

Check whether the effective configuration of the DM-F

Local corresponds to the parameterized set configuration. Correct the effective configuration by changing the DIP switch settings or adjusting the set configuration by means of parameterization if required.

Check the switching elements in the sensor circuit.

Acknowledgment / fault rectification

Counter command

«OPEN /

CLOSED!»

Rectify the fault such that the feedback circuit is closed.

Acknowledge with

«Reset», if autoreset is not active.

Please apply the maintenance measures prescribed for this scenario.

Reset

Rectify the fault by opening or closing the sensor inputs.

Contactor control

Tripped

Tripped

Tripped

Tripped

Tripped

Error

No.

1)

12

66

67

262

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Commissioning, service, troubleshooting

13.4 Troubleshooting

Event

(alphabetical)

DM-

FL configuratio n mode

Description Troubleshooting Acknowledgment / fault rectification

The DM-F Local is in

«configuration mode»; the

«DEVICE» LED on the front of the DM-F Local is illuminated yellow.

DM-FL cross circuit

DM-FL waiting for start-up test

DM-FP Prm error

Double 0

Cross circuit in sensor circuit of DM-F Local; the

«SF» (general fault) LED on the front of the DM-F Local is illuminated red.

The DM-F LOCAL is in the

«Waiting for start-up test» status.

The parameter settings of the PROFIsafe profile are incorrect or the set

PROFIsafe address is not identical to the configured address.

Both torque switches have activated simultaneously.

The motor feeder has been turned off.

Double 1

End position

External ground fault

External fault 1,

2, 3, 4, 5 or 6

Both limit switches have activated simultaneously.

Except positioner 5 control function: The state of the limit switches has changed without a command

(positioner has left the end position without a command).

External ground-fault monitoring has responded.

An impermissibly high residual current is flowing.

A signal is pending at the input (socket) of the

«External fault 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6» standard function.

Required function is not supported

At least one parameterized function is not supported by the version of the basic unit.

Hardware fault The SIMOCODE pro basic unit hardware is defective.

Complete the configuration

(see Manual SIMOCODE pro

Safety fail-safe digital modules

( http://support.automation.sie

mens.com/WW/view/en/5056

4852 ), Chapter 7.4).

•

Check the wiring of both

•

•

• sensor circuits for cross circuiting

Rectify the fault.

Perform the startup test by actuating the sensor in the sensor circuit.

Check the communication / PROFIsafe parameters of

SIMOCODE pro that were set on the IO controller.

Open circuit torque switch.

Torque switch is defective.

Limit switch defective

Please check the motor connection cable for damage.

Check the motor feeder.

Activate only the functions that are supported by the version of the basic unit.

Replace the basic unit. See

Chapter Replacing

SIMOCODE pro components

(Page 249).

Reset

Counter command

«OPEN /

CLOSED!»

Reset

Clear the fault.

Contactor control

Tripped

Tripped

Tripped

Tripped

Tripped

Tripped

Tripped

Error

No.

1)

68

13

14

15

29

56, 57,

58, 59,

60, 61

0

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

263

Commissioning, service, troubleshooting

13.4 Troubleshooting

Event

(alphabetical)

Initialization module writeprotected

Initialization module writeprotected, parameter changes not allowed

Initialization module — identification data writeprotected

Description

The initialization module is completely write-protected.

The initialization module is completely or partially writeprotected.

Reparameterization of

SIMOCODE pro is denied because the initialization module is write-protected.

Reparameterization has been rejected because the initialization module is writeprotected.

Initialization module read in

Initialization module programmed

Initialization module cleared

Internal ground fault

No start permitted

Module fault

The parameters of the initialization module were read into SIMOCODE.

The reparameterization was accepted in the initialization module.

The initialization module has been cleared and is now back in the asdelivered condition.

Internal ground-fault monitoring has responded.

An impermissibly high residual current is flowing.

The permissible number of starts in the monitoring timeframe has been attained. The next start should not be carried out until the interlocking time has expired.

At least 1 SIMOCODE pro module is not ready for use.

Troubleshooting

Deactivate write protection of the initialization module

Deactivate write protection of the initialization module

•

Select a parameterization with identical addressing and I&M data

• Deactivate the partial write protection of the initialization module

Acknowledgment / fault rectification

Please check the motor connection cable for damage.

Reset

Reset

• Connecting cable defective or incorrectly connected

•

Module defective. Replace the module. See Chapter

Replacing

SIMOCODE pro components (Page 249).

Clear the fault; reset

Contactor control

Tripped

Tripped

Tripped

Error

No.

1)

28

1

264

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Commissioning, service, troubleshooting

13.4 Troubleshooting

Event

(alphabetical)

Module supply voltage is not present

Power failure

(UVO)

Just one start possible

Parameter is incorrect

(«General fault» category)

Parameter is incorrect

(«Event» category)

Parameter changes not allowed in the current operating state

Wrong password

Description Troubleshooting

Supply voltage on the DM-F

Local is too low or not present.

• The terminals are not wired properly

•

Module defective. Replace the module. See Chapter

Replacing

SIMOCODE pro components (Page 249).

The power failure lasted longer than the set power failure time.

The start after the next one should not be carried out until the interlocking time has expired.

The parameter data is incorrect.

The parameter data transferred to the unit is incorrect. Errors in the parameter data can occur, for example, if the device has not been parameterized with SIMOCODE ES.

You attempted to change at least one parameter that cannot be changed in the current operating state.

SIMOCODE pro parameters are protected by a password. An attempt has been made to change the parameters without entering the password.

The designation of the incorrect parameter can be found via the number (byte

No.) in Chapter «Tables» in the «Parameterizing

SIMOCODE» manual.

Check the parameter data

(data records 130 — 135) that has been transmitted to the device for correct content.

See Chapter «Data formats and data records» in the

«SIMOCODE pro —

Communication» manual.

Many parameters can only be changed if the motor feeder is switched off and not in

«Remote» mode. The following parameters can always be changed: See

Chapter «Data formats and data records» in the

«SIMOCODE pro —

Communication» manual.

Please use the correct password for changing the parameters. If you do not know the password, new parameters can only be entered after the factory settings have been restored.

For a description of how to restore the factory settings,

see Chapter Restoring factory settings (Page 255).

Acknowledgment / fault rectification

Clear the fault; reset

Clear the fault; reset

Clear the fault; reset

Contactor control

Tripped

Tripped

Tripped

Error

No.

1)

18

4

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

265

Commissioning, service, troubleshooting

13.4 Troubleshooting

Event

(alphabetical)

Phase unbalance

Feedback

(FB) OFF

Description

The limit value for phase unbalance has been exceeded. Phase unbalance can cause an overload. Possible causes:

•

Phase failure

•

Fault in the motor windings.

The current flow in the motor feeder has been interrupted without the motor feeder being turned off.

Troubleshooting

Check the motor feeder and the motor.

• The main circuit has been interrupted (fuse, circuit breaker, main switch).

•

The motor contactor or contactor control is defective

Feedback (FB)

ON

Current is flowing in the motor feeder without the motor feeder being switched on

•

Contactor contacts have been manually activated

•

Contactor has not been switched on via

SIMOCODE

The main circuit is not interrupted in test operation.

Test Position

Feedback

(TPF)

Memory module read in

Memory module cleared

Memory module programmed

Memory module writeprotected

Status — cooling down period active

Current is flowing in the motor feeder although the motor feeder is in the test position (TPF).

The parameters of the memory module were read into SIMOCODE.

The memory module was cleared and is now back in as-delivered state.

The reparameterization was accepted in the memory module.

The memory module is completely write-protected.

The motor feeder has been switched off due to overload.

Deactivate write protection of the memory module.

The motor can only be switched on again after the cooling down period has expired.

Status — DM-F enabling circuit

Status — emergency start executed

Shows the status of the enabling circuit:

• closed or

• tripped

The thermal memory has been cleared with the function «Emergency start».

The motor can be switched on again immediately after an overload trip.

Acknowledgment / fault rectification

Reset

Reset

Clear the fault; reset

Reset

Contactor control

Tripped

Tripped

Tripped

Tripped

Error

No.

1)

25

11

10

17

266

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Commissioning, service, troubleshooting

13.4 Troubleshooting

Event

(alphabetical)

Status — test position (TPF)

Stop time >

Fault — bus

Fault —

PLC/PCS

Fault antivalence

Fault —

EM open circuit

Fault —

EM short-circuit

Fault end position

Fault — temporary components

(e.g. memory module)

Temperature module 1/2 — trip level exceeded

Temperature module 1/2 — warning level exceeded

Temperature module 1/2 out of range

Description

Temperature sensor is delivering impermissible values.

Troubleshooting

The motor feeder is in the test position (TPF). The main circuit has been interrupted and the feeder can be «cold started».

The configured limit value for motor stop time monitoring has been exceeded.

Bus communication has been or is being interrupted.

The PLC that controls the feeder was or is in STOP mode.

The limit switches are not reporting any antivalent signals.

Please adopt the maintenance measures intended for the feeder. If possible, switch on the feeder.

Check the bus connection

(plugs, cables, etc.).

Check the operating state of the PLC.

• Limit switch open circuit

•

Please check the positioner application and the limit switches.

Check the wiring to the

3UL23 residual current transformer

A short circuit has occurred in the wiring to the

3UL23 residual current transformer.

A short-circuit has occurred in the wiring to the

3UL23 residual current transformer.

Positioner/solenoid valve has left the end position without a command being issued. The motor feeder has been turned off.

One of the following components is defective:

•

Memory module

• PC cable.

The temperature trip level has been overshot.

Check the wiring to the

3UL23 residual current transformer

Acknowledge the fault by releasing with the counter command «OPEN/CLOSED».

Replace the defective components. See Chapter

Replacing SIMOCODE pro components (Page 249).

Check the temperature measuring station.

The temperature warning level has been exceeded.

Check the temperature measuring station.

Check the temperature sensor.

Acknowledgment / fault rectification

Contactor control

Reset, auto-reset Tripped

Reset, auto-reset Tripped

Counter command

«OPEN/CLOSED»

Reset

Reset

Reset; counter command

Clear the fault; reset

Tripped

Reset

Tripped

Tripped

Tripped

Tripped

Tripped

Error

No.

1)

17

5

6

16

38

39

15

2

35

37

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

267

Commissioning, service, troubleshooting

13.4 Troubleshooting

Event

(alphabetical)

Temperature module 1/2 sensor fault

Test trip

Thermistor trip level

Thermistor open circuit

Thermistor short circuit

Overload

Overload and unbalance

Prewarning overload (I >

115 %)

Warning level cos phi <

Warning level I< undershot

Description Troubleshooting

Either a short circuit or an open circuit has occurred in the temperature sensor circuit.

The motor feeder has been checked and switched off by a test trip.

Thermistor protection response. The temperature of the motor is too high.

Check the temperature sensor and the sensor cable.

Please check the motor and the application that is being driven by the motor. The motor cannot be switched on again until the temperature has reached the reset point of the thermistor.

Check the thermistor sensor cable and the thermistor.

An open circuit has occurred in the thermistor sensor cable.

A short circuit has occurred in the thermistor sensor cable.

The motor feeder has been overloaded.

Check the thermistor sensor cable and the thermistor.

Acknowledgment / fault rectification

Clear the fault; reset

Reset

Reset, auto-reset

Clear the fault; reset

Clear the fault; reset

Contactor control

Tripped

Tripped

Tripped

Tripped

Tripped

Please check the motor and the application that is being driven by the motor. The motor can be switched on again after the cooling down period has expired or after an emergency start.

Check the motor feeder and the motor. The motor can be switched on again after the cooling down period has expired or after an emergency start.

Reset, auto-reset Tripped

Reset, auto-reset Tripped There is a load unbalance on the motor feeder phases.

Possible causes:

• Phase failure

•

Fault in the motor windings.

The motor feeder is in overload operation. If this condition continues to persist, the motor feeder will trip within a short period of time due to overload.

The power factor cos phi has undershot the warning level.

Possible cause: The motor is being operated without a load.

The maximum current has undershot the warning level.

Please check the motor and the application that is being driven by the motor.

Please check the application that is being driven by the motor.

Please check the application that is being driven by the motor.

Error

No.

1)

36

65

31

33

32

26

27

268

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Commissioning, service, troubleshooting

13.4 Troubleshooting

Event

(alphabetical)

Warning level I> overshot

Warning level P< undershot

Warning level P> overshot

Warning level U< undershot

Description

The maximum current has overshot the warning level.

The active power of the motor has undershot the warning level.

The active power of the motor has overshot the warning level.

The voltage in the motor feeder has undershot the warning level. Possible causes:

• Undervoltage in the network

•

Fuse has tripped.

Warning level

0/4 — 20 mA < undershot

Warning level

0/4 — 20 mA > overshot

Permissible number of starts exceeded

The measured value at the analog input has undershot the warning level.

The measured value at the analog input has overshot the warning level.

The permissible number of starts in the monitoring timeframe has already been exceeded. The next start should not be carried out until the interlocking time has expired.

Troubleshooting

Please check the application that is being driven by the motor.

Please check the application that is being driven by the motor.

Please check the application that is being driven by the motor.

Check the motor feeder.

Check the measuring station.

Check the measuring station.

Acknowledgment / fault rectification

Reset

Contactor control

Tripped

1) See also «Error number» in Chapter «Data record 72 — Error buffer» in the

«SIMOCODE pro — Communication» manual.

Error

No.

1)

52

Note

2) Parameter block

On devices in the as-delivered condition or after the factory settings have been restored, the parameter block is not active!

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

269

Safety and commissioning information for EEx areas

14

14.1 Information and standards

Information and standards

Types of protection EEx d, EEx e and EEx nA:

The overload protection and the thermistor motor protection of the SIMOCODE pro system comply with the requirements for overload protection of explosion-proof motors of the following types of protection:

● EEx d «explosion-proof enclosure,» e.g. according to DIN EN 50018 or DIN EN 60079

● EEx e «increased safety,» e.g. according to DIN EN 50019 or DIN EN 60079-7

● EEx nA acc. to DIN EN 60079-15

Increased danger in hazardous areas means it is necessary to carefully observe the following notes and standards:

● IEC 60079-14 / EN 60079-14 / DIN VDE 0165-1 Electrical equipment for locations with explosive gas atmosphere — Electrical installations in hazardous areas (except mines)

● DIN EN 60079-15 / VDE 0170-16 Explosive atmospheres — Part 15: Equipment protection with type of protection «nA»

● IEC 60079-17 / EN 60079-17 / DIN VDE 0165-10-1 Electrical equipment for locations with explosive gas atmosphere — Testing and maintenance of electrical installations in hazardous areas (except mines)

● DIN EN 50495 Safety devices required for the safe functioning of equipment with respect to explosion risks

● VDE 0118 Erection of electrical installations in mines

● Betriebssicherheitsverordnung — BetrSichV. (German Ordinance on Industrial Safety and

Health)

270

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Safety and commissioning information for EEx areas

14.1 Information and standards

All 3UF7 devices are approved under Device Group I, Category «M2» (mining) and Device

Group II, Category 2 in the area «GD» (areas in which explosive gas, steam, fog, air mixtures and inflammable dust are present):

● BVS 06 ATEX F 001 I (M2)

*)

● BVS 06 ATEX F 001 II (2) GD

*)

.

*)

Note

This safety and commissioning information is also valid for devices with certificate numbers

BVS 04 ATEX F 003.

The devices are suitable for protecting motors in potentially explosive areas in accordance with the above standards.

Tests other than those legally stipulated (Ordinance on Industrial Safety and Health) are not required.

WARNING

Qualified personnel required

All work involved in connecting, commissioning and maintenance must be carried out by qualified, responsible personnel.

Failure to follow proper procedures may result in personal injury and damage to property.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

271

Safety and commissioning information for EEx areas

14.2 Installation and commissioning

14.2 Installation and commissioning

14.2.1 Operating Instructions

Note

Also follow the following SIMOCODE pro Operating Instructions (included with the devices).

You can find the Operating Instructions for SIMOCODE pro listed in Chapter General information about commissioning and service (Page 230) or at Operating Instructions

( www.siemens.com/sirius/manuals ) in the Industry Online Support.

14.2.2 Setting the rated motor current

Notes/example

Set the 3UF7 to the rated motor current (according to the type plate or design test certificate of the motor).

Note

Pay attention to the trip class or the tripping characteristic of the 3UF7.

Choose the trip class so that the motor is thermally protected even with a blocked rotor.

The motor, cables, and contactor must be dimensioned for the selected trip class.

Note

Set the response of the overload protection to «Trip»!

272

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Safety and commissioning information for EEx areas

14.2 Installation and commissioning

Example of a tripping characteristic with 3UF710* current/voltage measuring modules and

3UF711*-1AA00-0 1st generation current/voltage measuring modules

Motor 500 V, 50 / 60 Hz, 110 kW, 156 A, temperature class T3, time T

E

= 11 s, I

A

/ I s

= 5.5:

Figure 14-1 Tripping conditions of the EExe motor, selected: CLASS 10 when using a 3UF710* current measuring module

The latest tripping characteristics for SIMOCODE pro can be found in the Industry Online

Support (Tripping characteristics 3UF7

( https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/search?search=3UF7&type=Characteristic&lc=en-

WW )).

NOTICE

Tripping characteristic

The type of tripping characteristic is dependent on the configured measuring module.

If a 3UF711*-1AA00-0 1st generation current / voltage measuring module is configured in a parameter assignment, although a 3UF711*-1AA01-0 2nd generation current / voltage measuring module is used, then the tripping characteristic remains that of the 1st generation current / voltage measuring module.

If only the hardware of the measuring module is replaced, this does not result in any change to the tripping behavior.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

273

Safety and commissioning information for EEx areas

14.2 Installation and commissioning

14.2.3 SIMOCODE pro with thermistor input

On 3UF70, you can use temperature sensor type A with a characteristic according to

IEC 60947-8 (DIN VDE 0660, part 303), DIN 44081 and DIN 44082.

Depending on the number of sensors, the following tripping and restart temperatures apply.

Figure 14-2 Typical characteristic curve of a type A sensor (logarithmic scale)

Depending on the number of sensors, the following tripping and restart temperatures will result based on the TNF (rated response temperature of the sensor):

Table 14- 1 Tripping and restart temperatures

3 sensors

6 sensors

Tripping temperature

TNF +4 K

TNF -5 K

The temperatures listed are limit values.

CAUTION

Response setting

Set the response for the activated thermistor to «Trip»!

Restart temperature

TNF -7 K

TNF -20 K

274

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

14.2.4

Safety and commissioning information for EEx areas

14.2 Installation and commissioning

Sensor circuit wiring

NOTICE

Installing the measuring circuit cables

Lay the measuring circuit cables as separate control cables. It is not permissible to use the cores of the motor supply cable or other main supply cables.

Shielded control cables should be used if extremely inductive or capacitive interference is expected as a result of power cables routed in parallel.

Maximum cable lengths of the sensor circuit cables:

Table 14- 2 Maximum cable length of the sensor circuit cables

Cable cross section Cable lengths (single) at the thermistor input

2.5 mm

2

1.5 mm

2

Without short-circuit detection

2800 m

1500 m

With short-circuit detection

1)

250 m

150 m

0.5 mm

2

500 m 50 m

1) A short circuit in the sensor circuit will be detected up to these maximum cable lengths.

NOTICE

Evaluation of the short-circuit detection of the sensor cable

Evaluating the short-circuit detection of the sensor cable is recommended.

If the short-circuit detection of the sensor cable is not evaluated, when commissioning or after modifications / maintenance work (assembly, disassembly) of the system, the sensor resistor must be measured using a suitable measuring instrument.

14.2.5 Short-circuit protection for type of coordination 2 according to IEC 60947-4-1

Short-circuit protection must be carried out by separately arranged overcurrent protection devices.

NOTICE

Fuse protection of the contactor for type of coordination 2

When combining with other contactors, observe the respective maximum fuse protection of the contactor for type of coordination 2.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

275

Safety and commissioning information for EEx areas

14.2 Installation and commissioning

14.2.6 Cable protection

NOTICE

Cable cross sections

Avoid impermissibly high cable surface temperatures by correctly dimensioning the cross sections!

Choose a sufficient cable cross section, especially for heavy-starting motors CLASS 20 to

CLASS 40 (see Chapter Short-circuit protection with fuses for motor feeders for short-circuit currents up to 100 kA and 690 V for 1st generation current / voltage measuring module

(Page 310))!

14.2.7 Test

Testing — general information

SIMOCODE pro offers users a convenient method of checking the complete motor protection chain (incl. actuators and sensors such as contactors, circuit breakers, thermistors). This can be used, for example, for testing according to IEC 60079-17. The test encompasses a full function test. For this purpose, all three test phases are to be carried out (hardware test, current feedback, motor protection tripping, see below). The test can be carried out using the

«TEST / RESET» buttons provided, or automatically via the bus. Due to existing self-test routines, tripping currents do not need to be injected in order to carry out testing.

Test phases

● Phase 1: Hardware test / lamp test (0 to 2 s):

The hardware (e.g. the thermistor electronics) is tested, all LEDs and displays are activated, including the lamp control. Contactor controls remain unchanged.

● Phase 2: Hardware test results (2 s to 5 s):

If there is a fault, the «HW fault basic unit» fault is triggered.

If there is no fault:

– the LED «GEN. FAULT» flashes; if no main current is flowing

– the LED «GEN. FAULT» flickers; if main current is flowing in all three phases

(exception: with a «1-phase load» in one phase).

● Phase 3: Relay test (> 5 s):

If testing is carried out with tripping, the contactor controls are deactivated.

The contactor control can only be shut down by means of the «Test 1» function block and in the «Local 1-3» operating mode, using the «TEST / RESET» button on the basic device / operator panel.

276

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Safety and commissioning information for EEx areas

14.2 Installation and commissioning

The following table shows the test phases performed when the «TEST / RESET» button is pressed for the required length of time:

Table 14- 3 States of the status LEDs / contactor controls during testing

Test phase Status Without main current With main current

< 2 s

2 to 5 s

«DEVICE» LED

«DEVICE» LED

«GEN.FAULT» LED

Contactor control

OK Fault

*)

Hardware test / lamp test

orange

green

green

«GEN.FAULT» LED

Contactor control

Show QL

*)

Unchanged Unchanged

Results of the hardware test / lamp test

red

OK Fault

Unchanged Unchanged

orange

green

green

red

Unchanged Deactivated Unchanged Deactivated

> 5 s «DEVICE» LED

«GEN.FAULT» LED

Contactor control

LED lighted / switched on

*) «Fault» only displayed after 2 s

Relay test

green

Deactivated

LED flashing

red

Deactivated

green red

Deactivated Deactivated

LED flickering LED off

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

277

Safety and commissioning information for EEx areas

14.2 Installation and commissioning

14.2.8 Further safety guidelines

WARNING

Safety information for DM-F Local und DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe digital modules

Pay attention to the safety notes in the «Failsafe Digital Modules SIMOCODE pro Safety» manual ( http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/50564852 ).

CAUTION

Using relay outputs for the protection function

For the protection function, only the relay outputs of the 3UF70 basic unit, of a monostable digital module 3UF730, of a multifunction module 3UF76, or of a fail-safe expansion module

3UF732/3UF733 may be used!

WARNING

The 3UF7 is not suitable for installation in hazardous areas.

The device is only allowed to be installed in a control cabinet with the minimum degree of protection of IP 4x.

If installed in hazardous areas, there must be no ignition hazard from the 3UF7. Appropriate measures must be taken (e.g. encapsulation).

WARNING

Electrical isolation required

For SIMOCODE pro devices with a 24 V DC control supply, galvanic isolation must be ensured with a battery or a safety isolating transformer according to DIN EN 61558-2-6.

Note

The 3UF7 is not suitable for load-side operation on frequency converters.

278

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Safety and commissioning information for EEx areas

14.2 Installation and commissioning

14.2.9 Ambient conditions

Permissible ambient temperature range:

● Storage / transportation: -40 °C to +80 °C

● Operation: -25 °C to +60 °C; BBD: 0 °C to +60 °C

14.2.10 Safety values

● SIL (IEC 61508): SIL 1

● PFDavg (IEC 61508) < 3.0 * 10

-2

● Repeat test: DIN EN 60079-17, Section 4.4

● HFT = 0 (single-channel system)

Table 14- 4 Safety values

Module

DM monostable 24 V

MLFB

3UF7300-1AB00-0

DM monostable 230 V 3UF7300-1AU00-0

DM-FL UC

DM-FL DC

DM-FP UC

3UF7320-1AU00-0

3UF7320-1AB00-0

3UF7330-1AU00-0

DM-FP DC

MM DC

MM UC

BU0 DC

3UF7330-1AB00-0

3UF7600-1AB01-0

3UF7600-1AU01-0

3UF7020-1AB01-0

BU0 UC

BU1 DC

BU1 UC

BU2 DC

BU2 UC

BU2 MBR DC

BU2 MBR UC

BU2+ DC

BU2+ UC

BU3 DC PN

BU3 UC PN

IM

UM

UM+ with POWA

3UF7020-1AU01-0

3UF7000-1AB00-0

3UF7000-1AU00-0

3UF7010-1AB00-0

3UF7010-1AU00-0

2187

1758

2500

3187

3790

3UF7012-1AB00-0

3UF7012-1AU00-0

3194

3797

3UF7010-1AB01-0-Z 2742

3UF7010-1AU01-0-Z 3354

3UF7011-1AB00-0

3UF7011-1AU00-0

3UF710x-1Ax00-0

3274

3396

3

3UF711x-1Ax00-0

3UF711x-1Ax01-0

3

445

λs [10

-9

/h]

1)

856

856

3244

3158

2946

2861

749

717

1704

318

318

370

522

436

436

550

797

199

1037

328

328

318

318

λdd [10-9/h]

2)

λdu [10-9/h]

3)

160 597

160 597

531

520

603

463

463

470

592

155

149

1037

470

548

565

1019

916

925

766

812

950

998

121

149

36

1037

915

925

916

925

1) Probability of the occurrence of safe failures

2) Probability of the occurrence of recognized hazardous failures

3) Probability of the occurrence of unrecognized hazardous failures

4) Safe-failure fraction

79

82

80

83

80

79

82

84

95

76

70

75

79

82

88

62

61

73

SFF [%]

4)

63

63

89

89

88

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

279

Safety and commissioning information for EEx areas

14.3 Maintenance and repairs

14.3 Maintenance and repairs

These devices are maintenance-free.

WARNING

Repairs

Repairs to the device may only be carried out by the manufacturer.

14.4 Warranty

Note

To meet the conditions of the warranty, you must observe the safety and commissioning instructions from the operating instructions.

You can find the Operating Instructions for SIMOCODE pro listed in Chapter General information about commissioning and service (Page 230) or at Operating Instructions

( www.siemens.com/sirius/manuals ) in the Industry Online Support.

14.5 Further information

You will find further information on the Internet:

● Internet ( www.siemens.com/simocode )

● Information and Download Center ( www.siemens.com/sirius/infomaterial )

● Product Information System (ProdIS) ( www.siemens.com/sirius/support )

● Service and support ( www.siemens.com/sirius/technical-assistance )

● ATEX ( www.siemens.com/sirius/atex )

● Certificates ( www.siemens.com/sirius/approvals )

280

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Technical data

15

15.1 Common technical data

Common technical data

Standards

Test verification documents

EN 60204-1, EN 1760-1, ISO 13849-1, IEC 61508,

IEC/EN 60947-4-1, IEC/EN 60947-5-1

See Certificates

( http://www.siemens.com/sirius/approvals )

Permiss. ambient temperature

In operation

For storage and transport at installation altitude above MSL

≤ 2000 m

≤ 3000 m

≤ 4000 m

Degree of protection (according to IEC 60529)

All components (except current measuring modules with bus connection, operator panel and door adapter)

Current measuring modules with bus connection

Operator panel (front) and door adapter (front) with cover

Vibration resistance acc. to IEC 60068-2-6

• General

•

SIMOCODE pro S basic unit and

SIMOCODE pro S multifunction module assembled on a current measuring module

• SIMOCODE pro V basic unit assembled on a current / voltage measuring module

Shock resistance (sine pulse) acc. to IEC 60068-2-27

• General

•

SIMOCODE pro S basic unit and

SIMOCODE pro S multifunction module assembled on a current measuring module

• SIMOCODE pro V basic unit assembled on a current / voltage measuring module

Mounting position

Frequencies

EMC stability according to IEC 60947-1

•

IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-5-1, SN 27095, NE21

• DM-F: IEC 61326-3-1

-25 to +60°C

1)

-40 to +80°C

2)

Max. +50 °C (no protective separation)

Max. +40 °C (no protective separation)

IP20

IP00

IP54

• 1-6 Hz / 15 mm; 6-500 Hz / 2 g

•

1-6 Hz / 15 mm; 6-500 Hz / 1 g

• 1-6 Hz / 15 mm; 6-500 Hz / 1 g

• 15 g / 11 ms

•

15 g / 11 ms

• 15 g / 11 ms

Any

50/60 Hz ± 5 %

Corresponds to degree of severity 3

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

281

Technical data

15.1 Common technical data

Common technical data

Conducted interference, burst according to IEC C 61000-4-4 2 kV (power ports)

Surge suppressor is required for inductive loads.

1 kV (signal ports)

Conducted interference immission, high-frequency according to IEC 61000-4-6

10 V

Conducted interference immission, surge according to

IEC 61000-4-5

Electrostatic discharge, ESD according to IEC 61000-4-2

4)

Radiated interference immission according to IEC 61000-4-3 10 V/m

This is a Class A product. This product can cause radio interference if used in a domestic environment. Therefore, the user may need to implement suitable countermeasures.

Conducted and radiated interference emission

DIN EN 55011/DIN EN 55022 (CISPR11/CISPR22)

(corresponds to Degree of Severity A)

Protective separation according to IEC 60947-1

2 kV (line to earth)

1 kV (line to line)

8 kV (air discharge)

6 kV (contact discharge)

3)

All SIMOCODE pro circuits are isolated from each other according to IEC 60947-1, i.e. dimensioned with double creepage distance and air clearance.

Notice

Please observe the information in the «Protective

Separation» test report, No. 2668.

3UF793 connecting cable:

Rated voltage

Rated operating voltage

1) for operator panel with display 3UF721 0 — 60 °C

2) for operator panel with display 3UF721 -20 — 70 °C

3) for operator panel with display 3UF721 4kV

4) 3UF7020: Operator input during operation only on the front

300 V

24 V

282

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Technical data

15.2 Technical specifications of the SIMOCODE pro C / pro S / pro V PB / pro V MB RTU basic units

15.2 Technical specifications of the SIMOCODE pro C / pro S / pro V PB / pro V MB RTU basic units

Technical specifications of the SIMOCODE pro C / pro S / pro V PB / pro V MB RTU basic units

Mounting Snap-mounted onto 35-mm standard mounting rail or screw-mounted using additional push-in lugs

Cabinet mounting basic unit SIMOCODE pro S

(3UF7020)

Minimum distance to be maintained

• from cabinet rear wall for series mounting at side: 0 mm

• from grounded parts at side: 2 mm

Display

Red / green / yellow «DEVICE» LED

• Red: «Function test negative, device disabled»

•

Green: «Ready for operation»

• Yellow: «Memory module or addressing plug detected»

•

OFF: «No control supply voltage»

Green «BUS» LED

Red «GEN. FAULT» LED

«TEST/RESET» button

•

Continuous light: «Communication with PLC/PCS»

•

Flashing: «Baud rate recognized/communication with PC/PG»

Continuous light/flashing: «Feeder fault,» e.g. overload tripping

•

Resets the device after tripping

•

Function test (system self-test)

•

Operation of memory module or addressing plug

System interfaces

Front

Bottom/front

For connecting an operator panel or expansion modules. The memory module, addressing plug or a PC cable can also be connected to the system interface for parameterization purposes.

Connection of a current measuring module or a current / voltage measuring module

PROFIBUS DP interface

Interface (physical) RS485

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

283

Technical data

15.2 Technical specifications of the SIMOCODE pro C / pro S / pro V PB / pro V MB RTU basic units

Technical specifications of the SIMOCODE pro C / pro S / pro V PB / pro V MB RTU basic units

Connection technology

1)

9-way sub D socket (12 Mbit)

Pin assignment acc. to DIN EN 61158-2

Terminals (1.5 Mbit)

Connection of a PROFIBUS DP cable via terminal connection or a 9-pole sub D socket.

Rated control supply voltage U s

(according to

DIN EN 61131-2)

Operating range

Power consumption

SIMOCODE pro C (3UF7000) basic unit and

SIMOCODE pro S (3UF7020)

SIMOCODE pro V PROFIBUS (3UF7010) basic unit and

SIMOCODE pro V Modbus RTU (3UF7012) including two connected expansion modules

SIMOCODE pro V PROFIBUS E15/V 4.0 basic unit (3UF7010-1A.00-0 -Z B01) including two connected expansion modules

Rated insulation voltage U i

Pin assignment:

1: n. c.: Reserved

2: n. c.: Reserved

3: BUS B: Data line B

4: RTS: Transmission request

5: P-: Ground

6: P+: Supply voltage

7: n. c.: Reserved

8: BUS A: Data line A

9: n. c.: Reserved

-: SHIELD: Shield over connector housing

Load rating 5 V DC on PROFIBUS DP: Max. 100 mA

Support for the transfer rates defined by the PROFIBUS DP standard:

9.6 kbit / s, 19.2 kbit / s, 45.45 kbit / s, 93.75 kbit / s, 187.5 kbit / s,

500 kbit / s, 1500 kbit / s, 3000 kbit / s, 6000 kbit / s, 12000 kbit / s.

Note

The 5 V power supply is only sufficient to power the bus termination module, not any other loads.

110 V to 240 V AC/DC, 50/60 Hz 24 V DC

0.85 x Us to 1.1 x Us

7 VA / 5 W

10 VA / 7 W

10 VA / 4 W

300 V (at pollution degree 3)

0.8 x Us to 1.2 x Us

5 W

7 W

4 W

284

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Technical data

15.2 Technical specifications of the SIMOCODE pro C / pro S / pro V PB / pro V MB RTU basic units

Technical specifications of the SIMOCODE pro C / pro S / pro V PB / pro V MB RTU basic units

Rated impulse withstand voltage U imp

4 kV

Power failure backup time(longer power failures lead to shutdown of the relay outputs

(monostable))

SIMOCODE pro C

24 V DC

110 V to 240 V AC/DC

Typ. 50 ms

SIMOCODE pro S

SIMOCODE pro V — 24 V DC

SIMOCODE pro V — 110 V —

240 V AC/DC

Typ. 50 ms

Typ. 50 ms

Typ. 200 ms

Relay outputs

Number

Function

Monostable relay outputs:

3 (SIMOCODE pro C, pro V)

2 (SIMOCODE pro S)

Isolated NO contacts (NO contact response parameterizable via internal signal conditioning), 2 relay outputs connected to common potential, one separate relay output, freely-assignable to control functions (e.g. line, star or delta contactor or operating state status information.)

Stipulated short-circuit protection for auxiliary contacts (relay outputs)

• 6 A fuse inserts, operational class gG; 10 A quick-response

(IEC 60947-5-1)

•

Miniature circuit breaker 1.6 A, C characteristic (IEC 60947-5-1)

• Miniature circuit breaker 6 A, C characteristic (Ik < 500 A)

Rated uninterrupted current

Rated switching capacity

5 A

6 A at max. +50 °C

• AC-15:

6 A / 24 V AC;

6 A / 120 V AC;

3 A / 230 V AC

•

DC-13:

Inputs (binary)

24 V DC

Cable lengths (single)

Input characteristic

Thermistor motor protection (PTC binary)

Total cold resistance

Response value

Return value

2 A / 24 V DC;

0.55 A / 60 V DC;

0.25 A / 125 V DC

4 inputs connected to common potential that are supplied via the device electronics (24 V DC) for measuring process signals (e.g. local control station, key-operated switch, limit switch, etc.), freely-assignable to control functions.

300 m

Type 1 according to EN 61131-2

≤ 1.5 kOhm

3.4 kOhm to 3.8 kOhm

1.5 kOhm to 1.65 kOhm

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

285

Technical data

15.2 Technical specifications of the SIMOCODE pro C / pro S / pro V PB / pro V MB RTU basic units

Technical specifications of the SIMOCODE pro C / pro S / pro V PB / pro V MB RTU basic units

Cable lengths (single), conductor cross sections:

250 m: 2.5 mm

150 m: 1.5 mm

50 m: 0.5 mm

2

2

2

Connection of SIMOCODE pro C / pro V basic units

•

Tightening torque

TORQUE: 7 lb.in to 10.3 lb.in 0.8 Nm to 1.2 Nm

• Connection cross sections

— Solid

— Finely stranded with end sleeve

— PROFIBUS cable

Connection of SIMOCODE pro S basic unit

•

•

Tightening torque

Connection cross sections

— Solid

2 x0.5 mm

2

… 2.5 mm

2

; 1 x 0.5 mm

2

… 4 mm

2

2 x AWG 20 to 14 / 1 x AWG 20 to 12

2 x 0.5 mm

2

… 1.5 mm

2

; 1 x 0.5 mm

2

… 2.5 mm

2

2 x AWG 20 to 16 / 1 x AWG 20 to 14

2 x 0.34 mm

2

AWG 22

TORQUE: 5.2 lb.in to 7.0 lb.in

0.6 Nm to 0.8 Nm

— Finely stranded with end sleeve

— PROFIBUS cable

2 x 0.5 mm

2

… 1.5 mm

2

; 1 x 0.5 mm

2

… 2.5 mm

2

2 x AWG 20 to 16 / 1 x AWG 20 to 14

2 x 0.5 mm

2

… 1.0 mm

2

; 1 x 0.5 mm

2

… 2.5 mm

2

2 x 0.34 mm

2

/ 1 x 0.34 mm

2

AWG 22

1)

Note

Bus termination module

The bus termination module is powered by a voltage of max. 5 V.

The current drawn for the bus termination module is limited.

286

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Technical data

15.3 Technical specifications of the SIMOCODE pro V PN / pro V EIP basic units

15.3 Technical specifications of the SIMOCODE pro V PN / pro V EIP basic units

Technical specifications of the SIMOCODE pro V PN / pro V EIP basic units

Mounting Snap-mounted onto 35-mm standard mounting rail or screw-mounted using additional push-in lugs

Mounting position

Display

Any

Red/green/yellow «DEVICE» LED

•

Red: «Function test negative, device disabled»

• Green: «Ready for operation»

•

Yellow: «Memory module detected»

• OFF: «No control supply voltage»

Green «BUS» LED

•

Continuous light: «Communication with PLC/PCS»

•

Flashing: «Baud rate recognized/communication with PC/PG»

Red «GEN. FAULT» LED

Green «PORT1» LED

Continuous light/flashing: «Feeder fault», e.g. overload tripping

•

Continuous light: Ethernet connection available

•

Flashing: Station flash test

Green «PORT2» LED

• Continuous light: Ethernet connection available

•

Flashing: Station flash test

«TEST/RESET» button

•

Resets the device after tripping

•

Function test (system self-test)

•

Operation of memory module

System interfaces

Front

Bottom

For connecting an operator panel or expansion modules. The memory module or a PC cable can also be connected to the system interface for parameterization purposes.

Connection of a current measuring module or a current / voltage measuring module

ETHERNET interface

Connection system

Transmission rate

2 x RJ45 (LAN)

Max. 100 Mbit/s

Number of interfaces according to PROFINET 2

PROFINET conformity class B

Protocols supported PROFINET IO, PROFIsafe, LLDP, SNMP,

Address Resolution Protocol (ARP), HTTP, HTTPS, OPC UA Server,

NTP

Autonegation

Autosensing

MRP/MRRT redundancy method

PROFINET IO system redundancy

PROFIenergy measured values

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

287

Technical data

15.3 Technical specifications of the SIMOCODE pro V PN / pro V EIP basic units

Technical specifications of the SIMOCODE pro V PN / pro V EIP basic units

PROFIenergy shutdown Yes

Rated control supply voltage Us (according to

DIN EN 61131-2)

Warning

For the 24 V DC power supply, always use an

SELV or PELV power supply unit!

110 V to 240 V AC/DC, 50/60 Hz 24 V DC

Operating range 0.85 x Us to 1.1 x Us (startup)

0.85 x Us to 1.1 x Us (operation)

0.85 x Us to 1.2 x Us (startup)

0.80 x Us to 1.2 x Us (operation)

Power consumption

SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET (3UF7011) and

SIMOCODE pro V EtherNet/IP (3UF7013) basic units including two connected expansion modules

Rated insulation voltage U i

11 VA / 8 W

300 V (at pollution degree 3)

4 kV

8 W

Rated impulse withstand voltage U imp

Power failure backup time(longer power failures lead to shutdown of the relay outputs

(monostable))

•

•

24 V DC

110 V to 240 V AC/DC

Typ. 20 ms

Relay outputs

Number

Function

3 monostable relay outputs

Isolated NO contacts (NO contact response parameterizable via internal signal conditioning), 2 relay outputs connected to common potential, one separate relay output, freely-assignable to control functions (e.g. line, star or delta contactor or operating state status information.)

Stipulated short-circuit protection for auxiliary contacts (relay outputs)

•

6 A fuse inserts, operational class gG; 10 A quick-response

(IEC 60947-5-1)

• Miniature circuit breaker 1.6 A, C characteristic (IEC 60947-5-1)

•

Miniature circuit breaker 6 A, C characteristic (Ik < 500 A)

Rated uninterrupted current

• 5 A

•

6 A at max. +50 °C

Rated switching capacity

• AC-15:

6 A / 24 V AC;

6 A / 120 V AC;

3 A / AC 230 V

•

DC-13:

2 A/24 V DC;

0.55 A/60 V DC;

0.25 A/125 V DC

B300/R300 Contact rating of the auxiliary contacts according to UL

Electrical durability (operating cycles)

Mechanical durability (operating cycles)

Typical: 100 000

Typical: 10 000 000

288

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Technical data

15.3 Technical specifications of the SIMOCODE pro V PN / pro V EIP basic units

Technical specifications of the SIMOCODE pro V PN / pro V EIP basic units

Inputs (binary) 4 inputs connected to common potential that are supplied via the device electronics (24 V DC) for measuring process signals (e.g. local control station, key-operated switch, limit switch, etc.), freely-assignable to control functions.

24 V DC

Cable lengths (single)

Input characteristic

300 m

Type 1 according to EN 61131-2

Thermistor motor protection (PTC binary)

Total cold resistance

Response value

Return value

Cable lengths (single), conductor cross sections:

≤ 1.5 kOhm

3.4 kOhm to 3.8 kOhm

1.5 kOhm to 1.65 kOhm

Cross section:

2.5 mm

2

1.5 mm

2

0.5 mm

2

Length:

250 m

150 m

50 m

Connection

Tightening torque

Connection cross sections

TORQUE: 7 lb.in — 10.3 lb.in; 0.8 Nm — 1.2 Nm

•

•

Solid

Finely stranded with end sleeve

2 x 0.5 mm 2 — 2.5 mm 2 ; 1 x 0.5 mm 2 — 4 mm 2 ;

2 x AWG 20 to 14 / 1 x AWG 20 to 12

2 x 0.5 mm

2

— 1.5 mm

2

; 1 x 0.5 mm

2

— 2.5 mm

2

;

2 x AWG 20 to 16 / 1 x AWG 20 to 14

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

289

Technical data

15.4 Technical data of the current measuring modules and the current / voltage measuring modules

15.4 Technical data of the current measuring modules and the current / voltage measuring modules

Technical data of the current measuring modules and the 2nd generation current / voltage measuring modules

Mounting

Current setting I s

= 0.3 A — 4 A; 3 A — 40 A;

10 A — 115 A

(3UF7110.1-0, 3UF7111.1-0,

3UF7112.1-0)

Snap-mounted onto 35-mm standard mounting rail or screw-mounted using additional push-in lugs

Current setting I

(3UF7113.1-0) s

= 20 A to 200 A

Current setting I s

= 63 A to 630 A

(3UF7114.1-0)

System interface for main circuit

Snap-on mounting onto 35-mm standard mounting rails, screw attachment onto the mounting plate or direct mounting onto the contactor

Screw attachment to the mounting plate or direct mounting onto the contactor

For connection to a basic unit

Current setting I s

3UF7110-1AA01-0: 0.3 A — 4 A

3UF7111-1AA01-0: 3 A — 40 A

3UF7112-1AA01-0: 10 A — 115 A

690 V

3UF7113-1AA01-0: 20 A to 200 A

3UF7113-1BA01-0: 20 A to 200 A

3UF7114-1BA01-0: 63 A to 630 A

Rated insulation voltage U i

(at pollution degree 3)

Rated operating voltage U e

Rated impulse withstand voltage U imp

Rated frequency

690 V

6 kV

50/60 Hz

Type of current

Short circuit

Typical voltage measuring range

Three-phase

Additional short-circuit protection is required in the main circuit

1)

Line-to-line voltage / voltage between lines

(e.g.: U

L1L2

)

Phase voltage (e.g.: U

L1

)

Accuracy at 25 °C, 50/60 Hz valid for current range:

110 V — 690 V (only the phase voltages are available in the system as measured values)

65 V to 400 V

Temperature drift

3UF7110-1AA01-0: 0.25 A — 8 A

3UF7111-1AA01-0: 2.25 A — 80 A

3UF7112-1AA01-0: 7.5 A — 230 A

3UF7110-1AA01-0: 0.02% / °C

3UF7111-1AA01-0: 0.01% / °C

3UF7112-1AA01-0: 0.01% / °C valid for voltage range:

• phase-to-phase voltage V

L

in the range 0.85 x 110 V — 1.1 x 690 V

• Phase voltage V

L

in the range 0.85 x 65 V — 1.1 x 400 V

3UF7113-1AA01-0: 20 A to 200 A

3UF7113-1BA01-0: 15 A — 400 A

3UF7114-1BA01-0: 47 A — 1260 A

3UF7113-1AA01-0: 20 A to 200 A

3UF7113-1BA01-0: 0.01% / °C

3UF7114-1BA01-0: 0.01% / °C of the current measurement of the voltage measurement of the cos phi measurement

(cos phi ≥ 0.5)

1.5%

1.5%

1.5%

290

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Technical data

15.4 Technical data of the current measuring modules and the current / voltage measuring modules

Technical data of the current measuring modules and the 2nd generation current / voltage measuring modules of the apparent power measurement

(cos phi ≥ 0.5)

3% of the active power measurement

(cos phi ≥ 0.5)

5% of the energy measurement (cos phi ≥ 0.5) 5% of the frequency measurement

(cos phi ≥ 0.5)

1.5%

Note on voltage measurement

Caution

Note that the supply cables for voltage measurement may require additional cable protection.

Feed-through opening

Current setting 0.3 A — 4 A; 3 A — 40 A

Current setting 10 A — 115 A:

Current setting 20 A to 200 A:

Diameter

7.5 mm

14.0 mm

25.0 mm

Design of cable insulation

6 kV according to IEC 60947-1

6 kV according to IEC 60947-1

6 kV according to IEC 60947-1

Bus connection

Current setting I s

Connection screw

Tightening torque

Solid with cable lug

Stranded with cable lug

AWG cable

Connection for voltage measurement

•

•

Tightening torque

Conductor cross sections

20 A to 200 A

M8x25

10 Nm to 14 Nm

16 mm

2

— 95 mm

2) 3)

25 mm

2

— 120 mm

2) 3)

4 kcmil — 250 kcmil

45 mm / 55 mm modules

TORQUE: 4.4 lb.in — 5.3 lb.in

0.5 Nm to 0.6 Nm

63 A to 630 A

M10x30

14 Nm to 24 Nm

50 mm

2

— 240 mm

2) 4)

70 mm

2

— 240 mm

2) 4)

1/0 kcmil to 500 kcmil

120 mm / 145 mm modules

TORQUE: 7 lb.in — 10.3 lb.in

0.8 Nm to 1.2 Nm

— Solid

— Finely stranded with end sleeve

1 x 0.25 mm

2 x 0.25 mm

2

2

— 2.5 mm

1 x AWG 24 to 14

— 1 mm

2 x AWG 24 to 18

2

2

/

/ 1 x 0.5 mm

2

— 4 mm

2

/

1 x AWG 20 to 12

2 x 0.5 mm

2

— 2.5 mm

2

/

2 x AWG 20 to 14

1 x 0.5 mm

2

— 2.5 mm

2

/

1 x AWG 20 to 14

2 x 0.5 mm 2 — 1.5 mm 2 /

2 x AWG 20 to 16

1) You will find more information at SIMOCODE ( http://www.siemens.com/simocode ).

2) Screw connection is possible with an appropriate 3RT19 box terminal.

3) When connecting cable lugs complying with DIN 46235 to cables with a cross section larger than 95 mm

2

, the 3RT19

56-4EA1 terminal cover is required to maintain phase separation.

4) When connecting cable lugs complying with DIN 46234 to cables with a cross section larger than 240 mm

2

and when connecting cable lugs complying with DIN 46235 to cables with a cross section larger than 185 mm

2

, the 3RT19 56-4EA1 terminal cover is required to maintain phase separation.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

291

Technical data

15.4 Technical data of the current measuring modules and the current / voltage measuring modules

Technical data of the current measuring modules or the 1st generation current / voltage measuring modules

Mounting

Current setting I s

= 0.3 A to 3 A; 2.4 A to 25 A; 10 A to 100 A

(3UF7100*, 3UF7101*, 3UF7102*, 3UF7110.0-0,

3UF7111.0-0, 3UF7112.0-0)

Snap-mounted onto 35-mm standard mounting rail or screwmounted using additional push-in lugs

Current setting I s

= 20 A to 200 A

(3UF7103*, 3UF7113.0-0)

Snap-on mounting onto 35-mm standard mounting rails, screw attachment onto the mounting plate or direct mounting onto the contactor

Current setting I s

= 63 A to 630 A

(3UF7104*, 3UF7114.0-0)

System interface for main circuit

Current setting I s

Screw attachment to the mounting plate or direct mounting onto the contactor

For connection to a basic unit or decoupling module

3UF7100*0-0, 3UF7110*0-0:

0.3 A — ´3 A

3UF7101*0-0, 3UF7111*0-0:

2.4 A — 25 A

3UF7102*0-0, 3UF7112*0-0:

10 A — 100 A

3UF7103*0-0, 3UF7113*0-0:

20 A to 200 A

3UF7104*0-0, 3UF7114*0-0:

63 A to 630 A

Rated insulation voltage U i

(at pollution degree 3)

Rated operating voltage U e

Rated impulse withstand voltage U imp

Rated frequency

Type of current

Short circuit

Accuracy of current measuring (ranging from

1 x minimum current setting I u

to 8 x maximum current setting I o

)

690 V 1)

690 V

6 kV 2)

50/60 Hz

Three-phase

Additional short-circuit protection is required in the main circuit

3)

± 3%

Typical voltage measuring range

Line-to-line voltage / voltage between lines (e.g.: U

L1L2

) 110 V — 690 V (only the phase voltages are available in the system as measured values)

Phase voltage (e.g.: U

L1

)

Voltage measuring accuracy in the range from

230 V to 400 V

65 V to 400 V

± 3% (typically)

± 5% (typically) Accuracy of cos phi measurement (in the nominal load range cos phi = 0.4 to 0.8)

Accuracy of apparent power measurement (in the nominal load range)

Notes on voltage measurement

± 5% (typically)

Current / voltage measuring modules must be used with a decoupling module in certain types of power

system. See the table in Chapter Decoupling module

(DCM) for 1st generation current / voltage measuring modules (e.g. 3UF711.1AA000) (Page 124).

Feed-through opening

Current setting 0.3 A to 3 A; 2.4 A to 25 A

Current setting 10 A to 100 A:

Caution

Note that the supply cables for voltage measurement may require additional cable protection.

Diameter

7.5 mm

14.0 mm

Design of cable insulation

6 kV according to IEC 60947-1

6 kV according to IEC 60947-1

292

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Technical data

15.4 Technical data of the current measuring modules and the current / voltage measuring modules

Technical data of the current measuring modules or the 1st generation current / voltage measuring modules

Current setting 20 A to 200 A: 25.0 mm UM: 6 kV, IM: 8 kV according to

IEC 60947-1

Bus connection

Current setting I s

20 A to 200 A 63 A to 630 A

Connection screw

Tightening torque

Solid with cable lug

Stranded with cable lug

AWG cable

Connection for voltage measurement

M8x25

10 Nm to 14 Nm

16 mm 2 — 95 mm 2) 4) 5)

6 kcmil to 300 kcmil

25 mm

2

— 120 mm

2) 4) 5)

M10x30

14 Nm to 24 Nm

50 mm 2 — 240 mm 2) 4) 6)

70 mm

2

— 240 mm

2) 4) 6)

1/0 kcmil to 500 kcmil

•

•

Tightening torque

Connection cross sections

TORQUE: 7 lb.in — 10.3 lb.in

0.8 Nm to 1.2 Nm

— Solid 1 x 0.5 mm

2

— 4 mm

2

/ 1 x AWG 20 to 12

2 x 0.5 mm

2

— 2.5 mm

2

/ 2 x AWG 20 to 14

— Finely stranded with end sleeve 1 x 0.5 mm

2

— 2.5 mm

2

/ 1 x AWG 20 to 14

2 x 0.5 mm

2

— 1.5 mm

2

/ 2 x AWG 20 to 16

1) for 3UF7103 or 3UF7104 to 1000 V

2) for 3UF7103 or 3UF7104 to 8 kV

3) You will find more information at SIMOCODE ( http://www.siemens.com/simocode

) and in Chapter Short-circuit protection with fuses for motor feeders for short-circuit currents up to 100 kA and 690 V for 1st generation current / voltage measuring module (Page 310)

4) Screw connection is possible with an appropriate 3RT19 box terminal.

5) When connecting cable lugs complying with DIN 46235 to cables with a cross section larger than 95 mm

2

, the

3RT19 56-4EA1 terminal cover is required to maintain phase separation.

6) When connecting cable lugs complying with DIN 46234 to cables with a cross section larger than 240 mm

2

and when connecting cable lugs complying with DIN 46235 to cables with a cross section larger than 185 mm

2

, the 3RT19 56-4EA1 terminal cover is required to maintain phase separation.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

293

Technical data

15.5 Technical data of the decoupling module

15.5 Technical data of the decoupling module

Technical data of the decoupling module

Mounting Snap-mounted onto 35-mm standard mounting rail or screw-mounted using additional push-in lugs.

Display

• Green «READY» LED

System interfaces The left interface is for connection to a basic unit or an expansion module, the right interface is exclusively for connection to a current / voltage measuring module.

Connection cross sections

•

Tightening torque

TORQUE: 7 LB.IN to 10.3 LB.IN 0.8 Nm to 1.2 Nm

•

Connection cross sections

— Solid

— Finely stranded with end sleeve

2 x 0.5 mm

2

to 2.5 mm

2

/ 1 x 0.5 mm

2

to 4 mm

2

2 x AWG 20 to 14 / 1 x AWG 20 to 12

2 x 0.5 mm

2

to 1.5 mm

2

/ 1 x 0.5 mm

2

to 2.5 mm

2

2 x AWG 20 to 16 / 1 x AWG 20 to 14

15.6 Technical data of the expansion modules

15.6.1 Technical data of the digital modules

Technical data of the digital modules

Mounting Snap-mounted onto 35-mm standard mounting rail or screw-mounted using additional push-in lugs

Display

•

Green «READY» LED

System interfaces

•

Continuous light: «Ready for operation»

• Flashing: «No connection to basic unit»

For connecting to a basic unit, an additional expansion module, a current measuring module or a current / voltage measuring module or the operator panel

Control circuit

Rated insulation voltage U i

Rated impulse withstand voltage U imp

300 V (at pollution degree 3)

4 kV

294

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Technical data of the digital modules

Relay outputs

• Number

•

Function

Technical data

15.6 Technical data of the expansion modules

•

Stipulated short-circuit protection for auxiliary contacts (relay outputs)

• Rated uninterrupted current

•

Rated switching capacity

AC-15

DC-13

Inputs (binary)

• 24 V DC:

Cable lengths (single)

Input characteristic

• 110 V to 240 V AC/DC:

Cable lengths (single)

Input characteristic

Connection

•

Tightening torque

• Connection cross sections

— Solid

— Finely stranded with end sleeve

2 monostable or bistable relay outputs (depending on the type)

Isolated NO contacts (NC contact response parameterizable via internal signal conditioning), relay outputs all with connection to common potential, freely-assignable to control functions (e.g. line, star or delta contactor or operating state status information).

•

Fuse links, operating class gL/gG 6 A, quick-response 10 A

(IEC 60947-5-1)

•

Miniature circuit breaker 1.6 A, C characteristic (IEC 60947-5-1)

•

Miniature circuit breaker 6 A, C characteristic (I k

< 500 A)

• 5 A

•

6 A at max. +50 °C

6 A / 24 V AC;

6 A / 120 V AC;

3 A / 230 V AC

2 A / 24 V DC;

0.55 A / 60 V DC;

0.25 A / 125 V DC

4 externally supplied, isolated inputs (24 V DC or 110 V to 240 V AC / DC, depending on the type), connected to common potential for measuring process signals (e.g. local control station, key-operated switches, limit switches, …), freely-assignable to control functions.

300 m

Type 2 according to EN 61131-2

200 m (cable capacitance 300 nF / km)

—

Removable terminal block with screw connection

TORQUE: 7 LB.IN to 10.3 LB.IN 0.8 Nm — 1.2 Nm

2 x 0.5 mm 2 to 2.5 mm 2 / 1 x 0.5 mm 2 to 4 mm 2

2 AWG 20 to 14 / 1 x AWG 20 to 12

2 x 0.5 mm

2

— 1.5 mm

2

/ 1 x 0.5 mm

2

— 2.5 mm

2

2 x AWG 20 to 16 / 1 x AWG 20 to 14

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

295

Technical data

15.6 Technical data of the expansion modules

15.6.2 Technical data, digital modules DM-F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe

Technical data of the DM-F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe digital modules

Mounting Snap-mounted onto 35-mm standard mounting rail or screw-mounted using additional push-in lugs

Enclosure width 45 mm

System interfaces For connecting to a basic unit, an additional expansion module, a current measuring module or a current / voltage measuring module or the operator panel

Rated control supply voltage U s

(according to

DIN EN 61131-2)

Operating range

•

•

•

24 V DC

110 V to 240 V AC/DC, 50/60 Hz

24 V DC: 0.8 to 1.2 x U s

• 110 V to 240 V AC/DC: 0.85 to 1.1 x U s

Power consumption DM-F LOCAL:

•

24 V DC: 3 W

• 110 V to 240 V AC/DC: 9.5 VA/4.5 W

DM-F PROFIsafe:

•

24 V DC: 4 W

• 110 V to 240 V AC/DC: 11.0 VA/5.5 W

Between relay enabling circuits / relay outputs and electronics Protective separation according to

IEC 60947-1

Rated insulation voltage U i

Rated impulse withstand voltage U imp

Mains buffering time

300 V (at pollution degree 3)

4 kV

Relay outputs

•

Number

• 24 V DC: typically 20 ms at 0.8 x Us

•

110 V to 240 V AC/DC: typically 20 ms at 0.85 x Us, typically 200 ms at 230 V

2 monostable relay outputs

•

Common potential connection is internally disconnected in a fail-safe manner by a relay enabling circuit

• Normally open contact, freely assignable to the control functions

0.1 million switching cycles (AC-15, 230 V/3 A)

• Function

Electrical service life of relay outputs

Relay enabling circuits

•

Number

•

Function

• Stipulated short-circuit protection for relay enabling circuits / relay outputs

•

Rated uninterrupted current of relay enabling circuits

•

Rated switching capacity of relay enabling circuits

2 common switching-type, fail-safe relay enabling circuits

Fail-safe normally open contacts

Fuse links operating class gL/gG 4 A (IEC 60947-5-1), separate for each relay enabling circuit

5 A

AC-15: 3 A / AC 24 V; 3 A / AC 120 V; 1.5 A / AC 230 V

DC-13: 4 A / DC 24 V; 0.55 A / DC 60 V; 0.22 A / DC 125 V; 0.11 A / DC 250 V

296

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Technical data

15.6 Technical data of the expansion modules

Technical data of the DM-F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe digital modules

•

Electrical service life of relay enabling circuits

0.1 million switching cycles (AC-15, 240 V/ 2 A)

• Switching rate of the relay enabling circuits

2000/h

Connection

• Tightening torque

Removable terminals with screw connection

TORQUE: 7 LB.IN to 10.3 LB.IN 0.8 Nm — 1.2 Nm

•

Connection cross sections

— Solid

— Finely stranded with end sleeve

2x 0.5 mm

2

to 2.5 mm

2

/ 1x 0.5 mm

2

to 4 mm

2

2x AWG 20 to 14 / 1x AWG 20 to 12

2x 0.5 mm

2

to 1.5 mm

2

/ 1x 0.5 mm2 to 2.5 mm

2

2x AWG 20 to 16 / 1x AWG 20 to 14

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

297

Technical data

15.6 Technical data of the expansion modules

15.6.3 Technical data of the DM-F Local digital module

Technical data of the DM-F Local digital module

LEDs on DM-F LOCAL Color

«READY»

OFF

Green

Meaning

System interface not connected / supply voltage too low / device defective

Device ON/system interface OK

Flashing green Device ON / system interface not active or not OK

«DEVICE»

OFF

Green

Supply voltage too low

Device ON

Flashing green Self-test

Yellow Configuration mode

«OUT»

Flashing yellow Configuration error

Red Device defective or faulty

OFF

Green

Safety-related output not active

Safety-related output active

«IN»

«GF»

«1»

«2»

«3»

«4»

«5»

Flashing green Feedback circuit not closed although start condition satisfied

OFF

Green

Input not active

Input active

Flashing green Fault detected (e.g., cross circuit at input, sensor simultaneity not fulfilled)

OFF No general fault

Red

Flashing red

Group fault (wiring error, cross-circuit, configuration error)

Group fault (feedback circuit fault, simultaneity condition not satisfied)

OFF

Yellow

Cross-circuit detection Off

Cross-circuit detection On

Flashing yellow Configuration mode waiting for confirmation

Flickering yellow Configuration error

OFF

Yellow

NC contact/NO contact

NC contact/NC contact

Flashing yellow Configuration mode waiting for confirmation

Flickering yellow Configuration error

OFF

Yellow

2 x 1-channel

1 x 2-channel

Flashing yellow Configuration mode waiting for confirmation

Flickering yellow Configuration error

OFF

Yellow

Debounce time Y12, Y22, Y34 ~ 50 ms

Debounce time Y12, Y22, Y34 ~ 10 ms

Flashing yellow Configuration mode waiting for confirmation

Flickering yellow Configuration error

OFF

Yellow

Sensor circuit, automatic start

Sensor circuit, monitored start

Flashing yellow Configuration mode waiting for confirmation

Flickering yellow Configuration error

298

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Technical data

15.6 Technical data of the expansion modules

Technical data of the DM-F Local digital module

«6» OFF Cascading input 1, automatic start

Yellow Cascading input 1, monitored start

Flashing yellow Configuration mode waiting for confirmation

Flickering yellow Configuration error

«7»

«8»

DIP switch

«SET / RESET» button

OFF

Yellow

With startup testing

Without startup testing

Flashing yellow Configuration mode waiting for confirmation

Flickering yellow Configuration error

OFF

Yellow

Automatic starting after power failure

No automatic starting after power failure

Flashing yellow Configuration mode waiting for confirmation

Flickering yellow Configuration error for setting safety functions

• Application of parameters set via DIP switch

• Resetting of faults (also possible via «TEST/RESET» button on basic unit)

Inputs with safety relay function

2 sensor inputs 24 V DC (Y12, Y22)

• Supply via terminal T1 and T2 with cross-circuit detection or external supply (static

+24 V DC) without cross-circuit detection

• Functions parameterizable via DIP switch

1 start signal input 24 V DC (Y33)

• For monitored reconnection of the relay enabling circuits after a safety-related trip

• Supply via terminal T1 with/without T3 (static +24 V DC) without cross-circuit detection

1 cascading input 24 V DC (1)

Cable length (single)

Input characteristic

• For use in connection with a higher-level safety relay

• Supply via terminal T3 (static +24 V DC)

1 feedback circuit input 24 V DC (Y34)

• For contactor monitoring of the motor and incoming supply contactors via series-connected auxiliary switch normally-closed contacts

• Supply via terminal T2 with/without T3 (static +24 V DC) without cross-circuit detection

1500 m

Type 2 according to EN 61131-2

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

299

Technical data

15.6 Technical data of the expansion modules

15.6.4 Technical data of the DM-F-PROFIsafe digital module

Technical data of the DM-F PROFIsafe digital module

LED display

DM-F PROFIsafe

Color Meaning

«READY» OFF

Green

System interface not connected / supply voltage too low / device defective

Device ON/system interface OK

«DEVICE»

«OUT»

«GF»

Flashing green Device ON / system interface not active or not OK

OFF

Green

Red

OFF

Green

Supply voltage too low

Device ON

Device defective or faulty

Safety-related output not active

Safety-related output active

Flashing green Feedback circuit not closed although start condition satisfied

OFF No general fault

Red Group fault (PROFIsafe not active, incorrect PROFIsafe address, wiring error, device defective)

«1»

«2»

«3»

«4»

«5»

«6»

«7»

«8»

«9»

«10»

DIP switch

«SET / RESET» button

Yellow

Yellow

Yellow

Yellow

PROFIsafe address 1

PROFIsafe address 2

PROFIsafe address 4

PROFIsafe address 8

Yellow

Yellow

Yellow

Yellow

PROFIsafe address 16

PROFIsafe address 32

PROFIsafe address 64

PROFIsafe address 128

Yellow

Yellow

PROFIsafe address 256

PROFIsafe address 512 for setting the PROFIsafe address

•

•

Displays the set PROFIsafe address

Application of the set PROFIsafe address (restart of the module)

•

Resetting of faults (also possible via «TEST/RESET» button on basic unit)

Inputs binary

• 3 inputs (83, 85, 89) 24 V DC

•

Supply via terminal 84 or external supply

(static +24 V)

• Common connected, electrically isolated inputs for acquiring process signals (e.g., local control station, keyswitch, limit switch, etc.), freely assignable to control functions

Input with safety relay function

Cable length (single)

Input characteristic

•

1 feedback circuit input (91/FBC) 24 V DC

• For contactor monitoring of the motor and incoming supply contactors via series-connected auxiliary switch contacts

•

Supply via terminal 90/T

300 m

Type 2 according to EN 61131-2

300

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

15.6.5

Technical data

15.6 Technical data of the expansion modules

Safety-related technical data of the digital modules DM-F Local and DM-F

PROFIsafe

See «Technical Data» in the Manual «SIMOCODE pro Safety» fail-safe digital modules

( http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/50564852 ).

15.6.6 Technical data of the analog module

Technical data of the analog module

Mounting Snap-mounted onto 35-mm standard mounting rail or screw-mounted using additional push-in lugs

Display

•

Green «READY» LED

System interfaces

•

Continuous light: «Ready for operation»

• Flashing: «No connection to basic unit»

For connecting to a basic unit, an additional expansion module, a current measuring module or a current / voltage measuring module or the operator panel.

Control circuit

Connection type:

Inputs:

•

Channels

2-wire connection

2 (passive)

•

Parameterizable measuring ranges

0/4 mA to 20 mA

• Cable shielding

• Max. input current (destruction limit)

Recommended for up to 30 m and outside the cabinet; shielding mandatory for cables of 30 m or longer

40 mA

•

Accuracy

±1 %

• Input resistance

50 ohms

•

Conversion time

150 ms

• Resolution

12 bits

•

Open-circuit detection

For measuring range 4 mA to 20 mA

• Isolation of the inputs from the device electronics

No

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

301

Technical data

15.6 Technical data of the expansion modules

Technical data of the analog module

Outputs:

• Channels

•

Parameterizable output range

1

• Cable shielding

0/4 mA to 20 mA

Recommended for up to 30 m and outside the cabinet; shielding mandatory for cables of 30 m or longer

30 V DC

• Max. output voltage

•

Accuracy

• Max. output load

•

•

Conversion time

• Resolution

Short-circuit proof

• Isolation of the outputs from the device electronics

Connection:

• Tightening torque

•

Connection cross sections

— Solid

— Finely stranded with end sleeve

±1 %

500 ohms

25 ms

12 bits

Yes

No

TORQUE: 7 LB.IN to 10.3 LB.IN 0.8 Nm to 1.2 Nm

2x 0.5 mm

2

to 2.5 mm

2

/ 1x 0.5 mm

2

to 4 mm

2

2x AWG 20 to 14 / 1x AWG 20 to 12

2x 0.5 mm

2

to 1.5 mm

2

/ 1x 0.5 mm

2

to 2.5 mm

2

2x AWG 20 to 16 / 1x AWG 20 to 14

302

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Technical data

15.6 Technical data of the expansion modules

15.6.7 Technical data of the ground-fault module 3UF7500-1AA00-0

Technical data of the ground-fault module 3UF7500-1AA00-0

Mounting

Display

Snap-mounted onto 35 mm standard mounting rail or screwmounted using additional push-in lugs

• Green «READY» LED • Continuous light: «Ready for operation»

•

Flashing: «No connection to basic unit»

System interface For connecting to a basic unit, an additional expansion module, a current measuring module or a current / voltage measuring module or the operator panel.

Control circuit

Connectable 3UL22 residual current transformer with rated fault currents I

N

•

I ground fault

≤ 50 % I

N

0.3 / 0.5 / 1 A

No tripping

Tripping

• I ground fault

≥ 100 % I

N

Response delay (conversion time)

Connection

•

Tightening torque

300 ms to 500 ms, additional delay possible

TORQUE: 7 LB.IN to 10.3 LB.IN 0.8 Nm to 1.2 Nm

• Connection cross sections

— Connection cross sections, solid: 2x 0.5 mm

2

to 2.5 mm

2

/ 1x 0.5 mm

2

to 4 mm

2

2x AWG 20 to 14 / 1x AWG 20 to 12

— Connection cross sections, finely stranded with ferrule: 2x 0.5 mm

2

to 1.5 mm

2

/ 1x 0.5 mm

2

to 2.5 mm

2

2x AWG 20 to 16 / 1x AWG 20 to 14

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

303

Technical data

15.6 Technical data of the expansion modules

15.6.8 Technical data of the ground-fault module 3UF7510-1AA00-0

Technical data of the ground-fault module 3UF7510-1AA00-0

Mounting Snap-mounted onto 35 mm standard mounting rail or screwmounted using additional push-in lugs

Display

• Green «READY» LED • Continuous light: «Ready for operation»

•

Flashing: «No connection to basic unit»

System interface For connecting to a basic unit, an additional expansion module, a current measuring module or a current / voltage measuring module or the operator panel.

Control circuit

Cable to the residual current transformer

Notice

•

We recommend using twisted cables.

•

Cables of lengths > 10 m must additionally be shielded and grounded.

Conductor cross section

AWG

Max. cable length

Connectable residual current transformer 3UL23

1)

— feed-through diameter

Type of current to be monitored

Measurable line frequency

Response value current (settable)

Measuring accuracy (relative) ground-fault module

Measuring accuracy (relative) transformer 3UL23

Reaction time (maximal)

Connection

Tightening torque

Connection cross sections

•

Solid

• Finely stranded with end sleeve

0.5 mm

70 m

2

20 kcmil

1.0 mm

2

1.5 mm

2

18 kcmil 16 kcmil

140 m

35 mm to 210 mm

210 m

AC and pulsating DC (type A)

16 Hz to 400 Hz

0.03 A to 40 A

±5 %

±2.5 %

100 ms

2.5 mm

2

14 / 12 kcmil

300 m

TORQUE: 7 LB.IN to 10.3 LB.IN 0.8 Nm to 1.2 Nm

2x 0.5 mm

2

to 2.5 mm

2

/ 1x 0.5 mm

2

to 4 mm

2

2x AWG 20 to 14 / 1x AWG 20 to 12

2x 0.5 mm

2

to 1.5 mm

2

/ 1x 0.5 mm

2

to 2.5 mm

2

2x AWG 20 to 16 / 1x AWG 20 to 14

4.0 mm

2

10 kcmil

550 m

1) Technical data residual current transformer 3UL23: See Manual «3UG4/3RR2 Monitoring

Relay» ( http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/50426183/133300 ).

304

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Technical data

15.6 Technical data of the expansion modules

15.6.9 Technical data of the temperature module

Technical data of the temperature module

Mounting

Display

• Green «READY» LED

System interface

Snap-mounted onto 35-mm standard mounting rail or screw-mounted using additional push-in lugs

• Continuous light: «Ready for operation»

•

Flashing: «No connection to basic unit»

For connecting to a basic unit, an additional expansion module, a current measuring module or a current / voltage measuring module or the operator panel.

Sensor circuit

Conversion time

Type of connection

Typical sensor current:

• PT100

500 ms

2-wire or 3-wire connection

1 mA (typical)

0.2 mA (typical)

•

PT1000 / KTY83 / KTY84 / NTC

Open circuit detection / short-circuit detection / measuring range:

• PT100 / PT1000

• KTY83-110

• KTY84

Open circuit, short-circuit; measuring range: -50 °C to

+500 °C

Open circuit, short-circuit; measuring range: -50 °C to

+175 °C

Open circuit, short-circuit; measuring range: -40 °C to

+300 °C

Short-circuit; measuring range: +80 °C to +160 °C

• NTC

Measuring accuracy at an ambient temperature of 20 °C

(T20)

Deviation due to ambient temperature (as % of measured value)

Isolation of the inputs from the device electronics

Connection

Tightening torque

Connection cross sections

• Solid:

< ±2 K, ±1 digit

0.05 per K deviation from T20

No

TORQUE: 7 LB.IN — 10.3 LB.IN 0.8 Nm — 1.2 Nm

•

Finely stranded with end sleeve:

2x 0.5 mm

2

to 2.5 mm

2

/ 1x 0.5 mm

2

to 4 mm

2

2x AWG 20 to 14 / 1x AWG 20 to 12

2x 0.5 mm

2

to 1.5 mm

2

/ 1x 0.5 mm

2

to 2.5 mm

2

2x AWG 20 to 16 / 1x AWG 20 to 14

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

305

Technical data

15.7 Technical data of the multifunction module

15.7 Technical data of the multifunction module

Technical data of the multifunction module

Mounting

Cabinet mounting

Snap-mounted onto 35-mm standard mounting rail or screw-mounted using additional push-in lugs

Minimum distance to be maintained

• from cabinet rear wall for series mounting at side: 0 mm

• from grounded parts at side: 2 mm

Display

Green «READY» LED

• Continuous light: «Ready for operation»

•

Flashing: «No connection to basic unit»

For connection to a SIMOCODE pro S basic unit or an operator panel System interfaces

Digital module function

Control circuit

Rated insulation voltage U i

Rated impulse withstand voltage U imp

Inputs (binary)

• 24 V DC:

Cable lengths (single)

300 V (at pollution degree 3)

4 kV

4 externally supplied, isolated inputs (24 V DC or 110 V to 240 V AC /

DC, depending on the type), connected to common potential for measuring process signals (e.g. local control station, key-operated switches, limit switches, …), freely-assignable to control functions.

300 m

Type 2 according to EN 61131-2

Input characteristic

• 110 V to 240 V AC/DC:

Cable lengths (single)

200 m (cable capacitance 300 nF / km)

—

Input characteristic

Relay outputs

•

Number

2 monostable relay outputs (depending on the type)

• Function

• Stipulated short-circuit protection for auxiliary contacts (relay outputs)

Isolated NO contacts (NC contact response parameterizable via internal signal conditioning), relay outputs all with connection to common potential, freely-assignable to control functions (e.g. line, star or delta contactor or operating state status information).

• Fuse links, operating class gL/gG 6 A, quick-response 10 A

(IEC 60947-5-1)

•

Miniature circuit breaker 1.6 A, C characteristic (IEC 60947-5-1)

• Miniature circuit breaker 6 A, C characteristic (I k

< 500 A)

•

Rated uninterrupted current

•

Rated switching capacity

•

5 A

• 6 A at max. +50 °C

306

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Technical data

15.7 Technical data of the multifunction module

Technical data of the multifunction module

AC-15

DC-13

Ground-fault module function

Connectable 3UL23 residual current transformer — feed-through diameter

Type of current to be monitored

Measurable line frequency

Response value current (settable)

Measuring accuracy (relative) ground-fault module

Measuring accuracy (relative) transformer 3UL23

Reaction time (maximal)

Temperature module function

Sensor circuit

Versions of the cable shielding for the sensor circuit

Versions of the cable shielding for the sensor circuit

Conversion time

Type of connection

Typical sensor circuit

• PT100

•

PT1000 / KTY83 / KTY84 / NTC

Measuring range open circuit detection / shortcircuit detection

• PT100 / PT1000

•

KTY83-110

• KTY84

•

NTC

Measuring accuracy at an ambient temperature of 20 °C (T20)

Deviation due to ambient temperature (as % of measured value)

Isolation of the inputs from the device electronics

6 A / 24 V AC;

6 A / 120 V AC;

3 A / 230 V AC

2 A / 24 V DC;

0.55 A / 60 V DC;

0.25 A / 125 V DC

35 mm to 210 mm

AC and pulsating DC (type A)

16 Hz to 400 Hz

0.03 A to 40 A

±5 %

±2.5 %

100 ms

•

Up to 30 m, cable shielding recommended

•

From 30 m, cable shielding necessary

500 ms

2-wire or 3-wire connection

1 mA (typical)

0.2 mA (typical)

-50 °C … +500 °C (open circuit, short circuit)

-50 °C to +175 °C (open circuit, short circuit)

-40 °C to +300 °C (open circuit, short circuit)

+80 °C to +160 °C (short circuit)

< ±2 K, ±1 digit

0.05 per K deviation from T20

No

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

307

Technical data

15.8 Technical data of the operator panels

Technical data of the multifunction module

Connection

• Tightening torque

•

Connection cross sections

— Solid

— Finely stranded with end sleeve

TORQUE: 5.2 LB.IN to 7.0 LB.IN

0.6 Nm to 0.8 Nm

2 x0.5 mm

2

to 1.5 mm

2

; 1 x 0.5 mm

2

to 2.5 mm

2

2 x AWG 20 to 16 / 1 x AWG 20 to 14

2 x 0.5 mm 2 … 1.0 mm 2 ; 1 x 0.5 mm 2 … 2.5 mm 2

15.8 Technical data of the operator panels

15.8.1 Technical data of the operator panel

Technical data of the operator panel

Mounting Installation in a cabinet door or in a front panel, with IP54 system interface cover.

LED displays

• Red / green / yellow «DEVICE» LED • Red blocked: «Function test negative, device disabled»

•

Green: «Ready for operation»

• Flashing green: «No connection to basic unit»

•

Yellow: «Memory module or addressing plug detected»

• OFF: «No control supply voltage»

•

Green «BUS» LED

•

Red «GEN. FAULT» LED

•

Continuous light: «Communication with PLC/PCS»

•

Flashing: «Baud rate recognized/communication with PC/PG»

•

Continuous light /

• Flashing: «Feeder fault,» e.g. overload tripping

For freely assigning any status signals

•

3 yellow LEDs / 4 green LEDs

Buttons

•

Test / Reset

•

Resets the device after tripping

• Function test (system self-test)

•

Operation of memory module or addressing plug

• Control buttons

System interfaces

• Front

• Rear face

• For controlling the motor feeder, freely assignable

For connecting a memory module, an addressing plug, or a PC cable for parameterization purposes

For connecting a cable to the basic unit or the expansion module

308

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Technical data

15.8 Technical data of the operator panels

15.8.2 Technical data of the operator panel with display

Technical data of the operator panel with display

Mounting Installation in a cabinet door or in a front panel, with IP54 system interface cover.

LED displays

•

Red / green / yellow «DEVICE» LED

•

Red blocked: «Function test negative, device disabled»

• Green: «Ready for operation»

•

Flashing green: «No connection to basic unit»

• Yellow: «Memory module or addressing plug detected»

•

OFF: «No control supply voltage»

• Green «BUS» LED

• Red «GEN. FAULT» LED

•

4 green LEDs

Display

• Continuous light: «Communication with PLC/PCS»

•

Flashing: «Baud rate recognized/communication with PC/PG»

• Continuous light/flashing: «Feeder fault,» e.g. overload tripping

For freely assigning any status signals (preferably for feedback on the switching state, e.g. ON, OFF, CCW, CW)

Graphic display of current measured values, operating and diagnostics data or status information.

Buttons

•

Control buttons

•

Arrow keys

•

Softkeys

•

Control of the motor feeder, freely assignable

•

Navigation in the display menu

•

Various functions, depending upon the menu, e.g. test, reset, operation of memory module and addressing plug

System interfaces

•

Front

•

Rear face

For connecting a memory module, an addressing plug, or a PC cable for parameterization purposes

Connection to the basic unit or to an expansion module

Note

Product version of the operator panel with display

For use with the SIMOCODE pro V PN basic unit, an operator panel with display version *E07* or higher is required.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

309

Technical data

15.9 Technical data of the compartment identification

15.9 Technical data of the compartment identification

Technical data of the initialization module

Technical data of the initialization module

Order No. (MLFB)

Ambient temperature

Rated voltage

Rated operating voltage

3UF7 902-0AA00-0

-25 to +80 °C

300 V

24 V

Technical data of the Y connecting cable

Technical data of the Y connecting cable

Order No. (MLFB)

Lengths of system cable / open end of cable

3UF7 931-0CA00-0

3UF7 932-0CA00-0

3UF7 937-0CA00-0

3UF7 931-0CA00-0, 3UF7 932-0CA00-0,

3UF7 937-0CA00-0

0.1 m / 1.0 m

0.5 m / 1.0 m

1.0 m / 1.0 m

15.10 Short-circuit protection with fuses for motor feeders for short-circuit currents up to 100 kA and 690 V for

1st generation current / voltage measuring module

310

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Technical data

15.10 Short-circuit protection with fuses for motor feeders for short-circuit currents up to 100 kA and 690 V for

1st generation current / voltage measuring module

Short-circuit protection with fuses for motor feeder for short-circuit currents up to 100 kA and 690 V

Figure 15-1 Short-circuit protection with fuses for motor feeder for short-circuit currents up to 100 kA and 690 V for 3UF7 8 (1)

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

311

Technical data

15.10 Short-circuit protection with fuses for motor feeders for short-circuit currents up to 100 kA and 690 V for

1st generation current / voltage measuring module

You will find the selection tables for fuseless motor feeders in the manuals «Configuration

Manual Configuring SIRIUS Innovations UL — Selection Data for Fuseless and Fused Load

Feeders» ( http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/53433538 ) and «SIRIUS

Configuration — Selection Data for Fuseless Load Feeders»

( http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/40625241 ).

1) , 2) , 3) , 4): See below.

312

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Technical data

15.10 Short-circuit protection with fuses for motor feeders for short-circuit currents up to 100 kA and 690 V for

1st generation current / voltage measuring module

Figure 15-2 Short-circuit protection with fuses for motor feeder for short-circuit currents up to 100 kA and 690 V for 3UF7 8 (2)

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

313

Technical data

15.10 Short-circuit protection with fuses for motor feeders for short-circuit currents up to 100 kA and 690 V for

1st generation current / voltage measuring module

314

You will find the selection tables for fuseless motor feeders in the following manuals.

● «Configuring SIRIUS Innovations — Selection Data for Fuseless and Fused Load Feeders»

( http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/39714188 )

● «Configuration Manual Configuring SIRIUS Innovations UL — Selection Data for Fuseless and Fused Load Feeders»

( http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/53433538 )

● «Configuration Manual Configuring SIRIUS — Selection Data for Load Feeders in Fuseless

Design» ( http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/40625241 ).

1) Assignment and short-circuit protective devices acc. to IEC 60947-4-1

WARNING

Type of coordination 1

With type of coordination 1, the contactor or starter must not pose a hazard to people or equipment in the event of a short circuit!

The contactor or starter must be suitable for further operation without repair and replacement of parts.

WARNING

Type of coordination 2

With type of coordination 2, the contactor or starter must not pose a hazard to people or equipment in the event of a short circuit!

The contactor or starter must be suitable for further use.

There is a risk of contact welding.

2) No contactor installation possible

3)

NOTICE

Operating voltage

Pay attention to the operating voltage!

4)

WARNING

Maximum AC3 operating current

Ensure that there is a sufficient safety margin between the maximum AC-3 operating current and the rated fuse current.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

15.11 Typical reaction times

Technical data

15.11 Typical reaction times

15.11.1 Typical reaction times of the SIMOCODE pro C/V device series

Table 15- 1 Typical reaction times of SIMOCODE pro C device series

Component

Basic unit:

Thermistor:

PROFIBUS:

Current measurement:

Internal ground fault:

Time inputs

Set delay time

400 ms

30 ms

200 ms

300 ms … 600 ms + set delay

Time processing

30 ms

Time outputs

—

—

10 ms

—

30 ms

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

315

Technical data

15.11 Typical reaction times

Table 15- 2 Typical reaction times of SIMOCODE pro V device series

1)

Component

Basic unit:

Thermistor:

PROFIBUS:

Current measurement:

Voltage measurement:

Active power / cos phi:

Internal ground fault:

Ground-fault module / external ground fault

Digital modules:

•

24 V DC version

• 110 V — 240 V AC/DC version

Analog module

Temperature module

DM-F Local

DM-F PROFIsafe

Time: Inputs

Set delay time

400 ms

5 ms when using UM

300 ms

300 ms

1000 ms

300 ms … 600 ms

3)

100 ms

3)

15 ms + delay time

50 ms + delay time

150 ms

500 ms

≤ 75 ms + delay time

15 ms + delay time when using UM+

2), 4)

200 ms

200 ms

200 ms

200 ms … 600 ms

3)

Time: Processing Time: Outputs

5 ms 10 ms

—

5 ms

—

—

—

—

—

25 ms

25 ms

25 ms

—

30 ms

30 ms

1) Based upon a typical hardware set-up: Basic unit + current measuring module +

2 expansion modules

Reaction time = inputs conversion time + internal processing time + outputs conversion time

Example:

You wish to switch a relay output of the basic unit via PROFIBUS when the «remote» bit is set:

● SIMOCODE pro C: Reaction time = 30 ms + 30 ms + 10 ms = 70 ms

● SIMOCODE pro V: Reaction time = 5 ms + 5 ms + 10 ms = 20 ms.

In the case of the data from and to the PLC, you must also add the times for bus runtime,

IM/CP cycles, and PLC-CPU cycle.

You will find the corresponding information in the device descriptions.

2) 2nd generation current / voltage measuring modules

3) + set delay

4) the existing values are valid in compatibility mode

316

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Technical data

15.11 Typical reaction times

15.11.2 Typical response times of SIMOCODE pro S device series

Table 15- 3 Typical reaction times of the SIMOCODE pro device series

Component/control function

Basic unit:

Thermistor:

PROFIBUS:

Current measurement

Internal ground fault

Multifunction module

• 24 V-DC version

•

110 V — 240 V AC/DC version

Time inputs

Set delay time

400 ms

30 ms

300 ms

300 ms … 600 ms + set delay

30 ms + delay time

65 ms + delay time

Ground-fault module function

Temperature module function

100 ms + set delay

500 ms

Star-delta starter — typical switchover time from star to delta

100 to 150 ms

1)

1) QE2 and QE3 must be parameterized to the outputs of the basic unit.

Time: Processing Time: Outputs

30 ms 10 ms

—

30 ms

—

—

40 ms

40 ms

—

—

—

Example:

You wish to switch a relay output of the basic unit via PROFIBUS when the «remote» bit is set:

Reaction time = 30 ms + 30 ms + 10 ms = 70 ms

In the case of the data from and to the PLC, you must also add the times for bus runtime,

IM/CP cycles, and PLC-CPU cycle.

You will find the corresponding information in the device descriptions.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

317

Technical data

15.11 Typical reaction times

15.11.3 Typical reaction times of the Modbus RTU device series

Component

Basic unit:

Thermistor:

Modbus RTU:

Current measurement:

Voltage measurement:

Active power / cos phi:

Internal ground fault:

Ground-fault module / external ground fault

Digital modules:

•

24 V DC version

•

110 V — 240 V AC/DC version

Analog module

Temperature module

DM-F Local

DM-F PROFIsafe

Time: Inputs

Set delay time

400 ms

5 ms

300 ms

300 ms

1000 ms

300 ms … 600 ms + set delay

100 ms + set delay

15 ms + delay time

50 ms + delay time

150 ms

500 ms

≤ 75 ms + delay time

15 ms + delay time

Time: Processing

5 ms

—

—

—

—

—

Time: Outputs

10 ms

—

5 ms

25 ms

25 ms

25 ms

—

30 ms

30 ms

1) Based upon a typical hardware set-up: Basic unit + current measuring module +

2 expansion modules

Reaction time = inputs conversion time + internal processing time + outputs conversion time

Example:

You wish to switch a relay output of the basic unit via PROFIBUS when the «remote» bit is set:

Reaction time = 5 ms + 5 ms + 10 ms = 20 ms.

In the case of the data from and to the PLC, you must also add the times for bus runtime,

IM/CP cycles, and PLC-CPU cycle.

You will find the corresponding information in the device descriptions

.

318

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Technical data

15.12 Technical data in Siemens Industry Online Support

15.12 Technical data in Siemens Industry Online Support

Technical data sheet

You can also find the technical data of the product at Siemens Industry Online Support

( https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/ ).

1. Enter the full article number of the desired device in the «Product» field, and confirm with the Enter key.

2. Click the «Technical data link.

See also

Industry Mall (Catalog and Ordering System for Automation and Drives)

( https://mall.industry.siemens.com/goos/WelcomePage.aspx?language=de&regionUrl=/en )

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

319

CAx data, dimension drawings

16.1

16

CAx data

You can find the CAx data in the Siemens Industry Online Support

( https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ ).

1. Enter the full article number of the desired device in the «Product» field, and confirm with the Enter key.

2. Click the «CAx data link.

320

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

List of abbreviations

A

A.1 List of abbreviations

Overview

Table A- 1 Guide to the abbreviations

Abbreviation

AM

AS

ATEX

AWG

Acycl.

OP

OPD

OPO

CPU

DCM

DHCP

DIP

DM

DM-F

DM-FL

DM-FP

TO

TC

DP

DS

DTM

EEx ex

EM

EMF

EMC

F-CPU

FMS

BU

BU2+

Term

Analog module

Alarm switch

«Atmosphère explosible» according to ATEX Directive 2014/34/EU

American Wire Gauge

Acyclic

Operator panel

Operator Panel with Display for SIMOCODE pro

Operational Protection Off

Central Processing Unit

Decoupling module

Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol

Dual In-Line Package

Digital module

Fail-safe digital module (DM-FL or DM-FP)

Digital Module Failsafe Local

Digital Module Failsafe PROFIsafe

Torque open

Torque closed

Distributed peripherals

Data record

Device Type Manager

European Norm EXplosion-proof: Specifies the protection classes for categorizing motors for use in hazardous areas.

Explosion-proof

Ground-fault module

Electromotive force

Electromagnetic compatibility

Fail-safe CPU (controller)

Fieldbus Message Specification

Basic unit

2nd generation SIMOCODE pro V basic unit (for UM+)

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

321

List of abbreviations

A.1 List of abbreviations

PB

PCS

PDM

PELV

PFD

PFDavg

SFB

SFC

PLC

Th

TM

T

OFDT

T

WCDT

UM

UM+

PFHD

PG

PL

PCS

PROFIBUS

PTC

PZ

FB

FO

TPF

FC

SELV

GF, CF

SIL

Abbreviation

GSD

AUXS

I&M

InM

IT

IM

MM

NTC

OB

OM

OSSD

Term

Device master data

Auxiliary switch

Identification and Maintenance

Initialization module

Isolation-Terre (isolation ground)

Current measuring module

Multifunction module

Negative temperature coefficient (resistance dependent on temperature)

Organization block

Object Manager for PROFIBUS DP slaves for integration into STEP 7

Part of the electro-sensitive protective equipment (ESPE) that is connected to the machine control system and that switches to the OFF state if the sensor part is tripped during operation for the intended purpose.

PROFIBUS

Process Control System

Process Device Manager

Protective Extra Low Voltage

Probability of failure of demand: Probability of dangerous failure of a safety function on demand

Average probability of failure of demand: Average probability of dangerous failure of a safety function on demand

Probability of dangerous failure per hour: Average probability of hazardous failure occurring each hour

Programming device

Performance Level

Process Control System

Process fieldbus

Positive temperature coefficient (resistance dependent on temperature)

Pozidriv

Feedback

Feedback open

Test position feedback

Feedback closed

Safety Extra Low Voltage

Group fault, control function

Safety Integrity Level

System function block

System function

Programmable logic controller

Thermistor

Temperature module

Total one fault delay time (maximum response time when error is present)

Total worst case delay time (maximum response time in error-free state)

1st generation current / voltage measuring module

2nd generation current / voltage measuring module

322

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Abbreviation

UVO

LC

Cycl.

Term

Undervoltage off

Local control

Cyclic

List of abbreviations

A.1 List of abbreviations

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

323

324

Glossary

0/4 to 20 mA monitoring

SIMOCODE pro supports two-phase monitoring of the analog signals of a transducer

(standardized 0/4 — 20 mA output signal). The analog signals are fed to the

«0/4 to 20 mA monitoring» function block via the analog module.

Addressing plug

The addressing plug is necessary to enable the hardware-based allocation of the

PROFIBUS DP address to a basic unit without a PC / PG.

Analog module (AM)

The analog module provides a way of optionally extending the basic unit with analog inputs and outputs (0/4 — 20 mA). This makes it possible to measure and monitor any process variables that can be mapped onto a 0/4 to 20 mA signal. The automation system has free access to the measured process variables.

Application data unit (ADU)

Modbus application data unit.

ATEX

French abbreviation for «atmosphère explosible» (explosive atmosphere).

Synonym for the ATEX Directive 2014/34/EU.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Glossary

Basic unit (BU)

The basic units are the fundamental components of the SIMOCODE pro system. Basic units are always necessary when using SIMOCODE pro. They have the same enclosure width of

45 mm and are equipped with removable terminals.

The SIMOCODE pro C basic unit is the basic component of the SIMOCODE pro C device series for PROFIBUS DP. It contains the essential motor control and motor protection functions.

Basic unit pro S is the fundamental component of the SIMOCODE pro S device series and is used in conjunction with a current measuring module and an optional operator panel.

The SIMOCODE pro V basic unit is the basic component of the SIMOCODE pro V device series for PROFIBUS DP. It contains all functions and requirements for motor protection, motor control, diagnostics, and monitoring.

The SIMOCODE pro V Modbus RTU basic unit is the basic component of the

SIMOCODE pro V Modbus RTU device series for Modbus RTU. It contains all functions and requirements for motor protection, motor control, diagnostics, and monitoring.

The SIMOCODE pro V PN basic unit is the basic component of the SIMOCODE pro V PN device series for PROFINET. It contains all functions and requirements for motor protection, motor control, diagnostics, and monitoring.

The SIMOCODE pro V EherNet/IP basic unit is the basic component of the

SIMOCODE pro V EherNet/IP device series. It contains all functions and requirements for motor protection, motor control, diagnostics, and monitoring.

Baud rate

The baud rate is the speed at which data is transferred and indicates the number of transmitted bits per second (baud rate = bit rate). For example, with PROFIBUS DP, baud rates between 9.6 kbaud and 12 Mbaud are possible.

Bus

A common transmission path with which all stations are connected. It has two defined ends.

With PROFIBUS, the bus is a two-wire cable (copper cable) or a fiber optic cable.

Bus segment

PROFIBUS DP consists of at least one bus segment. A bus segment has at least two stations, one of which must be a DP master. A maximum of 32 stations can be connected to a bus segment.

Cascading input

Safe, 1-channel input of a safety relay, e.g. DM-F LOCAL and DM-F PROFIsafe. Internally, this input is evaluated like a sensor signal. If no voltage is present, the safety relay trips the enabling circuits (outputs) in a safety-related way.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

325

Glossary

CLASS

Unit for the trip class. Indicates the maximum tripping time in which SIMOCODE must trip at a current that is 7.2 times the value of the current setting I s

in a cold state (motor protection according to IEC 60947). If Class 10 is set for SIMOCODE pro, for example, it is ensured that the (cold) motor will switch off after 10 seconds if a current occurs that is 7.2 times the current setting. The trip class can be set to eight different settings ranging from Class 5 to

Class 40.

Class 1 master

Active station on PROFIBUS DP. It is characteristically used for cyclic data exchange with other stations. Typical Class 1 masters include PLCs with a PROFIBUS DP connection.

Class 2 master

Optional station on PROFIBUS DP. Typical class 2 masters include:

● PC / PG devices with the SIMOCODE ES software

● PDM (PCS7)

● PC with «SIMARIS manager» software (power management).

Connecting cable

Connecting cables are necessary for connecting the individual basic units with their current measuring modules and, if required, with their expansion modules or operator panels. They are available in various versions and lengths (ribbon cable 0.025 m, 0.1 m, 0.3 m, 0.5 m; round cable 0.5 m, 1.0 m, 2.5 m).

Notice

Maximum length of connecting cables:

The total length of all cables must not exceed 3 m on either of the system interfaces of the basic unit!

Contactor

Electromagnetically operated low-voltage switch with only one position of rest; it cannot be manually operated. Contactors can energize, carry, and deenergize currents in a circuit under normal operating conditions, including operational overload. The contact system consists of main and auxiliary contacts (NC, NO). Depending on the size of the contactor, the main contacts can switch several hundred amps while the auxiliary contacts are only rated for control currents of a few amps.

326

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Glossary

Control functions

Control functions (e.g. direct-on-line starters, reversing starters) are used for controlling load feeders. They are characterized by the following important features:

● Monitoring the switch-on / switch-off process (no current flows in the main circuit without the ON command)

● Monitoring the OFF state (no current flows in the main circuit without the ON command)

● Monitoring the ON status

● Tripping if a fault occurs.

Control stations

Control stations are places from which control commands are issued to the motor. The

«Control Stations» function block is used for administration, switching and prioritization of these different control stations. SIMOCODE pro allows parallel administration of up to four different control stations. Dependent on the control function, up to 5 different control commands can be transmitted from every control station to SIMOCODE pro.

● Local control, in the direct vicinity of the motor. Control commands via pushbuttons.

● PLC/PCS, switching commands are issued by the automation system (remote).

● PC, control commands are issued via an operator control station or via PROFIBUS DPV1 with the SIMOCODE ES software.

● Operator panel / operator panel with display, control commands are issued via the buttons of the operator panel / operator panel with display in the switchgear cabinet door.

Cooling down period

The cooling down period is the amount of time that must elapse before an overload trip can be reset. This is usually 5 minutes. Supply voltage failures of SIMOCODE pro during this time extend the specified time correspondingly.

Cos phi monitoring

Cos phi monitoring monitors the load condition of inductive loads. The main field of application is for asynchronous motors in 1-phase or 3-phase networks with loads that fluctuate significantly. The power factor (cos phi) is measured by evaluating the phase displacement between the voltage and current in a phase.

Current measuring module (IM)

Current measuring modules are used together with the basic units. The current measuring module must be selected according to the current setting to be monitored (rated operating current of the motor). The current measuring modules cover current ranges between 0.3 A and 630 A, with intermediate transformers up to 820 A.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

327

Glossary

Current / voltage measuring module (UM, UM+)

The SIMOCODE pro V device series allows use of a current / voltage measuring module instead of a current measuring module. In addition to measuring the motor current, current / voltage measuring modules also enable:

● Monitoring of voltages up to 690 V

● Calculation and monitoring of power and power factor (cos phi)

● Monitoring of the phase sequence.

Current limit monitoring

Current limit monitoring is used for process monitoring. This enables incipient anomalies in the system to be detected in good time. If a current limit is exceeded but still below the overload limit, it can, for example, indicate a dirty filter on a pump, or an increasingly sluggish motor bearing. If the current limit is undershot, it can be the first sign of a worn-out drive motor belt.

Cyclic redundancy check (CRC)

Cyclic redundancy check for checking Modbus RTU transmission errors

Decoupling module

A module for connection between a current / voltage measuring module and the basic unit at the system interface when voltage and power measurements are implemented in nongrounded networks.

Device master data (GSD file)

Information on the input and output range, as well as the consistency of the cyclically transmitted data is defined in the device data file (GSD file), tested with the configuration telegram from the device and, if appropriate, declared to be valid. The GSD file is used for integrating the device into SIMATIC S7 or any DP standard master system (automation system).

Device name

Before an IO device can be addressed by an IO controller, it must have a device name because the IP address is permanently assigned to the device name. In the case of

PROFINET, this method was chosen because names are easier to handle than complex IP addresses.

Assignment of a device name for a specific IO device is comparable to setting the

PROFIBUS address on a DP slave.

An IO device does not have a device name when it is delivered. It can only be addressed by an IO controller once a device name has been assigned to it, e.g. for transmission of the configuration data (including the IP address) during startup or for exchanging useful data in cyclic operation.

328

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Glossary

Digital module (DM)

Digital modules offer the option of further increasing the types and number of binary inputs and outputs on SIMOCODE pro V as required. Up to two digital modules can be connected to one SIMOCODE pro V basic unit. All types can be combined with each other.

SIMOCODE pro V can thus be extended to a maximum of twelve binary inputs and seven binary outputs.

DIP switch

Small switch used to make certain basic settings. The abbreviation stands for Dual In-line

Package, a device package with two parallel rows of electrical connection pins.

DM-F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe digital modules

The DM-F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe digital modules are used as safety relays in

EMERGENCY STOP devices in accordance with EN 418 and in safety circuits in accordance with EN 60204 (11.98):

DM-F Local digital module:

For applications that require local safety-related tripping with EMERGENCY OFF buttons.

DM-F PROFIsafe digital module:

For applications that require decentralized safety-related tripping with EMERGENCY OFF buttons. A fail-safe SIMATIC controller applies the logical connection between the

EMERGENCY OFF button and DM-F PROFIsafe digital module.

Door adapter

The door adaptor is necessary for making the system interface of a basic unit available at an easily accessible location (e.g. front panel), thus enabling fast parameterization.

DP master

A master that works with the DP protocol according to the EN 50170 standard, Volume 2,

PROFIBUS. Cyclic send data is exchanged between the DP master and the DP slave once in every DP cycle. The DP master sends the cyclic receive data to SIMOCODE pro. In response, SIMOCODE pro sends the cyclic send data to the DP master.

DP slave/DP standard slave

A slave that is operated on PROFIBUS with the PROFIBUS DP protocol and works according to the EN 50170 standard, Volume 2, PROFIBUS.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

329

Glossary

Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol

The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) is an information technology communication protocol. It enables assignment of the network configuration to clients by a server. DHCP was defined in RFC 2131 and was assigned the UPD ports 67 and 68 by the

Internet Assigned Numbers Authority.

Emergency start

Emergency start deletes the thermal memory from SIMOCODE pro each time it is activated.

This allows the motor to be immediately restarted after an overload trip. This function can be used to:

● Enable an immediate restart/reset after an overload trip

● Influence the thermal memory (motor model) during operation, if required.

Since the emergency start is edge-triggered, this function cannot permanently affect the thermal motor model.

EMERGENCY STOP

Shutdown in case of an emergency according to EN 418 (ISO 13850).

An action in an emergency that is intended to stop a process or motion that would result in a hazard.

EMERGENCY STOP command device

Contact block («EMERGENCY STOP» mushroom pushbutton according to

EN EN 418 (ISO 13850), cable-operated switch with positive opening contacts according to

EN 60204-1) that causes the process, machine or plant to be stopped when actuated in hazardous situations. This must have positive-opening contacts, be easy to reach and be tamper-proof.

EMERGENCY STOP device

Protective device that is operated in response to an emergency according to

EN 418 (ISO 13850), EN 60204-1.

Enabling circuit

An enabling circuit is used to generate a safety-related output signal. From an external viewpoint, enabling circuits act as NO contacts (however, in terms of functionality, safetyrelated opening is always the most important aspect). A single enabling circuit, that is internally redundantly configured in the safety relay (two-channel) can be used for Category

3/4 according to EN 954-1 (ISO 13849-1).

330

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

EtherNet/IP

Glossary

Expansion modules

Expansion modules are intended as optional additions for the basic units. The following expansion modules are available:

● Digital module (DM)

● Analog module (AM)

● Ground-fault module (EM, EM+)

● Temperature module (TM)

● Multifunction module (MM).

All expansion modules are equipped with 2 system interfaces (incoming/outgoing) and removable terminals.

F_WD_Time

EtherNet/IP (EtherNet Industrial Protocol, often simply called EIP) is a real-time Ethernet that is used mainly in automation engineering. EtherNet/IP was developed by Allen-Bradley

(belongs to Rockwell Automation) and was later handed over to the Open DeviceNet Vendor

Association (ODVA) as an open standard. In 1998, a working group of ControlNet

International designed a process for basing the already-published application protocol,

Common Industrial Protocol, on Ethernet. Based on this process, EtherNet/IP was published as an open industrial standard in March 2000. ControlNet International (CI), the Open

DeviceNet Vendor Association (ODVA) and the Industrial Ethernet Association (IEA) were involved.

Besides PROFINET and Modbus/TCP, EtherNet/IP is an Ethernet-based fieldbus that is currently widely spread.

Monitoring time in the fail-safe PROFIsafe option. A valid, current safety telegram must be received from the F-CPU within this monitoring time. Otherwise, the PROFIsafe option goes to the safe state.

Factory settings

The factory settings are used to reset all parameters of a device to the default settings to which they were set at the factory. The factory settings can be restored using the

«TEST / RESET» button on the basic unit or via the SIMOCODE ES software.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

331

Glossary

Feedback circuit

A feedback circuit is used to monitor controlled actuators (e.g., relays or contactors with positively driven contacts). The evaluation unit can only be activated if the feedback circuit is closed.

Note:

The NC contacts of the relays to be monitored are connected in series and integrated into the feedback circuit of the safety relay. If a contact in the enabling current path is welded, the safety relay can no longer be activated because the feedback circuit remains in the open position.

Field/field level

The field or field level of an automation system contains the individual sensors and actuators, as opposed to the control level, which is located above it in the hierarchy.

Fieldbus

Industrial communication system that connects a large number of field devices such as probes (sensors), actuators and drives to a control device.

Function block

Defined group of functions that can be freely parameterized by the user and connected to other function blocks to create a complete feeder-specific logic system. This means conventional wired control circuits containing auxiliary relays, time relays, etc. can be completely replaced.

Function code (FC)

Identification of a function

Ground-fault module (EM, EM+)

The ground-fault module and the multifunction module enable implementation of a powerful external ground fault monitoring system in conjunction with the 3UL22 (3UF7 500-1AA00-0) and 3UL23 (3UF7 510-1AA00-0) residual current transformers. In addition to the internal ground-fault monitoring function which is supported by both device series, SIMOCODE pro can be extended by an additional and more precise external ground-fault monitoring system.

Ground-fault monitoring

See «Ground-fault monitoring.»

332

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Glossary

Ground-fault monitoring

SIMOCODE pro acquires and monitors all three phase currents. By evaluating the summation current of the three current values, the motor feeder can be monitored for a possible residual current or ground fault. There is a difference between internal and external ground-fault monitoring:

Internal ground-fault monitoring:

Internal ground-fault monitoring via current measuring modules or current / voltage measuring modules is only possible for motors with a 3-phase connection in power systems that are either grounded solidly or with low impedance. The basic unit uses the total current to detect a possible residual current / ground-fault current.

External ground-fault monitoring with SIMOCODE pro V:

The external ground-fault monitoring using residual current transformer and ground-fault module is normally used for power systems that are grounded with high impedance, or in cases, in which precise detection of the ground-fault current is necessary, for example, for condition monitoring. The ground-fault module (EM) evaluates rated fault currents using an externally connected summation current transformer (e.g. 3UL23).

GSD file

The properties of a PROFINET device are described in a GSD (General Station Description) file that contains all the necessary information for configuration. You can use a GSD file to integrate a PROFINET device in exactly the same way as a PROFIBUS device into an automation system (SIMATIC S7 environment or any DP standard master system).

In the case of PROFINET IO, the GSD file is in XML format. The structure of the GSD file conforms to ISO 15734, the worldwide standard for device descriptions.

I&M data

Identification and maintenance data.

Information stored in a module that help you to check the plant configuration, to locate hardware modifications in a plant, or to remedy errors in a plant. I&M data can be used to identify modules uniquely on the network.

I/O

The term I/O devices is used in automation engineering to refer to peripheral devices, for example, devices that are connected to centralized controls.

Independent operation

SIMOCODE pro protects and controls the motor feeder, independently of the automation system. Even if the automation system (PLC) fails, or if communication is disrupted, the motor feeder remains fully protected and controllable. SIMOCODE pro can be used without being connected to the communication bus. This can easily be connected later, if required.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

333

Glossary

Initialization module

Memory module permanently installed in the switchboard or the motor control center in which the device parameters of intelligent switching devices are stored.

The initialization module is used in motor control centers with a withdrawable design in which all functions concerning the motor feeder are fitted in an exchangeable withdrawable module.

The initialization module can be permanently installed in the switchboard and enables backup of all parameters of a system and completely automatic transmission to a new system, e.g. device replacement.

IP address

To enable a PROFINET device to be addressed as a node on Industrial Ethernet, this device also requires an IP address that is unique within the network. The IP address is made up of

4 decimal numbers with a range of values from 0 through 255. The decimal numbers are separated by a decimal point.

The IP address is made up of

● The address of the (sub)net and

● The address of the node (generally called the host or network node)

IT system

The IT system (FR Isolé Terre) is a specific type of ground connection for increased fail-safe protection in case of insulation faults.

Local Human Machine Interface (HMI) for SIRIUS devices

Human Machine Interface for a SIRIUS device or for several SIRIUS devices

Logic modules

Logical operations, time relay functions and counter functions are implemented using logic modules.

Low voltage

All voltage levels used for the distribution of electricity that are within a range whose upper limit in AC systems is generally 1000 V.

334

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Glossary

MAC address

Each PROFINET device is assigned a globally unique device identification at the factory.

This 6-byte-long device identifier is the MAC address.

The MAC address is divided up as follows:

● 3 bytes for the manufacturer ID and

● 3 bytes device identifier (consecutive number).

The MAC address can generally be read from the front on the device, e.g.: 08-00-06-6B-80-

C0.

Master

PROFIBUS DP is based on a master-slave architecture. Telegrams are sent by the master to the addressed station (slave) and responded to by the slave.

Media redundancy

SIMOCODE pro V PN supports media redundancy according to the Media Redundancy

Protocol (MRP). This function is configured using the configuration tool of the automation system, e.g. HW Config with STEP 7.

Memory module

The memory module is plugged into the system interface and is used for fast reading in or out of the entire SIMOCODE pro parameterization, e.g. if a unit is exchanged.

Note

The SIMOCODE pro C and SIMOCODE pro V basic units up to product version *E08* only support the memory module 3UF7900-0AA00-0. The basic units SIMOCODE pro S and

SIMOCODE pro V as from product version *E09* also support the memory module

3UF7910-0AA00-0.

Modbus address table

Data with similar properties are combined in one of four address tables: Discrete inputs, coils, input register, holding register

Modbus RTU

Modbus RTU (Remote Terminal Unit) is a standard protocol for network communication and uses the electrical RS485 connection for serial data transmission between Modbus devices in the network.

Modbus RTU uses a master/slave network in which the entire communication is triggered by only one master device while the slaves can only respond to the request of the master. The master sends a request to a slave address and only this slave address responds to the command (exception: broadcast frames to slave address 0 which are not acknowledged by the slaves).

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

335

Glossary

Monitoring functions

The following monitoring functions

● Ground-fault monitoring

● Current limit monitoring

● Voltage monitoring

● Cos phi monitoring

● Active power monitoring

● 0/4 to 20 mA monitoring

● Operation monitoring

● Temperature monitoring (analog)

Operate «in the background» in the same way as motor protection and motor control. They can be active or not, according to the control function selected.

Monitoring the number of starts

Monitoring the number of starts can protect system parts (motors and switching devices such as soft starters and converters) from too many start processes within a parameterizable time frame and thus prevent damage. This is particularly useful for commissioning or manual control.

Motor protection

The basic unit has several protection mechanisms for current-dependent motor protection:

● Overload protection

● Unbalance protection

● Stalled rotor protection

● Thermistor protection.

Motor stop time monitoring

SIMOCODE pro can monitor the stop times of a motor to avoid plant downtimes due to failed motors caused by either running too long (wearing out) or being stopped for too long.

Multifunction module

Universal module of the SIMOCODE pro S device series with the following functions:

● Digital module function with four digital inputs and two monostable relay outputs

● Ground fault module function with the possibility of implementing powerful external ground-fault monitoring in conjunction with the 3UL23 residual-current transformer

● Temperature module function with one input for connecting an analog PT100, PT1000,

KTY83, KTY84 or NTC temperature sensor.

336

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Glossary

Network Time Protocol

Implementation of a TCP/IP protocol for time synchronization in networks. The NTP procedure uses hierarchical time synchronization, that is, an external clock (e.g. SICLOCK

TM or a PC in the network) is used for synchronization.

Octet

Sequence of bytes. Octet n: string of n bytes.

Offset

A reference within an address table.

OPC UA server

The OPC server provides the OPC client with a wide range of functions with which it can communicate via industrial networks. SIMOCODE pro V PN provides extensive process data via OPC UA.

OPC Unified Architecture (UA)

OPC Unified Architecture (UA) is the next generation technology of the OPC Foundation for secure and reliable data transfer and defines access to industrial communication networks.

OPC UA client

An OPC UA client is a user program that accesses process data via the OPC UA interface.

Access to the process data is made possible by the OPC UA server.

Operating hours monitoring

The motor operating hours monitoring function enables the operating hours (service life) of a motor to be recorded so that motor maintenance prompts can be generated in good time as applicable.

Operation monitoring

SIMOCODE pro can monitor the operating hours and stop times of a motor and restrict the number of startups in a defined time frame in order to avoid plant downtimes due to failed motors caused by running or being stopped for too long.

Operational Protection Off (OPO)

The «Operational Protection Off (OPO)» function block puts the positioner into a safe position and switches the motor off.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

337

Glossary

Operator panel with display (OPD)

The operator panel with display can be used as an alternative to the standard operator panel (OP). It displays the current measured values, operating and diagnostic data, status information for the motor feeder at the switchgear cabinet and the device-internal error log. It also contains all the status LEDs that are present on the basic unit and facilitates access to the system interface from outside the cabinet. Its keys can be used to control the motor and to navigate the display menu.

Operator panel (OP)

The operator panel controls the motor feeder from the switchgear cabinet. It contains all the status LEDs that are on the basic units, the «TEST/RESET» button and the external system interface.

Organization block

Organization blocks form the interface between the CPU operating system and the user program. The order in which the user program is processed is specified in the organization blocks.

Overload protection

SIMOCODE pro protects three-phase or AC motors in accordance with IEC 60947-4-1 requirements. The trip class can be set to eight different settings ranging from CLASS 5 to

CLASS 40.

Pause time

The pause time is the specified time for the cooling down response of the motor when tripped under normal operating conditions (not in the case of an overload trip). After this interval, the thermal memory in SIMOCODE pro is erased and a new cold start is possible.

This means that many startups can be performed in a short space of time.

PC cable

The PC cable is used to connect the serial interface of the PC to the system interface of a basic unit for device parameterization.

Note

PC cable variant

For SIMOCODE pro V PN, a serial PC cable 3UF7940-0AA00-0 as from product version

*E02* or a USB PC cable 3UF7941-0AA00-0 can be used.

338

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

PELV

Glossary

Protective Extra-Low Voltage. Protective measure against electric shock (formerly referred to as «protective extra low voltage with safe isolation»).

In contrast to an SELV circuit, live parts and exposed conductive parts of the equipment may be grounded and connected to the protective conductor. Safe isolation means that the primary circuit of the transformer must be separated from the secondary circuit by double or reinforced insulation. PELV is used whenever operational reasons dictate that live conductors of the low voltage or bodies of the equipment must be grounded. This is the case, for instance, if equipotential bonding is necessary to prevent sparking in containers or hazardous areas. However, owing to the chassis ground, dangerous leakage currents can flow through the body regardless of the low voltage if a fault occurs in the higher-level power system.

Use of power supply units according to IEC 60536, protection class III (SELV or PELV):

Performance Level (PL)

Defined by standard EN ISO 13849-1 as «a discrete level specifying the ability of safetyrelated control parts to execute a safety function under anticipated conditions.» Five performance levels are specified (a to e) with defined ranges of the probability of a dangerous failure per hour. PL «e» corresponds to SIL 3 and is specified as the highest level.

Performance Level (PL)

Defined by standard EN ISO 13849-1 as «a discrete level specifying the ability of safetyrelated control parts to execute a safety function under anticipated conditions.» Five

Performance Levels are specified (a to e) with defined ranges of the probability of a dangerous failure per hour. PL «e» corresponds to SIL 3 and is specified as the highest level.

Pozidriv (PZ)

Type of fixing screws and cross-tip screwdrivers.

Process Automation (PA)

Automation of continuous production processes. For instance, it controls production processes in the chemical industry or in water supply systems.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

339

Glossary

PROFIBUS

Process Fieldbus, a European process and fieldbus standard defined in the PROFIBUS standard (EN 50170, Volume 2, PROFIBUS). It specifies the functional, electrical and mechanical characteristics of a bit-serial fieldbus system.

PROFIBUS is a bus system that networks PROFIBUS-compatible automation systems and field devices at the cell and field level. PROFIBUS is available with the DP (= Distributed

Peripherals), FMS (= Fieldbus Message Specification), PA (= Process Automation), or TF (=

Technological Functions) protocol.

PROFIBUS User Organization (PNO) installation guidelines

The PROFIBUS DP / FMS installation guidelines published by the PROFIBUS User

Organization must be complied with when installing PROFIBUS networks. These contain important information about cable routing and the commissioning of PROFIBUS networks.

PROFIBUS DP

PROFIBUS bus system with the DP (distributed I/Os — decentralized peripherals) protocol.

The main task of PROFIBUS DP is to manage the fast, cyclic data exchange between the central DP devices and the I/O devices.

PROFIBUS DP interface

SIMOCODE pro has an integrated PROFIBUS DP interface (SUB-D socket or terminal connection on the basic units).

PROFIBUS DPV1

Extension of the DP protocol. It enables acyclic data exchange of parameter, diagnostic, receive and test data.

PROFIenergy

Profile for power management in production plants.

PROFIenergy uses the PROFINET communication protocol. It controls the power consumption of automation equipment in production via a PROFINET network.

PROFINET

340

PROFINET (Process Field Network) is the open Industrial Ethernet Standard from Profibus &

Profinet International (PI) for automation.

Within the context of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA), PROFINET is the systematic development of the following systems:

● PROFIBUS DP, the established fieldbus

● Industrial Ethernet, the communications bus for the cell level.

Experiences from both systems have been and are being integrated in PROFINET.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

PROFINET IO device

Distributed field device assigned to one of the IO controllers.

Glossary

PROFINET IO Supervisor

PG/PC for commissioning and diagnostics.

PROFINET IO controller

Device via which the connected IO devices are addressed. This means the IO controller exchanges input and output signals with assigned field devices. The IO controller is often the controller on which the automation program runs.

PROFIsafe

The PROFIBUS safety profile specifies communication between fail-safe I/O devices and fail-safe controllers. It is based on the standards for safety-related applications as well as on the experience of PLC users and manufacturers who are members of PROFIBUS

International (PI). The PROFIBUS safety profile has TÜV and BIA (Institute for Occupational

Safety and Health of the German Social Accident Insurance) certification. The newest version of the PROFIsafe specification is the Profile for Safety Technology V1.11 specification, published in 07/2001.

Programmable logic controller (PLC)

Controller whose functionality is stored in the control equipment as a software program. The

PLC comprises a CPU, memory, input/output modules, and an internal bus system. The I/O and the programming language are oriented toward control engineering needs.

Programming device

A compact and transportable PC, suitable for industrial purposes. Its distinguishing feature is the special hardware and software for SIMATIC programmable logic controllers.

Protection functions

The protection functions

● Overload protection

● Unbalance protection

● Stalled rotor protection

● Thermistor protection. operate alongside motor control «at a higher level in the background.» They can be active or not, according to the control function selected.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

341

Glossary

Protective Extra Low Voltage (PELV)

Protective measure against electric shock (formerly referred to as «protective extra low voltage with safe isolation»).

In contrast to an SELV circuit, live parts and exposed conductive parts of the equipment may be grounded and connected to the protective conductor. Safe isolation means that the primary circuit of the transformer must be separated from the secondary circuit by double or reinforced insulation. PELV is used whenever operational reasons dictate that live conductors of the low voltage or bodies of the equipment must be grounded. This is the case, for instance, if equipotential bonding is necessary to prevent sparking in containers or hazardous areas. However, owing to the chassis ground, dangerous leakage currents can flow through the body regardless of the low voltage if a fault occurs in the higher-level power system.

Protocol data unit (PDU)

Consists of function code and the data

Record

Record.

RT communication

As a motor management system, SIMOCODE pro V PN does not have any time-critical communication functions itself but it does support the PROFINET hardware RT used. The integrated 2-port switch is therefore used to forward RT data.

SELV

Safety extra low voltage Low electric voltage that offers significant protection against electric shock due to its low value and insulation. For certain requirements, the highest voltage must be defined below 50 V AC or 120 V smoothed DC, especially if direct contact with live parts is permissible. At a nominal voltage of 120 V, the greatest peak value in a smoothed DC system is 140 V, and at a nominal voltage of 60 V it is 70 C.

Use of power supply units according to IEC 60536, protection class III (SELV or PELV):

SFB

System function block A block integrated in the S7 CPU operating system that can be called like a function block (FB) in the user program if required.

SFC

System function:

A function integrated in the S7 CPU operating system that can be called like a function (FC) in the user program if required.

342

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Glossary

Shared device

Shared device is the function with which an IO device is used simultaneously by two or more

IO controllers.

Use of this function depends on whether the automation system supports the function. It is configured using the configuration tool of the automation system, e.g. with STEP 7

HW Config.

SIL (Safety Integrity Level)

Measure, defined in IEC 61508, for the safety-related performance of an electrical or electronic control device.

The IEC standard defines four SIL levels SIL1 to SIL4, which are defined as the safety implementations of electrical and electronic equipment. The SIL value describes the specified safety function in the event of a fault.

SIMATIC

Name of products and systems for industrial automation from Siemens AG.

SIMATIC PDM

You can also configure SIMOCODE pro using the SIMATIC PDM (Process Device Manager) software. The following options exist:

● SIMATIC PDM as a standalone program

● PDM integrated in STEP 7

SIMOCODE ES

Standard parameterization software for SIMOCODE pro.

SIMOCODE pro S7 slave

The SIMOCODE pro S7 slave is a special slave with the following characteristics:

● It supports the S7 model (diagnostic interrupts, process interrupts)

● It can be parameterized

SIMOCODE pro object manager (OM)

Part of SIMOCODE ES. When SIMOCODE ES and SIMOCODE pro object manager are installed on a PC/PG, SIMOCODE ES can be called directly from STEP 7 HW Config. This enables simple and universal SIMATIC S7 configuration.

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

343

Glossary

SIMOCODE pro PCS-7 library

The SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 library is used to connect SIMOCODE pro to the

SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system. It contains:

● The diagnostics and driver modules corresponding to the diagnostics and driver concept of SIMATIC PCS 7

● The elements (symbols and faceplates) necessary for operating and monitoring.

Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)

Network protocol for monitoring and controlling network elements (e.g. switches).

Slave

PROFIBUS DP is based on a master-slave architecture. Telegrams are sent by the master to the addressed station (slave) and responded to by the slave.

Stalled rotor protection

If the motor current rises above an adjustable stalled rotor protection level (current threshold), a defined and delayable response can be configured for SIMOCODE pro. In this case, for example, the motor can be shut down independently of the overload protection.

The stalled rotor protection is only active after the parameterized class time has elapsed, e.g. for Class 10 after 10 seconds, and prevents unnecessarily high thermal and mechanical loads as well as premature aging of the motor.

Standard function

Standard functions are typical motor functions that can be activated according to need and, as applicable, individually set for each motor feeder. They are already available, work independently of the selected control function and can be used/activated as optional additions.

Station

A device that can send, receive or amplify data via the bus, e.g. master, slave.

Statistical data

SIMOCODE pro makes statistical data available, which can be read out, for example, with

SIMOCODE ES under Target System → Service Data / Statistical Data.

STEP7

The basic STEP 7 software is the standard tool for the SIMATIC S7, SIMATIC C7, and

SIMATIC WinAC automation systems.

344

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Glossary

Stop category 0

Non-controlled shutdown by immediately switching off the power to the machine’s drive elements.

System interface cover IP54

Cover to protect the system interface on the door adaptor or on the operator panel/operator panel with display from soiling or to seal it.

Temperature module (TM)

The temperature module offers the option of expanding the SIMOCODE pro V device series by an analog temperature monitoring system. With this, up to three analog sensor measuring circuits (two-wire or three-wire systems) can be connected. The temperatures recorded can be fully integrated into the process, can be monitored and are also available for a higherlevel automation system. You can, for example, implement analog temperature monitoring of the motor windings, bearings, coolant or gearbox oil. SIMOCODE pro V supports various sensor types (NTC, KTY83/84, PT100 and PT1000) for use with solid, liquid, or gaseous media.

Temperature monitoring

See temperature module (TM).

Terminal block

Insulating part comprised of one or more terminals, insulated from one another, for mounting on a strip.

Test Position Feedback (TPF)

If the motor feeder is in the test position, its main circuit is isolated from the network.

However, the control voltage is connected.

The «cold run» function test is performed with the feeder in this state. This means the motor feeder is tested without a current in the main circuit.

Thermistor protection

SIMOCODE pro V provides the option of connecting thermistor sensors (binary PTC) for monitoring the motor temperature.

TN-C system

In a TN-C system (FR Terre Neutre Combiné) 1 wire is used simultaneously as a protective earth (PE) and neutral wire (N).

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

345

Glossary

TN-S system

In a TN-S system (FR Terre Neutre Séparé) the neutral wire and the protective earth are led separately from the transformer up to the appliance.

Trip class

See «Class».

Unbalance protection

The extent of the phase unbalance can be monitored and transmitted to the control system.

A definable and delayable response can be triggered when an adjustable limit has been overshot. If the phase unbalance is more than 50 %, the tripping time is also automatically reduced in accordance with the overload characteristic since the heat generation of the motors increases in asymmetrical conditions.

Universal Current (UC)

Universal current. Property of devices that can be operated with both AC and DC.

USB PC cable

The USB-PC cable is used to connect the USB interface of the PC to the system interface of a basic unit for device parameterization.

Voltage monitoring

See monitoring voltage

Voltage monitoring

SIMOCODE pro supports two-phase undervoltage monitoring of either a three-phase network or a one-phase network for freely selectable limits, direction of rotation (for AC) or readiness to start. The response of SIMOCODE pro on reaching a prewarning level or trip level can be freely parameterized and delayed. Voltage measurement is performed using current / voltage measuring modules.

Win SIMOCODE DP converter

Software tool for converting «old» Win SIMOCODE DP parameter files (3UF5 device series) into SIMOCODE ES parameter files for SIMOCODE pro.

Y connecting cable

Connecting cable with which a connection can be made via the system interface from a

SIMOCODE pro basic unit to both an initialization module and a current measuring module.

346

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Index

»

«Park position» for memory module, 70, 74

«SET/RESET» button DM-F Local, 299

«SET/RESET» button DM-F PROFIsafe, 300

«TEST/RESET» button, 67, 129, 283, 287

Baud rate, 242

Baud rate (detected), 243

Baud rates, 41

Box terminal blocks, 62

Bus and controller monitoring on Modbus, 244

Bus connecting terminal, 63

Bus connection current measuring modules /

current/voltage measuring modules, 291, 293

Bus connection system from 20 A to 630 A, 200, 202

Bus termination module, 63, 227

Buttons of the operator panel, 308

Buttons of the operator panel with display, 309

0

0/4-20 mA limits, 107

3

3UF50 compatibility mode, 41, 155

A

Accessories, 60

Active power limits, 106

Active power monitoring, 31, 37

Acyclic services, 41

Adapt display settings, 108

Addressing plug, 61, 68, 153, 209, 217

Alarm, fault, and system events, 260

Alarm, fault, and system events for compartment

identification, 149

Alarms according to DPV1, 41

Ambient conditions, 279

Analog module, 22, 58

Analog module (AM), 127, 131

Analog module 1/2 open circuit, 260

Analog module connection example, 193

Analog multiplexer, 45

Antivalence, 260

Application description Saving Energy with SIMATIC

S7 and ET200 S, 11

Applications of SIMOCODE pro, 30

ATEX, 280

Autoactivation of compartment identification, 142

Automatic baud rate detection, 41

B

Basic unit commissioning, 235

Basic units, 52

C

Cabinet mounting, 283

Cable cross sections, 276

Cable length (single) DM-F Local, 299

Cable length (single) DM-F PROFIsafe, 300

Cable lengths of the sensor circuit cables, 275

Calculation modules (calculators), 45

Catalog IC10, 52

CAx data, 320

Certificates, 11, 280

Characteristic curve of a type A sensor, 274

Circuit breaker, 32, 40

Circuit breaker control (MCCB), 66

Clear initialization module data, 143

Clear memory module, 111

Color coding of connecting cable, 216

Color coding of the connecting cable, 218

Commands, 93, 143

Commands, operator panel with display, 88

Commissioning, 272

Commissioning and service compartment

identification, 148

Commissioning sequence of the

SIMOCODE pro V Modbus basic unit, 239

Commissioning the basic unit, 232

Commissioning the initialization module, 148

Common technical data, 281

Communication, 32, 92

Communication on the PROFIBUS, operator panel with

display, 83

Communication parameters, 242

Communication through PROFIBUS, 33

Communication via EtherNet/IP, 34

Communication via Modbus, 34

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

347

Index

Communication via PROFINET, 33

Compartment identification, 138

Compatibility mode, 122

Conductor cross sections, 173, 173

Conductor cross sections, stripped lengths, and tightening torques of the cables for the basic units SIMOCODE pro C and

pro V, 173 for the SIMOCODE pro S basic unit, 173

Conductor cross sections, stripped lengths, and tightening torques of the cables of the 1st generation

current / voltage measuring modules, 205

Conductor cross-sections, stripped lengths, tightening torques of conductors of the 2nd generation 120 mm

and 145 mm current / voltage measuring modules, 204

Conductor cross-sections, stripped lengths, tightening torques of conductors of the 2nd generation 45 mm

and 55 mm current / voltage measuring modules, 204

Configuration error, 260

Configuration information for using an operator panel

with display and/or a decoupling module, 135

Connecting a PC to the

SIMOCODE pro V Modbus RTU basic unit, 239

Connecting cable, 60, 154, 209, 282

Connecting cables to the system interface of the

operator panel, 219

Connecting cables to the system interface of the

operator panel with display, 220

Connecting connecting cables to the system

interface, 215

Connecting Modbus RTU to the

SIMOCODE pro V Modbus basic unit, 224

Connecting Modbus RTU to the

SIMOCODE pro V Modbus basic unit via the device

terminals, 224

Connecting Modbus RTU to the

SIMOCODE pro V Modbus basic unit via the sub-D

connector, 225

Connecting the ETHERNET cable to the basic

unit, 223

Connecting the Y connecting cable to the basic unit and to the current measuring module or to the current /

voltage measuring module, 147

Connection conductor basic unit, 289

Connection conductor SIMOCODE pro S basic

unit, 286

Connection conductors analog module, 302

Connection conductors digital modules, 295

Connection conductors digital modules DM-F, 297

Connection conductors for voltage measurement current measuring modules / current/voltage measuring

modules, 291, 293

Connection conductors ground-fault module, 303, 304

Connection conductors multifunction module, 308

Connection conductors SIMOCODE pro C / pro V basic

units, 286

Connection conductors temperature module, 305

Connection cross sections decoupling module, 294

Connection example for «DM-F Local with cross-circuit

detection, 2 NCs, 2 channels, monitored start», 198

Connection example for multifunction module, 186

Connection examples fail-safe digital module DM-

F, 199

Connection examples for

SIMOCODE pro V PN / pro V EIP basic units, 182

Connection examples of SIMOCODE pro C/V/S basic

units, 180

Contacting of the initialization module, 141

Control circuit digital modules, 294

Control circuit ground-fault module, 303, 304

Control circuit multifunction module, 306

Control circuit of the analog module, 301

Control functions, 49

Control of a soft starter, 66

Cos phi, 117

Cos phi limits, 106

Cos phi monitoring, 31, 37

Counters, 45

Cover, 68

Current / voltage measuring module, 22

Current / voltage measuring modules, 55, 56, 118, 202

Current limit monitoring, 31, 36

Current limits, 106

Current measuring modules, 54

Current notes on operational safety, 14

Current settings, 106

Cyclic services, 41

D

Dahlander, 32, 40, 66

Dahlander reversing starter, 32

Deactivation of the compartment identification, 142

Debounce time, 128

Decoupling module, 116, 124

Decoupling module (DCM), 56

Decoupling module connection example, 194

Decoupling module in different power systems, 124

Degree of protection (according to IEC 60529), 281

Delta configurations, 126

Device addressing, 240

Device I/Os, 92

Device I/Os, operator panel with display, 85

Device replacement, 153

348

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Index

Device series, 10, 20

Device startup when the «initialization module»

parameter is activated, 142

Diagnostics data, 32, 48

Diagnostics via LED display, 238

Diagnostics via LED display on the basic unit and on

the operator panel, 234

Diagnostics via LED display on the modules DM-F

Local or DM-F PROFIsafe, 234

Diagram of the diagnostics data in the 3UF50

compatibility mode, 157

Diagram of the receive and send data in 3UF50

compatibility mode, 156

Digital module

DM-F Local, 39

DM-F PROFIsafe, 39

Digital module (DM), 128

Digital module connection example, 184

Digital module DM-F Local connection example, 198

Digital module DM-F PROFIsafe connection

example, 199

Digital module function multifunction module, 306

Digital modules, 57

Digital modules (DM), 127

Digital modules, fail-safe, 57

Dimension drawing initialization module, 150

Dimension drawing Y connecting cable, 150

DIP switch DM-F LOCAL, 299

DIP switch DM-F PROFIsafe, 300

Direct starter (direct-on-line starter), 26, 32, 40, 66

Disclaimer of liability, 12

Display, 283

Display elements of the operator panel with display, 75

Display of measured values in the measured values

display, 97

Display of statistical and maintenance-relevant

information on the statistics/maintenance display, 101

Display of the operator panel with display, 309

Display settings, 92

Display settings, operator panel with display, 87

Displays of the operator panel with display, 75

DM-F DIP switch settings, 128, 129

DM-F feedback circuit, 262

DM-F LOCAL digital module, 127

DM-F PROFIsafe digital module, 127

DM-F safety-related tripping, 262

DM-F system interfaces, 129

DM-F test requirement, 262

DM-F wiring, 262

DM-FL actual and set configuration different, 262

DM-FL configuration mode, 263

DM-FL cross-circuit, 263

DM-FL simultaneity, 262

DM-FL waiting for start-up test, 263

DM-FP Prm error, 263

Door adapter, 61, 154

Double 0, 263

Double 1, 263

E

Electrical life of the relay outputs digital modules DM-

F, 296

EMC stability according to IEC 60947-1, 281

Emergency start, 44

End position, 263

Error buffer, 93

ETHERNET, 42

Ethernet connector, 223

ETHERNET interface, basic unit, 287

EtherNet/IP, 43

Evaluation of the short-circuit detection of the sensor

cable, 275

Event memory, 93, 259

Event memory, operator panel with display, 90

Example of a tripping characteristic with 3UF710* current/voltage measuring modules and 3UF711*-

1AA00-0 1st generation current/voltage measuring

modules, 273

Exchanging a 3UF52 operator panel for a 3UF720

operator panel, 253

Execution ON command, 260

Execution STOP command, 260

Expansion modules, 51, 127

External fault, 44, 263

External ground fault, 263

External ground-fault monitoring, 36

F

Factory settings, 111, 255

Fail-safe digital module DM-F, 129

Fault — bus, 267

Fault — EM open circuit, 267

Fault — EM short-circuit, 267

Fault — PLC/PCS, 267

Fault — temporary components, 267

Fault antivalence, 267

Fault end position, 267

Fault memory, operator panel with display, 90

Fault message, 10

Faults, 93

Faults, operator panel with display, 89

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

349

Index

Fault-tolerant S7-400H systems manual, 11

Feedback OFF, 266

Feedback ON, 266

Feed-through opening current measuring modules /

current/voltage measuring modules, 291, 292

Flashing, 45

Flicker, 45

Frequencies, 281

Frequency, 117

Frequency monitoring, 31

Full motor protection, 31

Further information, 280

G

Ground fault limits, 107

Ground-fault detection, 22

Ground-fault module, 58

Ground-fault module (EM), 127, 132

Ground-fault module connection example, 189

Ground-fault module function multifunction

module, 307

Ground-fault monitoring, 31, 36

Initialization module write protection on, 143

Initialization module write-protected, 149, 264

Initialization module write-protected, parameter

changes not allowed, 149, 264

Input characteristic DM-F Local, 299

Input characteristic DM-F PROFIsafe, 300

Inputs (binary), 285, 306

Basic unit, 289

DM-F PROFIsafe, 300

Inputs (binary) digital modules, 295

Inputs of the analog module, 301

Inputs with safety relay function DM-F Local, 299

Inputs with safety relay function DM-F PROFIsafe, 300

Installation, 272

Installation guidelines for the PROFIBUS DP, 226

Installing the measuring circuit cables, 275

Interface configuration, 243

Interface covers, 60

Internal ground fault, 264

Internal ground-fault monitoring, 22, 36

Internet, 11, 280

J

Just one start possible, 265

H

Hardware fault, 263

I

Identification, 93

Identification, operator panel with display, 91

Idle time, 242

Industrial Ethernet Networking Manual system

manual, 228

Industry Online Support, 11

Information and Download Center, 11, 280

Information and standards, 270

Initialization module, 60, 153

Initialization module — identification data write-

protected, 264

Initialization module cleared, 149, 264

Initialization module identification data write protection

off, 143

Initialization module identification data write-

protected, 149

Initialization module programmed, 149, 264

Initialization module read in, 149, 264

Initialization module write protection for identification

data on, 143

Initialization module write protection off, 143

L

Labeling for the address «128», 241

Labeling strips, 61, 69, 73

LED display, 283, 287

LED display decoupling module, 294

LED display digital modules, 294

LED display DM-F PROFIsafe, 300

LED display ground-fault module, 303, 304

LED display multifunction module, 306

LED display of the analog module, 301

LED display temperature module, 305

LED displays of the operator panel, 308

LED displays of the operator panel with display, 309

LEDs for device diagnostics (DEVICE, BUS, GEN.

FAULT), 67

LEDs for device diagnostics basic unit / operator

panel, 238

LEDs for DM-F device diagnostics, 129

LEDs on DM-F LOCAL, 298

LICENSE CONDITIONS AND COPYRIGHT

NOTICES, 17

Limit monitor, 45

Limit monitor limit, 107

List of abbreviations, 321

350

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Index

Loading parameters from the initialization module, 141

M

Main display, 92

Main display, operator panel with display, 78

Main entry, 52, 314

Main menu, operator panel with display, 77

Mains buffering time

Basic unit, 288

Maintenance, 280

Manual Collection, 9

Manual Fail-safe Digital Modules SIMOCODE pro

Safety, 11

Maximum AC3 operating current, 314

Maximum configuration with expansion modules, 136

Maximum configuration with expansion modules when using an operator panel / operator panel with display, a

1st generation current / voltage measuring module and a decoupling module for SIMOCODE pro V-PB basic units (3UF7010-1Ax00-0) with a 24 V DC or 110 V —

240 V AC/DC supply, 136

Maximum configuration with expansion modules when using an operator panel / operator panel with display, a

2nd generation current / voltage measuring module and a SIMOCODE pro V-PB basic unit with a product version earlier than E15 / SIMOCODE pro V Modbus

basic unit with product version E01, 137

Measured curves, 31

Measured values display, 92, 97

Measured values, operator panel with display, 78

Measurement functions, 49

Measuring current with an external current transformer

(interposing transformer), 206

Memory module, 60, 68, 153, 209, 217

Memory module cleared, 266

Memory module programmed, 266

Memory module read in, 266

Memory module type, 153

Memory module write protection off, 111

Memory module write protection on, 111

Memory module write-protected, 266

Menu navigation OPD, 77

Messages, 93, 144

Messages, operator panel with display, 88

Modbus address, 243

Modbus RTU, 41

Modification of selected device parameters via the

operator panel with display, 71

Module fault, 264

Module supply voltage is not present, 265

Modules, 52

Monitoring

PLC/PCS, 44

Monitoring additional process variables via the analog

module, 38

Monitoring any measured values using unrestricted

limit monitors, 36, 38

Monitoring functions, 50

Monitoring operating hours, stop time, and number of

starts, 38

Monitoring the number of starts, 31

Motor control, 32

Motor control function, 65

Motor operating hours, 261

Motor stop time monitoring, 31

Motor temperature monitoring, 35

Mounting, 283

Mounting basic unit, expansion modules or the

decoupling module, SIMOCODE pro C/V, 161

Mounting current measuring modules / current/voltage

measuring modules, 290, 292

Mounting decoupling module, 294

Mounting digital modules, 294

Mounting digital modules DM-F, 296

Mounting lugs, 160, 165, 167

Mounting of basic unit and multifunction module,

SIMOCODE pro S, 162

Mounting of the basic unit, 287

Mounting of the operator panel with display, 309

Mounting operator panels (OP), 169

Mounting position, 281, 287

Mounting temperature module, 305

Mounting the current measuring modules, 165

Mounting the initialization module in the

switchboard, 145

Mounting the operator panel, 169, 308

Mounting the operator panel adapter, 253

Mounting the operator panel with display, 170

Mounting, wiring, and interfaces of digital modules DM-

F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe, 164

Multifunction module, 59

Multifunction module (MM), 134

N

Newsletter, 14

No start permitted, 264

Non-volatile elements, 45

O

OPC UA, 42

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

351

Index

Operating data, 32, 46

Operating hours monitoring, 31

Operating Instructions, 11, 230

Operating instructions and other manuals, 11

Operation as DPV1 slave downstream from the Y

link, 41

Operational Protection Off, 44

Operational Protection Off (OPO), 261

Operator controls and display elements, system

interfaces basic units, 67

Operator controls of the operator panel with display, 76

Operator panel, 54, 68

Operator panel adapter, 61, 154

Operator panel with display, 22, 54, 71

Outputs of the analog module, 302

Overload, 268

Overload and unbalance, 268

Overload protection, 31, 35

Overload relay, 32, 40, 66

P

Parameter changes not allowed in the current

operating state, 265

Parameter is incorrect («Event» category), 265

Parameter settings in the «SIMOCODE ES»

software., 142

Parameterization methods, 231

Parameters, 92, 106

Backing up and saving, 247

Saving from basic unit to SIMOCODE ES file, 247

Saving from memory module to basic unit, 248

Saving from SIMOCODE ES to basic unit, 248

Saving to the memory module, 247

PC cable, 209

PC cable for connecting a PC / PG, 217

Performance characteristics, 31

Performance Level, 39, 129

Permissible ambient temperature, 281

Permissible number of starts exceeded, 269

Phase failure protection, 31, 35

Phase sequence, 117

Phase sequence detection, 38

Phase unbalance, 266

Pin assignment for SIMOCODE pro C/V basic

units, 174

Pin assignment for SIMOCODE pro V PN / EIP basic

units, 176

Pin assignments of the removable terminals of the

basic unit, 176

Pin assignments of the terminals of the 1st generation

current / voltage measuring modules, 205

Pole-changing reversing starter, 32

Pole-changing starter, 32, 40, 66

Positioner, 32, 40

Positioner control, 66

Power consumption DM-F digital modules, 296

Power consumption of basic unit, 284, 288

Power failure (UVO), 265

Power failure backup time basic unit, 285

Power failure back-up time digital modules DM-F, 296

Power failure monitoring (UVO), 44

Power supply to the digital module inputs, 184

Power supply to the inputs of the basic unit, 177

Preventive maintenance, 245

Prewarning overload, 268

Product data sheet, 320

Product Information System (ProdIS), 280

PROFIBUS DP, 41

PROFIBUS DP connection, 222

PROFIBUS DP interface, 41, 283

PROFIBUS DP services, 41

PROFIBUS DP to a 9-way SUB-D socket, 222

PROFIBUS User Organization (PNO) installation

guidelines, 226

PROFIBUS-Nutzerorganisation e. V., 228

PROFINET installation guidelines, 228, 228

PROFINET IO, 42

Program memory module, 111

Programming manual PROFINET IO — from PROFIBUS

DP to PROFINET IO, 11

Protection functions, 49

Protective separation acc. to IEC 60947-1 digital

modules, DM-F, 296

Protective separation according to IEC 60947-1, 282

Pulse width modulator, 45

Push-in lugs for screw mounting, 61

R

Rail mounting, 165, 167

Rated control supply voltage Us, 284

Rated control supply voltage Us digital modules DM-

F, 296

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp, 285, 288

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp digital modules

DM-F, 296

Rated insulation voltage Ui, 284, 288

Rated insulation voltage Ui, digital modules DM-F, 296

Rated motor current, 272

Read and adapt main display, 94

Read memory module, 111

Reading out statistical data, 245

Relay enabling circuits digital modules DM-F, 296

352

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Index

Relay outputs, 285

Basic unit, 288

Relay outputs digital modules, 295

Relay outputs DM-F digital modules, 296

Relay outputs multifunction module, 306

Removable terminals, 204

Removable terminals for basic unit and multifunction

module, SIMOCODE pro S, 172

Removable terminals for basic units, expansion modules, or the decoupling module, SIMOCODE pro

C/V, 171

Repair, 280

Replacing a 1st generation current / voltage measuring module (UM) with a 2nd generation current / voltage

measuring module, 252

Replacing a 1st generation current / voltage measuring module (UM) with a 2nd generation current / voltage

measuring module (UM+), 252

Replacing a decoupling module, 250

Replacing a DM-F, 250

Replacing the basic unit, 249

Replacing the current / voltage measuring module, 251

Replacing the current measuring module, 251

Replacing the expansion modules, 250

Required function is not supported, 263

Reset, 44, 112

Resetting, testing and parameterizing via

commands, 111

Residual current transformer, 22

Response, 10

Restart, 111

Reversing starter, 32, 40, 66

S

Safety functions, 50

Safety guidelines, 216

Safety Integrity Level, 39, 129

Safety values, 279

Safety-related tripping, 39

Safety-related tripping «Local», 44

Safety-related tripping «PROFIsafe», 41

Saving parameters onto the initialization module, 142

Screw mounting, 160, 165, 167

Selection and ordering data, 52

Sensor circuit multifunction module, 307

Sensor circuit of the temperature module, 305

Sensor circuit wiring, 275

Sensor measuring circuits, 37

Sensor types, 133

Sequence for connecting PROFIBUS DP to the basic

unit, 222

Sequence for mounting the bus terminal on the

SIMOCODE pro S basic unit, 163

Service and support, 280

Service and Support, 11

Service data, 32, 47

Set time (= PC time), 112

Setting IP parameters and PROFINET device name on

a plant-specific basis, 236

Setting IP parameters and PROFINET device name

with SIMOCODE ES via PC cable, 236

Setting of the Modbus RTU address with

SIMOCODE ES in the TIA Portal, 241

Setting the Modbus RTU address via addressing

plug, 241

Setting the PROFIBUS DP address via SIMOCODE

ES, 233, 233

Setting the PROFIBUS DP address via the addressing

plug, 233, 233

Setting the PROFIsafe address on DM-F

PROFIsafe, 233, 236

Setting the rated motor current, 272

Setting the timer with SIMOCODE ES, 237

Short-circuit protection according to IEC 60947-4-1,

type of coordination 2, 275

Short-circuit protection with fuses for motor feeder for

short-circuit currents up to 100 kA and 690 V, 311

Signal conditioning, 45

SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS Networks manual, 229

SIMOCODE pro C, 10, 52

SIMOCODE pro C basic unit, 65

SIMOCODE pro S, 10, 52

SIMOCODE pro S basic unit, 65

SIMOCODE Pro V basic unit, 66

SIMOCODE pro V EIP (EtherNet/IP), 10

SIMOCODE pro V EtherNet/IP, 53

SIMOCODE pro V MB RTU, 53

SIMOCODE pro V MBR (Modbus RTU), 10

SIMOCODE pro V PB, 53

SIMOCODE pro V PB (PROFIBUS), 10

SIMOCODE pro V PN (PROFINET), 10

SIMOCODE pro V PN basic unit, 53

Single-phase systems, 126

Snap-on mounting, 160

Soft reversing starter, 32, 40

Soft starter, 32, 40

Software, 63

Software for configuring and commissioning, 240

Solenoid valve, 32, 40

Solenoid valve control, 66

Stalled positioner, 262

Stalled rotor, 261

Stalled rotor protection, 31, 35

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

353

Index

Standard functions, 44

Standards, 281

Star networks, 125

Star-delta reversing starter, 32, 40

Star-delta starter, 32, 40, 66

Startup parameter block active, 260

States of the status LEDs / contactor controls during

testing, 277

Statistics/Maintenance, 92

Statistics/maintenance, operator panel with display, 81

Status — cooling down period active, 266

Status display, 92

Status DM-F enabling circuit, 266

Status emergency start executed, 266

Status motor protection/motor control, operator panel

with display, 79

Status test position (TPF), 267

Stop time >, 267

Storage clips for labeling strips, 73

Stripped lengths, 173, 173

System interface

Connection of cables, 218

Connection of system components, 218

Operator panel, 217

Operator panel with display, 217

System interface analog module, 301

System interface cover, 154, 211, 217

System interface ground-fault module, 303, 304

System interface main circuit current measuring modules / current/voltage measuring

modules, 290, 292

System interface multifunction module, 306

System interface temperature module, 305

System interfaces, 67, 209, 283

System interfaces decoupling module, 294

System interfaces digital modules, 294

System interfaces digital modules DM-F Local and DM-

F PROFIsafe, 129, 216

System interfaces DM-F digital modules, 296

System interfaces of basic unit, 287

System interfaces of the operator panel, 308

System interfaces of the operator panel with

display, 309

System manual SIMATIC PROFINET System

Description, 11

T

Technical Assistance, 11

Technical data of the analog module, 301

Technical data of the current measuring modules and the 2nd generation current / voltage measuring

modules, 290

Technical data of the current measuring modules or the

1st generation current / voltage measuring

modules, 292

Technical data of the current transformer, 207

Technical data of the decoupling module, 294

Technical data of the digital modules, 294

Technical data of the DM-F Local and DM-

F PROFIsafe digital modules, 296

Technical data of the DM-F Local digital module, 298

Technical data of the DM-F PROFIsafe digital

module, 300

Technical data of the ground-fault module 3UF7500-

1AA00-0, 303

Technical data of the ground-fault module 3UF7510-

1AA00-0, 304

Technical data of the initialization module, 151, 310

Technical data of the multifunction module, 306

Technical data of the operator panel, 308

Technical data of the operator panel with display, 309

Technical data of the temperature module, 305

Technical data of the Y connecting cable, 151, 310

Technical specifications of the

SIMOCODE pro C / pro S / pro V PB / pro V MB RTU

basic units, 283

Technical specifications of the

SIMOCODE pro V PN / pro V EIP basic units, 287

Temperature limits, 107

Temperature module, 37, 58

Temperature module (TM), 133

Temperature module 1/2 — trip level exceeded, 267

Temperature module 1/2 — warning level exceeded, 267

Temperature module 1/2 out of range, 267

Temperature module 1/2 sensor fault, 268

Temperature module connection example, 191

Temperature module function multifunction

module, 307

Temperature monitoring, 31, 37, 133

Temperature sensor, 22

Terminal assignment for digital module DM-F

Local, 196

Terminal assignment for digital module DM-F

PROFIsafe, 197

Terminal assignment of the analog module, 192

Terminal assignment of the decoupling module, 194

Terminal assignment of the digital module, 183

Terminal assignment of the ground-fault module, 188

Terminal assignment of the multifunction module, 185

Terminal assignment of the temperature module, 190

Terminal covers, 62

354

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

Index

Test, 44, 112

Test phases, 276

Test Position Feedback (TPF), 44, 266

Test trip, 268

Test verification documents, 281

Thermistor motor protection (PTC binary), 285

Thermistor motor protection with PTC (binary), 289

Thermistor open circuit, 268

Thermistor protection, 31, 35

Thermistor short circuit, 268

Thermistor trip level, 268

Third-party software components, 15

Through-hole connection up to 200 A, 200, 202

Tightening torques, 173, 173

Time stamping, 44

Time synchronization via PROFIBUS, 41

Timers, 45

Transformation ratio current transformer, 206

Trip class, 272

Trip level 0/4 — 20 mA < undershot, 261

Trip level 0/4 — 20 mA > overshot, 261

Trip level cos phi <, 261

Trip level I < undershot, 261

Trip level I > overshot, 261

Trip level P < undershot, 261

Trip level P > overshot, 261

Trip level U < undershot, 261

Tripping characteristic, 121, 272

Tripping conditions of the EExe motor, selected:

CLASS 10 when using a 3UF710* current measuring module,

Truth tables, 45

Type of coordination 2, 314

Types of basic units, 64

Types of current measuring modules, 115

Types of protection EEx d, EEx e and EEx n, 270, 270

Typical reaction times of SIMOCODE pro C, 315

Typical reaction times of SIMOCODE pro S, 317

Typical reaction times of SIMOCODE pro V, 316

W

Wait time, 243

Wait time (default value), 243

Warning level 0/4 — 20 mA < undershot, 269

Warning level 0/4 — 20 mA > overshot, 269

Warning level cos phi <, 268

Warning level I< undershot, 268

Warning level I> overshot, 269

Warning level P< undershot, 269

Warning level P> overshot, 269

Warning level U< undershot, 269

Warnings, 93

Warnings, operator panel with display, 89

Watchdog, 243

Watchdog (PLC/PCS Monitoring), 44

Watchdog time, 243

Web server, 42, 43

Win SIMOCODE DP converter, 155

Wiring basic units, expansion modules, decoupling

module, 171

Wiring digital modules DM-F Local and DM-

F PROFIsafe, 195

Wiring of current / voltage measuring modules, 202

Wiring of current measuring modules, 200

Wiring of the removable terminals for

SIMOCODE pro V PN / pro V EIP basic units, 180

Wiring sequence of the PROFIBUS cable for

SIMOCODE pro S basic units, 179

Wiring sequence of the removable terminal of the

SIMOCODE pro C/V basic units, 178

Wiring the initialization module, 145

Wiring the removable terminals of the basic unit, 180

Wiring the removable terminals of the expansion

modules and the decoupling module, 194

Working range DM-F digital modules, 296

Working range of basic unit, 284, 288

Wrong parameter, 265

Wrong password, 265

U

Unbalance protection, 31, 35

USB PC cable, 61, 152

USB-to-serial adapter, 61, 153

Y

Y connecting cable, 60

V

Variants of current / voltage measuring modules, 116

Voltage limits, 106

Voltage monitoring, 31, 37, 117

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001

355

Index

356

SIMOCODE pro

System Manual, 04/2017, A5E40507475002A/RS-AA/001